PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Boot_Flash_Memory.htm TITLE=Boot Flash Memory TEXT=Boot Flash Memory Device > Configure > Boot Flash Memory The dialog box provides information such as the name and space availableon this partition, as well as a list of all files present in boot flashmemory. From here, you can copy files from a TFTP server to this device,and vice versa. This dialog box displays the following data: Partition Name (ciscoFlashPartitionName) Total Size (Bytes) (ciscoFlashPartitionSize) Available Size (Bytes) (ciscoFlashPartitionFreeSpace) Transfer Protocol (ciscoFlashCopyProtocol) IP Address (ciscoFlashCopyServerAddress) File Name (ciscoFlashCopySourceName) Available Size (Bytes) (ciscoFlashFreeSpace) File Name (ciscoFlashCopyDestinationName) File Name (ciscoFlashFileName) File Status (ciscoFlashFileStatus) File Size (bytes) (ciscoFlashFileSize) File Checksum (ciscoFlashFileChecksum) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click --> to copy a file from a server to this device. Click < -- to copy a file from this device to a server. Click Squeeze to remove deleted files and free up space in bootflash memory. Click Delete to delete a file from boot flash memory. Click Undelete to restore a file deleted from boot flash memory. Click Verify to verify a file for checksum. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Boot Flash: Partition Name (ciscoFlashPartitionName) Name used to refer to a partition by the system. This can be any alphanumericcharacter string of the form AAAAAAAAnn, where A represents a letter andn represents a number. Flash operations get directed to a device partitionbased on this name. Total Size (Bytes) (ciscoFlashPartitionSize) Flash partition size. If there is a single partition, this value isequal to the value of ciscoFlashDeviceSize. Available Size (Bytes) (ciscoFlashPartitionFreeSpace) Free space within a Flash partition. Be aware that the actual size ofa file in Flash includes a small overhead that represents the file headerof the file system. Certain file systems may also have a partition or deviceheader overhead to be considered when computing the free space. The managemententity is not expected to know or use any overheads such as file and partitionheader lengths, since such overheads may vary from file system to filesystem. Note: Files deleted from Flash do not free up space. A partitionmay have to be erased in order to reclaim the space occupied by files. Copy Files: Transfer Protocol (ciscoFlashCopyProtocol) The protocol used for any copy. Unless another protocol is specified,the default value is "tftp". Since feature support depends on a softwarerelease, version number of the release, platform, and maybe the image type(subset type), a management station is expected to somehow determine theprotocol support for a command. IP Address (ciscoFlashCopyServerAddress) Server address used for this Flash file transfer. The default valueis 'FFFFFFFF'H (or 255.255.255.255). File Name (ciscoFlashCopySourceName) Source file name (either in Flash or on a server), depending on thetype of copy command. The file name must be of the form [ < device>:][ < partition>:] < file>,where < device> is obtained from FlashDeviceName, < partition> is obtainedfrom FlashPartitionName, and < file> is the name of a file in Flash. Note: To upload a file, it must already be present on the server,with read-write permission enabled. Available Size (Bytes) (ciscoFlashFreeSpace) Amount of available memory space on this partition, measured in bytes. Note: This item pertains to the device side of a Flash file transfer. File Name (ciscoFlashCopyDestinationName) Flash file name specified by the user. The name should not include thecolon (:) character, since it is a special separator character used todelineate the device name, partition name, and file name. Note: This item pertains to the device side of a Flash file transfer. File Directory: File Name (ciscoFlashFileName) Flash file name specified by the user. The name should not include thecolon (:) character, since it is a special separator character used todelineate the device name, partition name, and file name. File Status (ciscoFlashFileStatus) Status of the Flash file. A file is marked as having an invalid checksumif any checksum mismatch is detected while writing or reading the file.Incomplete files (files truncated either because of a lack of free spaceor a network download failure) are also written with a bad checksum andmarked as invalid. File Size (bytes) (ciscoFlashFileSize) Size of the Flash file in bytes. Note that this value does not includethe size of the file system file header. File size will always be a nonzerovalue. File Checksum (ciscoFlashFileChecksum) File checksum stored in the file header. This value, computed and storedwhen a file is written into Flash, serves to validate data written intoFlash. Whereas the system generates and stores the checksum internallyin hexadecimal form, this object provides the checksum in string form.The checksum is available for all valid and invalid checksum files.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/CDP_Configuration.htm TITLE=Configuration TEXT=Configuration Device > Configure > CDP Configuration This dialog box provides Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) configurationinformation for this device—for example, indicating whether CDP is currentlyrunning and how often CDP messages are generated. The dialog box displays the following data: CDP Global (cdpGlobalRun) CDP Global Message Interval (cdpGlobalMessageInterval) CDP Global Hold Time (cdpGlobalHoldTime) CDP Global Device ID (cdpGlobalDeviceId) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to savethe changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel toclose the dialog box. Click Refresh toupdate the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to printthe contents of the dialog box. Click Help to accessonline help. CDP Global(cdpGlobalRun) Indicates whether the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) is currently running. }}--> }}-->Entriesin cdpCacheTable are deleted when CDP is disabled. CDPGlobal Message Interval (cdpGlobalMessageInterval) Interval at which CDP messages are generated on this interface. Thedefault value is 60 seconds. CDPGlobal Hold Time (cdpGlobalHoldTime) Amount of time a receiving device holds onto a CDP message. The defaultvalue is 180 seconds. CDPGlobal Device ID (cdpGlobalDeviceId) Device identifier displayed by this device.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/CDP_Neighbor_Detail.htm TITLE=Neighbor Detail TEXT=Neighbor Detail To access the Neighbor Detail dialog box: Select Device > Configure> CDP Configuration > Neighbor View. Select a neighbor device and click Detail . The dialog box provides detailed information on the selected neighbor device. The following data is displayed: Device ID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Platform (cdpCachePlatform) Version (cdpCacheVersion) Device Port (cdpCacheDevicePort) Duplex Mode (cdpCacheDuplex) Address (cdpCacheAddress) Address Type (cdpCacheAddressType) Capabilities (cdpCacheCapabilities) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to savethe changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel toclose the dialog box. Click Refresh toupdate the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to printthe contents of the dialog box. Click Help to accessonline help. DeviceID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Device identifier string, as reported in the most recent CDP message.A zero-length string indicates that no Device ID field (TLV) was reported. Platform(cdpCachePlatform) Hardware platform of the device, as reported in the most recent CDPmessage. A zero-length string indicates that no Platform field (TLV) wasreported. Version(cdpCacheVersion) Version string, as reported in the most recent CDP message. A zero-lengthstring indicates that no Version field (TLV) was reported. DevicePort (cdpCacheDevicePort) Port ID string, as reported in the most recent CDP message. This istypically the value of the ifName object. A zero-length string indicatesthat no Port ID field (TLV) was reported. DuplexMode (cdpCacheDuplex) The duplex mode of the interface on the remote device, as reported inthe most recent CDP message. The value "unknown(1)" indicates that no duplexmode field (TLV) was reported. Address(cdpCacheAddress) First network-layer address of the SNMP agent on the device, as reportedin the most recent CDP message. For example, if the corresponding instanceof cacheAddressType has a value of "ip(1)", then this object is an IP address. AddressType (cdpCacheAddressType) Indicates the type of address contained in the corresponding instanceof cdpCacheAddress. Capabilities(cdpCacheCapabilities) Functional capabilities of the device, as reported in the most recentCDP message. A zero-length string indicates that no Capabilities field(TLV) was reported.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/CDP_Neighbor_View.htm TITLE=Neighbor View TEXT=Neighbor View Device > Configure > CDP Configuration > Neighbor View The Neighbor View dialog box provides general information on thedevices connected to this device. From here, you can access more detailedinformation on a particular neighbor device. This dialog box displays the following data: Neighbor Device's Port (cdpCacheDevicePort) Device ID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Address (cdpCacheAddress) Hardware Platform (cdpCachePlatform) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click Detail to launch the Neighbor Detaildialog box for the selected neighbor device. Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. NeighborDevice's Port (cdpCacheDevicePort) Port identifier string, as reported in the most recent CDP message.This is typically the value of the corresponding ifName object. A zero-lengthstring indicates that no Port ID field (TLV) was reported. DeviceID (cdpCacheDeviceId) Device identifier string, as reported in the most recent CDP message.A zero-length string indicates that no Device ID field (TLV) was reported. Address(cdpCacheAddress) First network-layer address of the SNMP agent on the device, as reportedin the most recent CDP message. For example, if the corresponding instanceof cacheAddressType has the value "ip(1)", then this object is an IP address. HardwarePlatform (cdpCachePlatform) Hardware platform of the device, as reported in the most recent CDPmessage. A zero-length string indicates that no Platform field (TLV) wasreported.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Console_Config_Info.htm TITLE=Configuration Information TEXT=Configuration Information To access the Configuration Information dialog box, right-click on a console or auxiliary port and select Configure . This dialog box displays the following data: Active (tsLineActive) Type (tsLineType) Autobaud (tsLineAutobaud) Input Speed (tsLineSpeedin) Output Speed (tsLineSpeedout) Flow Control (tsLineFlow) Modem Control (tsLineModem) Location (tsLineLoc) Terminal Type (tsLineTerm) Idle Timeout (secs) (tsLineTmo) Sessions in Use (tsLineNses) TACACS User Name (tsLineUser) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to savethe changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel toclose the dialog box. Click Refresh toupdate the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to printthe contents of the dialog box. Click Help to accessonline help. Active(tsLineActive) Indicates whether or not this line is active. Type (tsLineType) Type of line. Autobaud(tsLineAutobaud) Indicates whether or not the line will autobaud. InputSpeed (tsLineSpeedin) Input speed the line is running at. OutputSpeed (tsLineSpeedout) Output speed the line is running at. FlowControl (tsLineFlow) Type of flow control the line is using. ModemControl (tsLineModem) Type of modem control the line is using. Location(tsLineLoc) Physical location of the line. TerminalType (tsLineTerm) Terminal type of the line. IdleTimeout (secs) (tsLineTmo) Idle timeout interval for this line, in seconds. Sessionsin Use (tsLineNses) Current number of sessions in use on this line. TACACSUser Name (tsLineUser) If TACACS is enabled, the TACACS user name of the user on this line.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Entity_Config_Card.htm TITLE=Entity Physical Information TEXT=Entity Physical Information Device > Configure > Entity Config The following data is displayed in the Entity Configuration Details dialog box: Index (entPhysicalIndex) Name (entPhysicalName) Description (entPhysicalDescr) Model Name (entPhysicalModelName) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (entPhysicalIndex) Unique identifier for this physical entity. Name (entPhysicalName) Textual name of the physical entity. The value of this object is the name of the component, as assigned by the local device, and is suitable for use in commands entered at the device console. Description (entPhysicalDescr) Textual description of this physical entity. This object should identify the manufacturer of the physical entity and be set to a distinct value for each version or model of the physical entity. Model Name (entPhysicalModelName) Vendor-specific model name associated with this physical component.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Entity_Config_Device.htm TITLE=Entity Physical Information TEXT=Entity Physical Information Card > Configure From the Entity Physical Information dialog box, you can specify thename and asset identifier for this card. The following data is displayed: Index (entPhysicalIndex) Name (entPhysicalName) Description (entPhysicalDescr) Model Name (entPhysicalModelName) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (entPhysicalIndex) Unique identifier for this physical entity. Name (entPhysicalName) Textual name of the physical entity. The value of this object is thename of the component, as assigned by the local device, and is suitablefor use in commands entered at the device console. Description (entPhysicalDescr) Textual description of this physical entity. This object should identifythe manufacturer of the physical entity and be set to a distinct valuefor each version or model of the physical entity. Model Name (entPhysicalModelName) Indicates the model name of this physical entity.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Fla00001.htm TITLE=Flash Memory Table TEXT=Flash Memory Table Device > Configure > Flash Memory Table The information displayed in this dialog box may vary from one deviceto another, depending on what IOS release is installed. Please refer tothe following table: Devices with IOS 10.2 Through 11.1 Installed Devices with IOS 10.2 or Later Installed Partition Name (ciscoFlashPartitionName) Type (flashCard) Total Size (bytes) (ciscoFlashPartitionSize) Memory (flashSize) Available Size (bytes)(ciscoFlashPartitionFreeSpace) Free Memory (flashFree) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well astheir function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Partition Name (ciscoFlashPartitionName) Name used to refer to a partition by the system. This can be any alphanumericcharacter string of the form AAAAAAAAnn, where A represents a letter andn represents a number. Flash operations get directed to a device partitionbased on this name. Type (flashCard) Indicates the internal system flash memory type used by this device. Total Size (bytes) (ciscoFlashPartitionSize) Flash partition size. If there is a single partition, this value isequal to the value of ciscoFlashDeviceSize. Memory (flashSize) Total amount of flash memory, measured in bytes. Available Size (bytes) (ciscoFlashPartitionFreeSpace) Free space within a Flash partition. Be aware that the actual size ofa file in Flash includes a small overhead that represents the file headerof the file system. Certain file systems may also have a partition or deviceheader overhead to be considered when computing the free space. The managemententity is not expected to know or use any overheads such as file and partitionheader lengths, since such overheads may vary from file system to filesystem. Note: Files deleted from Flash do not free up space. A partitionmay have to be erased to reclaim the space occupied by files. Free Memory (flashFree) Amount of available flash memory, measured in bytes.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/ICMP_Traffic1.htm TITLE=ICMP Traffic 1 TEXT=ICMP Traffic 1 Device > Monitor > ICMP Traffic 1 From the dialog box, you can monitor the ICMP traffic activity on thisdevice. This dialog box displays the following data: In SrcQuenchs (icmpInSrcQuenchs) Out SrcQuenchs (icmpOutSrcQuenches) In Redirects (icmpInRedirects) Out Redirects (icmpOutRedirects) In Echos (icmpInEchos) Out Echos (icmpOutEchos) In Echo < - (icmpInEchoReps) Out Echo < - (icmpOutEchoReps) In Times (icmpInTimestamps) Out Times (icmpOutTimestamps) In Times < - (icmpInTimestampReps) Out Times < - (icmpOutTimestampReps) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. In SrcQuenchs (icmpInSrcQuenchs) Number of ICMP source quench messages received. Out SrcQuenchs (icmpOutSrcQuenches) Number of ICMP source quench messages sent. In Redirects (icmpInRedirects) Number of ICMP redirect messages received. Out Redirects (icmpOutRedirects) Number of ICMP redirect messages sent. For a host, this object willalways be zero, since hosts do not send redirect messages. In Echos (icmpInEchos) Number of ICMP Echo request messages received. Out Echos (icmpOutEchos) Number of ICMP Echo request messages sent. In Echo < - (icmpInEchoReps) Number of ICMP Echo reply messages received. Out Echo < - (icmpOutEchoReps) Number of ICMP Echo reply messages sent. In Times (icmpInTimestamps) Number of ICMP timestamp request messages received. Out Times (icmpOutTimestamps) Number of ICMP Timestamp request messages sent. In Times < - (icmpInTimestampReps) Number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received. Out Times < - (icmpOutTimestampReps) Number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages sent.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/ICMP_Traffic2.htm TITLE=ICMP Traffic 2 TEXT=ICMP Traffic 2 Device > Monitor > ICMP Traffic 2 From this dialog box, you can monitor the ICMP traffic activity on thisdevice. The dialog box displays the following data: In AddrMasks (icmpInAddrMasks) Out AddrMasks (icmpOutAddrMasks) In Addr Masks < - (icmpInAddrMaskReps) Out Addr Masks < - (icmpOutAddrMaskReps) In ParmProbs (icmpInParmProbs) Out ParmProbs (icmpOutParmProbs) In DestUnreachs (icmpInDestUnreachs) Out DestUnreachs (icmpOutDestUnreachs) In TimeExcds (icmpInTimeExcds) Out TimeExcds (icmpOutTimeExcds) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. InAddrMasks (icmpInAddrMasks) Number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received. OutAddrMasks (icmpOutAddrMasks) Number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages sent. InAddr Masks < - (icmpInAddrMaskReps) Number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received. OutAddr Masks < - (icmpOutAddrMaskReps) Number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages sent. InParmProbs (icmpInParmProbs) Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received. Note: These messages usually relate to problems in the optionalIP header fields. OutParmProbs (icmpOutParmProbs) Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent. InDestUnreachs (icmpInDestUnreachs) Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received. OutDestUnreachs (icmpOutDestUnreachs) Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent. InTimeExcds (icmpInTimeExcds) Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received. OutTimeExcds (icmpOutTimeExcds) Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IP_Address_Table.htm TITLE=IP Address Table TEXT=IP Address Table Device > Configure > IP Address Table This dialog box lists all IP addresses configured on this device. Italso displays information on the IP addresses, such as corresponding portsand subnet masks. This dialog box displays the following data: Port (ipAdEntIfIndex) IP Address (ipAdEntAddr) Subnet Mask (ipAdEntNetMask) Broadcast Format (ipAdEntBcastAddr) Reasm MaxSize (ipAdEntReasmMaxSize) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Port (ipAdEntIfIndex) Index value which uniquely identifies the interface this entry is applicableto. IP Address(ipAdEntAddr) IP address of an entry. SubnetMask (ipAdEntNetMask) Subnet mask associated with the IP address of this entry. The mask valueis an IP address with the network bits set to "1" and the hosts bits setto "0". BroadcastFormat (ipAdEntBcastAddr) Value of the least significant bit in the IP broadcast address usedfor sending datagrams on the (logical) interface associated with the IPaddress of this entry. Note: This value applies both to the subnet and network broadcastaddresses used by the entity on this (logical) interface. ReasmMaxSize (ipAdEntReasmMaxSize) Size of the largest IP datagram this entity can reassemble from incomingIP fragmented datagrams received on this interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Port_Interface_Information.htm TITLE=Interface TEXT=Interface Navigation Port > Configure > Interface The following information is displayed: Name (ifName) Description (ifDescr) Entity Description (entPhysicalDescr) Entity Vendor Type (entPhysicalVendorType) Index (ifIndex) Speed (ifSpeed) Speed Duplex Status (dot3StatsDuplexStatus) Duplex Auto Negotiation (ifMauAutoNegAdminStatus) Mtu (ifMtu) Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Keep Alive Enabled (cieIfKeepAliveEnabled) Last Change (ifLastChange) State Change Reason (cieIfStateChangeReason) Interface Reset Count (cieIfResetCount) Carrier Signal Transition Count (cieIfCarrierTransitionCount) Up/Down Traps (ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable) Aggregation Protocol (clagAggProtocolType) Local Description (ifAlias) Voice VLAN Id (vmVoiceVlanId) MAC Addr Learnt Notification enabled (cmnMacAddrLearntEnable) MAC Addr Removed Notification enabled (cmnMacAddrRemovedEnable) Name (ifName) Textual name of the interface. Description (ifDescr) Textual description of the physical entity. This object contains a stringwhich identifies the manufacturer name, the product name, and the interfacehardware/software version. Entity Description (entPhysicalDescr ) Textual description of this physical entity. This object should identify the manufacturer of the physical entity and be set to a distinct value for each version or model of the physical entity. Entity Vendor Type (entPhysicalVendorType ) Vendor-specific hardware type of the physical entity. Index (ifIndex) A unique value, greater than zero, for each interface. Speed (ifSpeed) An estimate of the interface's current bandwidth, measured in bits persecond. Note the following: This dialog box displays ifSpeed as this object's descriptor for only GBIC, SFP, and WS-X4148-FE-LX-MT ports. This object is read-only and cannot be modified. Speed An estimate of the interface's current bandwidth, measured in bits persecond. Note the following: For 10/100 and 10/100/1000 megabits (Mbps) cards, this dialog box displays Speed as both the alias and the descriptor for this object. You can set this object to either 10 or 100 Mbps for both 10/100 and 10/100/1000 Mbps cards. For ports on 10/100/1000 Mbps cards, you can also set this object to 1000 Mbps, provided that full duplex mode is currently active. Duplex Status (dot3StatsDuplexStatus ) Current mode of operation of the MAC entity. There are three possible values: unknown(1) , halfDuplex(2) , and fullDuplex(3) . The value unknown(1) indicates that the current duplex mode cannot be determined. Note the following: This dialog box displays dot3StatsDuplexStatus as this object's descriptor for only GBIC and SFP ports. This object is read-only and cannot be modified. Duplex Current mode of operation of the MAC entity. There are two possible values: Half and Full . Note the following: For ports on 10/100 and 10/100/1000 Mbps cards, this dialog box displays Duplex as both the alias and the descriptor for this object. You can set this object to either half or full duplex mode. You cannot set this object to half duplex mode if the port speed is 1000 Mbps. Auto Negotiation (ifMauAutoNegAdminStatus) When set to enabled , the interface with auto-negotiation signaling capability is enabled. When set to disabled , an IEEE 802.3 MAU enters the state indicated by the value of ifMauDefaultType. Mtu (ifMtu) The size of the largest datagram which can be sent/received on the interface,specified in octets. For interfaces that transmit network datagrams, thisis the size of the largest network datagram that can be sent on the interface. Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) Address of the interface at its protocol sublayer. The media-specificMIB on the interface must define the bit and byte ordering and format ofthe value contained by this object. Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Chosen state for the interface. Note: For dual port ATM cards (Ws-X 5157, 5158, 5167, 5168, 5156,5166, 5161, 5162), the cadpStatAdminActivePhy MIB variable is used to performan active physical switch over. Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Current operational state of the interface. Keep Alive Enabled (cieIfKeepAliveEnabled ) A small, Layer 2 message that is transmitted by a network device to let directly-connected network devices know of its presence. The value of this object is true(1) if keepalives are enabled on this interface. The value of this object is false(2) if keepalives are not enabled on this interface. Last Change (ifLastChange) Value of sysUpTime when the interface entered its current operationalstate. If the current state was entered prior to the last reinitializationof the local network management subsystem, then this object contains avalue of zero. State Change Reason (cieIfStateChangeReason ) Textual string which describes the cause of the last state change of the interface. Examples of the values this object can take are: Lost Carrier administratively down up down Interface Reset Count (cieIfResetCount ) Number of times the interface was internally reset and brought up. Some of the actions which can cause this counter to increment are: Bringing up an interface using the interface CLI command. Clearing the interface using the exec CLI command. Bringing the interface up via SNMP. Discontinuities in the value of this variable can occur at reinitialization of the management system, and at other times as indicated by the values of cieIfInterfaceDiscontinuityTime. Carrier Signal Transition Count (cieIfCarrierTransitionCount ) Number of times the interface saw the carrier signal transition. For example, if a T1 line is unplugged, then the framer will detect the loss of signal (LOS) on the line and count it as a transition. Discontinuities in the value of this object can occur at reinitialization of the management system, and at other times as indicated by the values of cieIfInterfaceDiscontinuityTime. Up/Down Traps (ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable) Indicates whether a trap is sent to the addresses in the Trap Receiver tableevery time the port state changes from up to down. Aggregation Protocol (clagAggProtocolType) Aggregation protocol type for this interface. If an aggregation protocol is assigned to any of the ports in a group, then the aggregation protocol is applied to all the ports in that group (a group is a collection of ports which belong to a module or system). On some platforms, the aggregation protocol type can be assigned per aggregator. Local Description (ifAlias ) Alias for the interface. Voice VLAN Id (vmVoiceVlanId) The Voice VLAN ID (VVID) to which this port belongs. Valid values range from zero to 4096, as described below: 0—CDP packets transmitting through this port contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of zero. VoIP and related packets are both sent and received with a VLAN-ID of zero and an 802.1p priority. 1 through 4094—CDP packets transmitting through this port contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of N (where N equals the VVID specifed by this object). VoIP and related packets are both sent and received with a VLAN-ID of N and an 802.1p priority. 4095—CDP packets transmitting through this port contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of 4095. VoIP and related packets are both sent and received untagged without an 802.1p priority set. 4096—CDP packets transmitting through this port do not contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV. Or, if this VVID is not supported by the port, then this MIB object cannot be configured and returns a value of 4096. MAC Addr Learnt Notification enabled (cmnMacAddrLearntEnable) When this object is set to true(1) , this interface is enabled to send a cmnMacChangedNotification each time it learns of a new MAC address. Note: This object is available only when the value of cmnGlobalFeatureEnabled is true(1) . MAC Addr Removed Notification enabled (cmnMacAddrRemovedEnable) When this object is set to true(1) , this interface is enabled to send a cmnMacChangedNotification each time a previously learned MAC address is removed from the forwarding table. Note: This object is available only when the value of cmnGlobalFeatureEnabled is true(1) .
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Port_Interface_Monitor.htm TITLE=Interface TEXT=Interface Port > Monitor > Interface The following information is displayed in the Interface dialog box: Utilization % Unicasts (ifHCOutUcastPkts + ifHCInUcastPkts) Broadcasts (ifHCOutBroadcastPkts + ifHCInBroadcastPkts) Multicasts (ifHCOutMulticastPkts + ifHCInMulticastPkts) Errors (ifInErrors + ifOutErrors) Discards (ifInDiscards + ifOutDiscards + ifInUnknownProtos) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Utilization % Level of utilization on this port; the current value represents utilizationlevels over the last polling period. The utilization percentage is calculatedusing the following formula: For a half duplex port: 8 * DELTA_OCTETS * 100 / (DELTA_TIME * ifSpeed) For a full duplex port: 8 * DELTA_OCTETS * 100 / (DELTA_TIME * 2 * ifSpeed),where DELTA_OCTETS = (ifInOctets1 + ifOutOctets1) - (ifInOctets0 + ifOutOctets0) Key: DELTA_TIME = (sysUpTime1 - sysUpTime0)/100 ifSpeed indicates the speed of the interface. ifInOctets0 is the value of ifInOctets at sysUpTime0, and ifInOctets1 isthe value of ifInOctets at sysUpTime1. ifOutOctets0 is the value of ifOutOctets at sysUpTime0, and ifOutOctets1is the value of ifOutOctets at sysUpTime1. Unicasts (ifHCOutUcastPkts + ifHCInUcastPkts) Pattern and current number of Unicast packets received and sent. Broadcasts (ifHCOutBroadcastPkts +ifHCInBroadcastPkts) Total number of frames successfully transmitted to a subnetwork or link-layerbroadcast address. Total number of broadcast frames successfully received. Multicasts (ifHCOutMulticastPkts +ifHCInMulticastPkts) Total number of frames successfully transmitted to a subnetwork or link-layermulticast address. Total number of multicast frames successfully received. Errors (ifInErrors + ifOutErrors) Total number of errors for this port. The value equals the sum of inboundand outbound packets discarded because they contained errors. Discards (ifInDiscards + ifOutDiscards + ifInUnknownProtos) Total number of discards for this port. The value equals the sum ofinbound and outbound packets discarded because they contained errors, aswell as the number of inbound packets discarded because they were directedto an unknown or unsupported protocol.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Routing_Table_Details.htm TITLE=IP Route TEXT=IP Route Device > Configure > IP Route From the IP Route dialog box, you can enable/disable forwarding on thisdevice, as well as make changes to any route. This dialog box displays the following data: Destination (ipRouteDest) Next Hop (ipRouteNextHop) Mask (ipRouteMask) Routing Protocol (ipRouteProto) Port (ipRouteIfIndex) Hop Count (ipRouteMetric1) Route Type (ipRouteType) Route Age (ipRouteAge) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Delete to delete an existing IP route. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Destination(ipRouteDest) Destination IP address of this route. An entry with the value "0.0.0.0"is considered a default route. Note: Multiple routes to a single destination can appear in thetable. Access to multiple entries depends on the table access mechanismsdefined by the network management protocol in use. NextHop (ipRouteNextHop) IP address of the next hop on this route. In the case of a route boundto an interface which is realized through broadcast media, the value ofthis field is the IP address of the agent on that interface. Mask(ipRouteMask) Indicates the mask to be logical-ANDed with the destination addressbefore being compared to the value in the ipRouteDest field. For systemsthat do not support arbitrary subnet masks, the agent constructs ipRouteMaskby determining whether the corresponding ipRouteDest object belongs toa class A, B, or C network. Class A 255.0.0.0 Class B 255.255.0.0 Class C 255.255.255.0 Note: If the value ipRouteDest is "0.0.0.0" (the default value),then the value of the mask is also "0.0.0.0". All IP routing subsystemsimplicitly use this convention. RoutingProtocol (ipRouteProto) Routing mechanism through which this route was learned. Inclusion ofvalues for gateway routing protocols is not intended to imply that hostsshould support these protocols. Port (ipRouteIfIndex) Index value which uniquely identifies thelocal interface through which the next hop of this route should be reached. Hop Count (ipRouteMetric1) Specifies the primary routing metric for the route. RouteType (ipRouteType) Specifies the type of route. There are 4 possible values: other (1) none of the following invalid (2) an invalid route direct (3) route to directly connected network or subnetwork indirect (4) route to a non-local host/network/subnetwork Note: Whether the agent removes an invalid entry from the tableis implementation–specific. RouteAge (ipRouteAge) Number of seconds since this route was last updated or otherwise determinedto be correct.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/SNMP_Mon.htm TITLE=SNMP Traffic TEXT=SNMP Traffic Device > Monitor > SNMP Traffic From the SNMP Traffic dialog box, you can evaluate the performance ofthis device by monitoring SNMP traffic activity. This dialog box displays the following data: Total In Request Objects (snmpInTotalReqVars) Total In Set Objects (snmpInTotalSetVars) In Get Requests (snmpInGetRequests) Out Get Requests (snmpOutGetRequests) Out Set Requests (snmpOutSetRequests) In Get Responses (snmpInGetResponses) Out Get Responses (snmpOutGetResponses) In Traps (snmpInTraps) Out Traps (snmpOutTraps) In GetNexts (snmpInGetNexts) Out GetNexts (snmpOutGetNexts) In Set Requests (snmpInSetRequests) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Total In Request Objects (snmpInTotalReqVars) Total number of MIB objects retrieved successfully by the SNMP protocolentity as a result of receiving valid SNMP Get-Request and Get-Next PDUs. Total In Set Objects (snmpInTotalSetVars) Total number of MIB objects altered successfully by the SNMP protocolentity as a result of receiving valid SNMP Set-Request PDUs. In Get Requests (snmpInGetRequests) Total number of SNMP Get-Request PDUs accepted and processed by theSNMP protocol entity. Out Get Requests (snmpOutGetRequests) Total number of SNMP Get-Request PDUs generated by the SNMP protocolentity. Out Set Requests (snmpOutSetRequests) Total number of SNMP Set-Request PDUs generated by the SNMP protocolentity. In Get Responses (snmpInGetResponses) Total number of SNMP Get-Response PDUs accepted and processed by theSNMP protocol entity. Out Get Responses (snmpOutGetResponses) Total number of SNMP Get-Response PDUs generated by the SNMP protocolentity. In Traps (snmpInTraps) Total number of SNMP Trap PDUs accepted and processed by the SNMP protocolentity. Out Traps (snmpOutTraps) Total number of SNMP Trap PDUs generated by the SNMP protocol entity. In GetNexts (snmpInGetNexts) Total number of SNMP Get-Next PDUs accepted and processed by the SNMPprotocol entity. Out GetNexts (snmpOutGetNexts) Total number of SNMP Get-Next PDUs generated by the SNMP protocol entity. In Set Requests (snmpInSetRequests) Total number of SNMP Set-Request PDUs accepted and processed by theSNMP protocol entity.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Summary.htm TITLE=Summary TEXT=Summary Device > Monitor This dialog box provides a summary of device performance information,such as the level of IP and SNMP traffic. The dialog box displays the following data: IP Traffic IP Errors ICMP Traffic ICMP Errors UDP Traffic UDP Errors TCP Traffic TCP Errors SNMP Traffic SNMP Errors The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. IPTraffic Equals the sum of ipInReceives, ipOutRequests, and ipForwDatagrams. ipInReceives Total number of input datagrams received frominterfaces, including those received in error. ipOutRequests Total number of IP datagrams which local IPuser protocols (including ICMP) supplied to IP in transmission requests;does not include datagrams counted in ipForwDatagrams. ipForwDatagrams Input datagrams for which the final destinationwas different. IP Errors Equals the sum of ipInHdrErrors,ipInAddrErrors, ipInUnknownProtos, ipInDiscards, ipOutDiscards, ipOutNoRoutes,ipReasmFails, ipFragFails, and ipRoutingDiscards. ipInHdrErrors Number of input datagrams discarded becauseof errors in their IP headers, including bad checksums, version numbermismatches, format errors, time-to-live exceeded errors, and errors discoveredthe processing of IP options for a datagram. ipInAddrErrors Number of input datagrams discarded becausethe IP address in their IP header destination field was invalid. This valueincludes invalid addresses and addresses of unsupported classes (for example,Class E). For entities that are not IP gateways and therefore do not forwarddatagrams, this value includes datagrams discarded because the destinationaddress was not a local address. ipInUnknownProtos Number of locally-addressed datagrams receivedand discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. ipInDiscards Number of input IP datagrams that can be continuallyprocessed but were discarded anyway. This value does not include any datagramsdiscarded while awaiting reassembly. ipOutDiscards Number of output IP datagrams for which no problemwas encountered to prevent their transmission but were discarded anyway. ipOutNoRoutes Number of IP datagrams discarded because noroute was found to transmit them through. This value includes datagramswhich could not be routed because a host's default gateways are down. ipReasmFails Number of failures detected by the IP reassemblyalgorithm. ipFragFails Number of IP datagrams discarded because theyneeded to be fragmented but were not. ipRoutingDiscards Number of routing entries discarded even thoughthey are valid. ICMP Traffic Equals the sum of icmpInMsgsand icmpOutMsgs. icmpInMsgs Total number of ICMP messages received. icmpOutMsgs Total number of ICMP messages the entity attemptedto send. ICMP Errors Equals the sum of icmpInErrors and icmpOutErrors. icmpInErrors Number of received ICMP messages determinedto have ICMP-specific errors. icmpOutErrors Number of ICMP messages that were not sent dueto problems discovered within ICMP, such as a lack of buffers. This valuedoes not include errors discovered outside the ICMP layer, such as theinability of IP to route the resultant datagram. UDPTraffic Equalsthe sum of udpInDatagrams and udpOutDatagrams. udpInDatagrams Total number of UDP datagrams delivered to UDPusers. udpOutDatagrams Total number of UDP datagrams sent from thisentity. UDPErrors Equalsthe sum of udpInErrors and udpNoPorts. udpInErrors Number of received UDP datagrams undeliveredfor reasons other than the lack of an application at the destination port. udpNoPorts Total number of received UDP datagrams for whichthere was no application at the destination port. TCPTraffic Equalsthe sum of tcpInSegs, tcpOutSegs, and tcpRetransSegs. tcpInSegs Total number of segments received, includingthose received in error. This count includes segments received on establishedconnections. tcpOutSegs Total number of segments sent, including thoseon current connections, but excluding those containing only retransmittedoctets. tcpRetransSegs Number of transmitted TCP segments containingone or more previously transmitted octets. TCPErrors tcpInErrs Total number of segments received in error (forexample, bad TCP checksums). SNMPTraffic Equalsthe sum of snmpInPkts and snmpOutPkts. snmpInPkts Total number of messages delivered from thetransport service to the SNMP entity. snmpOutPkts Total number of SNMP Messages passed from theSNMP protocol entity to the transport service. SNMPErrors Equalsthe sum of snmpInBadVersions, snmpInBadCommunityNames, snmpInBadCommunityUses,snmpInASNParseErrs, snmpInTooBigs, snmpOutTooBigs, snmpInNoSuchNames, snmpOutNoSuchNames,snmpInBadValues, nmpOutBadValues, snmpInReadOnlys, snmpInGenErrs, and snmpOutGenErrs. snmpInBadVersions Total number of SNMP messages delivered to theSNMP entity and unsupported SNMP versions. snmpInBadCommunityNames Total number of SNMP messages delivered to theSNMP entity that used an unknown SNMP community name. snmpInBadCommunityUses Total number of SNMP messages delivered to theSNMP entity which represented an SNMP operation not allowed by the SNMPcommunity named in the message. snmpInASNParseErrs Total number of ASN.1 or BER errors encounteredby the SNMP entity when it decoded received SNMP messages. snmpInTooBigs Total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMPentity for which the value of the error-status field is tooBig . snmpOutTooBigs Total number of SNMP PDUs generated by the SNMPentity for which the value of the error-status field is tooBig . snmpInNoSuchNames Total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMPentity for which the value of the error-status field is noSuchName . snmpOutNoSuchNames Total number of SNMP PDUs generated by the SNMPentity for which the value of the error-status is noSuchName . snmpInBadValues Total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMPentity for which the value of the error-status field is badValue . snmpOutBadValues Total number of SNMP PDUs generated by the SNMPentity for which the value of the error-status field is badValue . snmpInReadOnlys Total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMPentity for which the value of the error-status field is readOnly . snmpInGenErrs Total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMPentity for which the value of the error-status field is genErr .
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/System_Information.htm TITLE=System Information TEXT=System Information Device > Configure > System Information This dialog box provides general system information, displaying chassis, image,and entity information. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Chassis: Orderable Part Number (ceAssetOrderablePartNumber) Hardware Revision (ceAssetHardwareRevision) Part Number (ceAssetMfgAssyNumber) Board Revision (ceAssetMfgAssyRevision) Chassis Serial Number (ceAssetSerialNumber) System: IOS Version (IOS Version) IOS Feature Set (IOS Feature Set) IOS Sysdescr (IOS Sysdescr) ROM Monitor (romVersion) System Image (sysConfigName) Last Reload Reason (whyReload) Configuration Register: Current Value (configRegister) Value at Next Reload (configRegNext) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Chassis: Orderable Part Number (ceAssetOrderablePartNumber) Part number to use to when ordering the entity. Hardware Revision (ceAssetHardwareRevision) Hardware revision string for the entity. Part Number (ceAssetMfgAssyNumber) Manufacturing assembly number for the entity. Board Revision (ceAssetMfgAssyRevision) Revision string for the entity, within ceAssetMfgAssyNumber. Chassis Serial Number (ceAssetSerialNumber) Serial number of the entity. System: IOS Version (IOS Version) Indicates what version of IOS is running on this device. IOS Feature Set (IOS Feature Set) Indicates the IOS feature set currently running on this device. IOS Sysdescr (IOS Sysdescr) Provides information on the version of IOS running on this device. ROM Monitor (romVersion) ROM monitor version. System Image (sysConfigName) Name of the system boot image. Last Reload Reason (whyReload) Reason for the last reload. Configuration Register: Current Value (configRegister) Current value of the configuration register. Value at Next Reload (configRegNext) Value of the configuration register after the next reload.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/TCP.htm TITLE=TCP TEXT=TCP Device > Monitor > TCP The TCP dialog box displays the following data: Active Opens (tcpActiveOpens) Passive Opens (tcpPassiveOpens) Attempt Fails (tcpAttemptFails) Estab Resets (tcpEstabResets) Currr Estab (tcpCurrEstab) Out Rsts (tcpOutRsts) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. ActiveOpens (tcpActiveOpens) Number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the"SYN-SENT" state from the "CLOSED" state. PassiveOpens (tcpPassiveOpens) Number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the"SYN-RCVD" state from the "LISTEN" state. AttemptFails (tcpAttemptFails) Number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the"CLOSED" state from either the "SYN-SENT" or "SYN-RCVD" state, plus thenumber of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the "LISTEN"state from the "SYN-RCVD" state. EstabResets (tcpEstabResets) Number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the"CLOSED" state from either the "ESTABLISHED" or "CLOSE-WAIT" state. CurrrEstab (tcpCurrEstab) Number of TCP connections currently in the "ESTABLISHED" or "CLOSE-WAIT"state. Out Rsts(tcpOutRsts) Number of TCP segments sent which contain the RST flag.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/TCP_Configuration.htm TITLE=TCP Configuration TEXT=TCP Configuration Device > Configure > TCP The TCP Configuration dialog box displays the retransmission algorithmand timeout information for this device. The algorithm determines how longthe system will wait, after transmitting an unacknowledged segment, beforetiming out and retransmitting the segment. This information helps controltraffic congestion on your network. The dialog box displays the following data: RetransmissionAlgorithm (tcpRtoAlgorithm) Min RetransmissionTimeout (msec) (tcpRtoMin) Max RetransmissionTimeout (msec) (tcpRtoMax) Max Connections(tcpMaxConn) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Retransmission Algorithm (tcpRtoAlgorithm) Algorithm used to determine the timeout value for retransmitting unacknowledgedoctets. There are four possible values: other (1) none of the following constant (2) A constant RTO rsre (3) MIL-STD-1778, Appendix B vanj (4) Van Jacobson's algorithm [10] Min Retransmission Timeout (msec) (tcpRtoMin) Minimum value permitted by a TCP implementation for retransmission timeout,measured in milliseconds. Max Retransmission Timeout (msec) (tcpRtoMax) Maximum value permitted by a TCP implementation for retransmission timeout,measured in milliseconds. Max Connections (tcpMaxConn) Maximum number of TCP connections the entity can support. In entitieswhere the maximum number is dynamic, this object should have the value"-1".
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/UDP_Conf.htm TITLE=UDP TEXT=UDP Device > Configure > UDP The UDP dialog box lists the socket addresses configured on this device.Socket addresses are the mapping of IP addresses and UDP port numbers,used by local applications awaiting UDP datagrams. This dialog box displays the following data: Local Address (udpLocalAddress) Local Port (udpLocalPort) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Local Address (udpLocalAddress) Local IP address for this UDP listener. In the case of a UDP listenerwhich accepts datagrams for any IP interface associated with the node,the value "0.0.0.0" is used. Local Port (udpLocalPort) Local port number for this UDP listener.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/UDP_Mon.htm TITLE=UDP TEXT=UDP Device > Monitor > UDP The UDP dialog box displays the following data: In Datagrams (udpInDatagrams) Datagrams with No Application at Destination Port(udpNoPorts) In Errors (udpInErrors) Out Datagrams (udpOutDatagrams) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. In Datagrams (udpInDatagrams) Total number of UDP datagrams delivered to UDP users by this entity. Datagrams with No Application at DestinationPort (udpNoPorts) Total number of received UDP datagrams for which there is no correspondingapplication at the destination port. In Errors (udpInErrors) Number of received UDP datagrams undelivered for a reason other thanthe lack of a corresponding application at the destination port. Out Datagrams (udpOutDatagrams) Total number of UDP datagrams sent by this entity.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/ARP_Table_Details.htm TITLE=ARP Table TEXT=ARP Table Device > Configure > ARP Table The ARP Table dialog box lists IP addresses configured on this deviceand their corresponding physical addresses. From here, you can delete IP/physicaladdress mappings. This dialog box displays the following data: Interface (ipNetToMediaIfIndex) Network Address (ipNetToMediaNetAddress) Physical Address (ipNetToMediaPhysAddress) Type (ipNetToMediaType) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Delete to delete an existing IP/physical address mapping. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface (ipNetToMediaIfIndex) Interface on which the equivalence of this entry is effective. NetworkAddress (ipNetToMediaNetAddress) IP address corresponding to the media-dependent physical address. PhysicalAddress (ipNetToMediaPhysAddress) Media-dependent physical address. Type(ipNetToMediaType) Specifies the mapping type: other (1) none of the following invalid (2) invalid mapping dynamic (3) dynamic mapping static (4) static mapping Note: Whether the agent removesan invalid mapping from ipNetToMediaTable is implementation–specific.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Home.htm TITLE=About the Catalyst 4000/4500 TEXT=About the Catalyst 4000/4500 The Catalyst 4000 series of switches includes the Catalyst 4003 and Catalyst 4006 chassis. A key component of Cisco AVVID (Architecture for Voice, Video, and Integrated Data), the Catalyst 4000 Series extends control from the backbone to the network edge with intelligent network services, such as scalable performance. The modular architecture, media flexibility, and expandability of the Catalyst 4000 Series enable a longer deployment life in converged networks. The Catalyst 4500 series of switches includes the Catalyst 4503, Catalyst 4506, and Catalyst 4507R chassis. Also a key component of Cisco AVVID, the Catalyst 4500 Series extends control to Enterprise wiring closets, branch office and Layer 3 distribution points. The Catalyst 4500 Series is also optimized for business services aggregation and subscriber access in the metropolitan area for network operators and service providers. The supervisor engines supported by these devices are based on Cisco IOS software, enabling the use of a single Cisco IOS configuration and software image for multilayer switching. Key features include: nonblocking integrated Layer 2, 3, and 4 performance at a minimum of 48 Mbps traditional LAN switching multilayer IOS services with IP routing advanced Quality of Service (QoS) functionality sophisticated traffic management comprehensive security simple management
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IP_Mon.htm TITLE=IP TEXT=IP Device > Monitor > IP From here, you can monitor the IP statistics for this device. This dialog box displays the following data: Reasm Reqds (ipReasmReqds) In Delivers (ipInDelivers) Frag Creates (ipFragCreates) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Reasm Reqds (ipReasmReqds) Number of IP fragments received that require reassembly. In Delivers (ipInDelivers) Total number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IP user protocols (including ICMP). Frag Creates (ipFragCreates) Number of IP datagram fragments generated as a result of fragmentation at this entity.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/TCP_Connections.htm TITLE=TCP Connections TEXT=TCP Connections Device > Configure > TCP > TCP Connections This dialog box displays the following data on the TCP connections configured on this device: Local Address (tcpConnLocalAddress) Port (tcpConnLocalPort) Remote Address (tcpConnRemAddress) Port (tcpConRemPort) State (tcpConnState) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Local Address (tcpConnLocalAddress) Local IP address of this TCP connection. For connections in the listen state which accept connections from any IP interface associated with the node, the value 0.0.0.0 is used. Port (tcpConnLocalPort) Local port number of this TCP connection. Remote Address (tcpConnRemAddress) Remote IP address of this TCP connection. Port (tcpConRemPort) Remote port number of this TCP connection. State (tcpConnState) State of this TCP connection.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/ToS_Metrics.htm TITLE=ToS Metrics for Non-Virtual Interface TEXT=ToS Metrics for Non-virtual Interface Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open ShortestPath First (OSPF) > ToS Metricsfor Non-virtual Interface This dialog box provides the type-of-service metrics for the non-virtualinterface on this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Interface IP Address (ospfIfMetricIpAddress) Addressless Interface (ospfIfMetricAddressLessIf) ToS Metric being Referenced (ospfIfMetricTOS) Metric for ToS on the Interface (ospfIfMetricMetric) Metric Entry Valid (ospfIfMetricStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface IP Address (ospfIfMetricIpAddress) IP address of this OSPF interface. Addressless Interface (ospfIfMetricAddressLessIf) This object eases the instancing of interfaces with and without IP addresses. On interfaces with an IP address, the value of this object is zero. On interfaces without an IP address, the value of this object is equal to the corresponding value of ifIndex. ToS Metric being Referenced (ospfIfMetricTOS) Indicates the type-of-service metric being referenced. Metric for ToS on the Interface (ospfIfMetricMetric) Metric associated with the type-of-service configured on this interface. Metric Entry Valid (ospfIfMetricStatus) Indicates whether this entry is valid. When set to invalid , theentry is rendered inoperative.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Area_Configuration.htm TITLE=Area Configuration TEXT=Area Configuration Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open ShortestPath First (OSPF) > Area Configuration This dialog box provides the area configuration information for OSPF on thisdevice. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Area ID (ospfAreaId) Authentication Type (ospfAuthType) Import AS-external-LSA Support (ospfImportASExtern) Area LSA Checksum Sum (ospfAreaLSACksumSum) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Monitor to launch the Area Specific Info. Monitoring dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Area ID (ospfAreaId) 32-bit integer that uniquely identifies an area. The area ID for the OSPF backbone is 0.0.0.0 . Authentication Type (ospfAuthType) Authentication type specified for an area. Additional authentication types may be assigned locally on a per area basis. Import AS-external-LSA Support (ospfImportASExtern) Area's support for importing AS external link-state advertisements. Area LSA Checksum Sum (ospfAreaLSACksumSum) 32-bit unsigned sum of the link-state advertisements' LS checksums containedin this area's link-state database. This sum excludes external (LS type 5)link-state advertisements. The sum can be used to determine if there has been achange in a router's link state database, and to compare the link-state databaseof two routers.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Area_Specific_Info_Monitoring.htm TITLE=Area Specific Info. Monitoring TEXT=Area Specific Info. Monitoring To launch the Area Specific Info. Monitoring dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Area Configuration . With an entry selected, click Monitor . This dialog box monitors area-specific information for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Intra-area route Table Update (ospfSpfRuns) Total ABR Reachable (ospfAreaBdrRtrCount) Total ASBR Reachable (ospfASBdrRtrCount) Area LSA Gauge (ospfAreaLSACount) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Intra-area route Table Update (ospfSpfRuns) Number of times the intra-area route table has been calculated using this area's link-state database. This is typically done using Dijkstra's algorithm. Total ABR Reachable (ospfAreaBdrRtrCount) Total number of area border routers that are reachable within this area. The value of this object is initially zero, and is recalculated after each SPF pass. Total ASBR Reachable (ospfASBdrRtrCount) Total number of autonomous system border routers that are reachable within this area. The value of this object is initially zero, and is recalculated after each SPF pass. Area LSA Gauge (ospfAreaLSACount) Total number of link-state advertisements in this area's link-state database,excluding AS External link-state advertisements.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Backbone_Fast_Capability.htm TITLE=Backbone Fast Capability TEXT=Backbone Fast Capability Device > Configure > Spanning Tree > Backbone Fast Capability This dialog box displays the BackboneFast settings for the spanning treeprotocol configured on this device. The following information is displayed: BackboneFast Status (stpxBackboneFastEnabled) Indicates whether the BackboneFast capability is enabled on the device. Note: This field is displayed when Spanning Tree Mode is set to PVST+ . The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Backbone_Fast_Monitor_Device.htm TITLE=Backbone Fast TEXT=Backbone Fast Device > Monitor > Spanning Tree > BackboneFast From this dialog box, you can monitor the Backbone Fast transitions recorded onthis device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: In-Inferior BPDUs (stpxBackboneFastInInferiorBPDUs) In RLQ Request PDUs (stpxBackboneFastInRLQRequestPDUs) In RLQ Response PDUs (stpxBackboneFastInRLQResponsePDUs) Out-RLQ Request PDUs (stpxBackboneFastOutRLQRequestPDUs) Out-RLQ Response PDUs (stpxBackboneFastOutRLQResponsePDUs) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. In-Inferior BPDUs (stpxBackboneFastInInferiorBPDUs) Number of inferior BPDUs received by the switch. In RLQ Request PDUs (stpxBackboneFastInRLQRequestPDUs) Number of Root Link Query request PDUs received by the switch. In RLQ Response PDUs (stpxBackboneFastInRLQResponsePDUs) Number of Root Link Query response PDUs received by the switch. Out-RLQ Request PDUs (stpxBackboneFastOutRLQRequestPDUs) Number of Root Link Query request PDUs transmitted by the switch. Out-RLQ Response PDUs (stpxBackboneFastOutRLQResponsePDUs) Number of Root Link Query response PDUs transmitted by the switch.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Configuration_Event_History.htm TITLE=Configuration Event History TEXT=Configuration Event History Device > Config Management > Configuration Events Log This dialog box lists configuration events that haveaffected the device Running-Config Last Changed (ccmHistoryRunningLastChanged) Running-Config Last Saved (ccmHistoryRunningLastSaved) Startup-Config Last Changed (ccmHistoryStartupLastChanged) Max Entries in Events History Table (ccmHistoryMaxEventEntries) No of Entries bumped from Event History Table (ccmHistoryEventEntriesBumped) History Event Table: Index (ccmHistoryEventIndex) Event Time (ccmHistoryEventTime) Command Source (Command Source) Data Source (Data Source) Data Destination (Data Destination) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Running-Config Last Changed (ccmHistoryRunningLastChanged) The date and time when the running configuration was last changed. If this value is greater than the Running Last Saved value, the configuration has been changed but not saved. Running-Config Last Saved (ccmHistoryRunningLastSaved) The date and time when the running configuration was last saved (written). Startup-Config Last Changed (ccmHistoryStartupLastChanged) The date and time when the startup configuration was last written to. In general, this is the default configuration used when cold starting the system. It could have been changed by a save of the running configuration or by a copy from elsewhere. Max Entries in Events History Table (ccmHistoryMaxEventEntries) The maximum number of entries that can be held in the History Event Table. The recommended value for implementations is 10. No of Entries bumped from Event History Table (ccmHistoryEventEntriesBumped) The number of times the oldest entry in the History Event Table was deleted to make room for a new entry. History Event Table: Index (ccmHistoryEventIndex) A monotonically increasing integer for the sole purpose of indexing events. When it reaches the maximum value, an extremely unlikely event, the agent wraps the value back to 1 and may flush existing entries. Event Time (ccmHistoryEventTime) The date and time when the event occurred. Command Source (Command Source) The source of the command that initiated the event. Data Source (Data Source) The configuration data source for the event. Data Destination (Data Destination) The configuration data destination for the event.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Configuration_File_Copy.htm TITLE=Configuration File Copy TEXT=Configuration File Copy You can access the Configuration File Copy dialog box in one of four ways: Device > Config Management > Running Config > Copy to TFTP Server Device > Config Management > Running Config > Update from TFTP Server Device> Config Management > Startup Config > Copy to TFTP Server Device> Config Management > Startup Config > Update from TFTP Server From this dialog box, you can specify the name and location of a file to copy to/from a TFTP server. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Configuration File TFTP Server File Name Note: The field(s) displayed in the Source and Destination sectionswill vary based on your selection. The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Configuration File Name of the current configuration file. TFTP Server IP address of the TFTP server. File Name Name of the file to be copied.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/CPU_Table.htm TITLE=CPU Table TEXT=CPU Table Device > Monitor > Total CPU Utilization This dialog box lists the CPUs supported by this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Index (cpmCPUTotalIndex) Entity Physical Index (cpmCPUTotalPhysicalIndex) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the Total CPU Utilization dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (cpmCPUTotalIndex) Index that uniquely represents a CPU (or group of CPUs) whose CPU load information is reported by a row in this table. This index is assigned arbitrarily by the engine and is not saved after a reboot. Entity Physical Index (cpmCPUTotalPhysicalIndex) entPhysicalIndex value of the physical entity for which the CPU statistics inthis entry are maintained. The physical entity can be a CPU chip, a group ofCPUs, a CPU card, etc. The exact entity type is described by itsentPhysicalVendorType value. If the CPU statistics in this entry correspond tomore than one physical entity (or no physical entities), or if theentPhysicalTable is not supported by the SNMP agent, the value of this objectmust be zero.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/CPU_Utilization.htm TITLE=CPU Utilization TEXT=CPU Utilization To access the CPU Utilization dialog box: Select Device > Configure > System Processes Information or Device > Monitor > System Processes Information . With a system process selected, click Monitor . From this dialog box, you can monitor the CPU utilization information for a selected system process. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Total CPU time used (cpmProcExtRuntimeRev) CPU Busy (5 Sec) (cpmProcExtUtil5SecRev) CPU Busy (1 Min) (cpmProcExtUtil1MinRev) CPU Busy (5 Min) (cpmProcExtUtil5MinRev) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Total CPU time used (cpmProcExtRuntimeRev) Amount of CPU time the process has used, in microseconds. This object deprecates cpmProcExtRuntime. CPU Busy (5 Sec) (cpmProcExtUtil5SecRev) The overall CPU busy percentage over the last 5-second period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal5sec object from the CISCO-PROCESS-MIB. CPU Busy (1 Min) (cpmProcExtUtil1MinRev) The overall CPU-busy percentage over the last 1-minute period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal1min object from the CISCO-PROCESS-MIB. CPU Busy (5 Min) (cpmProcExtUtil5MinRev) The overall CPU-busy percentage over the last 5-minute period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal5min object from the CISCO-PROCESS-MIB.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/cpvlanPrivatePortTable.htm TITLE=Secondary VLAN TEXT=Secondary VLAN Device > Configure > Private VLAN > SecondaryVLAN This dialog box displays configuration information for the secondary VLANspresent on this device's ports. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Private Port VLAN Type (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Private Port VLAN Type (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) VLAN ID of the secondary VLAN. A private port: accepts incoming traffic from its secondary VLAN, outgoing traffic from its associated primary VLAN, and outgoing traffic from a community or two-way community VLAN (depending on the the secondary VLAN type). blocks the outgoing traffic from an isolated VLAN. Note that a port can join a secondary VLAN only after this secondary VLAN hasbeen associated with a primary VLAN (in other words, whencpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan has a nonzero value).
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/cpvlanVlanEditTable.htm TITLE=Secondary VLAN TEXT=Secondary VLAN Device > Configure > Private VLAN > Secondary VLAN This dialog box displays private VLAN information on theVLANs present in the VLAN edit buffer for a VTP management domain. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Secondary VLAN Type (cpvlanVlanEditPrivateVlanType) Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanEditAssocPrimaryVlan) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Create to create the private VLAN structure. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Secondary VLAN Type (cpvlanVlanEditPrivateVlanType) Indicates the VLAN type, asdefined for the private VLAN feature. Note: A VLAN's private VLAN type cannot be changed once ports havebeen assigned to it. Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanEditAssocPrimaryVlan) Identifier of the associated primary VLAN used for the private VLAN featureif the value of cpvlanVlanEditPrivateVlanType is either isolated(3) , community(4) , or twoWayCommunity(5) . When the value of cpvlanVlanEditPrivateVlanTypeis either normal(1) or primary(2) , then this object has a value of zero. Please note the following: One isolated VLAN can be associated with only one unique primary VLAN. Similarly, one primary VLAN can be associated with only one isolated VLAN. One primary VLAN can be associated with multiple community or two-way community VLANs. However, the opposite is not true. One community or two-way community VLAN can be associated with only one unique primary VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Engine_Version.htm TITLE=Engine Version TEXT=Engine Version Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Version engineVersionProp Indicates what version of CiscoView is currently running on this device. The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Ether_Channel.htm TITLE=PAgP Ether Channel Details TEXT=PAgP Ether Channel Details From this dialog box, you can create a new ether channel group. You can also add ports and view the ports that already belong to an existing ether channel group. Navigation For the devices running IOS version 12.1(13)EW or above, Right-click on the device and select Configure > Ether Channel . Select the PAgP protocol radio button. Click Details . For the devices running IOS earlier to 12.1(13)EW, Right-click on the device and select Configure > Ether Channel . The following information appears: Administrative Group (pagpAdminGroupCapability) EtherChannel IfIndex (pagpGroupIfIndex) Port(s) (PortColumn) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click Add Port(s) to launch an input box and add ports to the selected ether channel group. Click Show Member(s) to highlight the ports belonging to the selected ether channel in the chassis view. Click Hide Member(s) to restore the previous chassis view. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Administrative Group (pagpAdminGroupCapability) An object used by the network administrator to control the aggregation of interfaces into agports. The default value of pagpAdminGroupCapability is equal to the value of pagpPhysGroupCapability on the same interface. The SNMP agent will accept values from 1 to 1024. EtherChannel IfIndex (pagpGroupIfIndex) The ifIndex of active (aggregated) EtherChannel, if not zero. Port(s) (PortColumn) Unique numerical index value for the interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Ether_Channel_Configuration_Port.htm TITLE=Ether Channel Configuration TEXT=Ether Channel Configuration Port > Configure > Ether Channel Configuration This dialog box provides Ether Channel configuration information for this port. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Agport Index (pagpGroupIfIndex) Operation Mode (pagpEthcOperationMode) Physical Group Capability (pagpPhysGroupCapability) Admin Group Capability (pagpAdminGroupCapability) Operational Group Capability (pagpOperGroupCapability) Port Priority (pagpPortPriority) Device Id (pagpDeviceId) Distribution Protocol (pagpDistributionProtocol) Distribution Address (pagpDistributionAddress) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click PAgP to launch the PAgP Configuration dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Agport Index (pagpGroupIfIndex) The ifIndex of active (aggregated) EtherChannel, if not zero. Operation Mode (pagpEthcOperationMode) Operational mode of the port: off(1): no aggregation of interfaces is allowed; manual(2): aggregation is under control of the pagpGroupCapabilityConfiguration section (meaning no PAgP protocol packets are sent, and any received are ignored); pagpOn(3): aggregation is under control of the PAgP protocol (meaning PAgP packets are sent on the interface and those received are acted upon). Physical Group Capability (pagpPhysGroupCapability) The interfaces, of any number, with the same value of this object can be aggregated together manually . Admin Group Capability (pagpAdminGroupCapability) An object used by the network administrator to control the aggregation of interfaces into agports. The default value of pagpAdminGroupCapability is equal to the value of pagpPhysGroupCapability on the same interface. The SNMP agent will accept values from 1 to 1024. Operational Group Capability (pagpOperGroupCapability) An object used to inform the system administrator examining the FEC MIB of the capabilities of the current state of the interface's hardware to form agports. Port Priority (pagpPortPriority) The priority relative to other interfaces when determining which interface is to be used in Hot Standby mode. Device Id (pagpDeviceId) The device&#146;s MAC address. Distribution Protocol (pagpDistributionProtocol) The protocol address type used by this interface's aggregation port to distribute outgoing data frames among its component interfaces. Possible values include ip and mac . Note: Due to the hardware architecture, any change made to pagpDistributionProtocol on this interface may result in the same change being applied to other interfaces. Distribution Address (pagpDistributionAddress) The distribution type of the protocol used by this interface's aggregation port to distribute outgoing frames among its component interfaces. Possible values include source , destination , and both . Note: Due to the hardware architecture, any change made to pagpDistributionAddress on this interface may result in the same change being applied to other interfaces.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Ethernet_Statistics.htm TITLE=Ethernet Statistics TEXT=Ethernet Statistics Device > Configure > RMON > Ethernet Statistics The Ethernet Statistics Group dialog box displays statistics measured by the RMON probe for each monitored Ethernet interfacein the device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Statistics Index (etherStatsIndex) Data Source (etherStatsDataSource) Owner (etherStatsOwner) Status (etherStatsStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Statistics Index (etherStatsIndex) Unique identifier for this etherStats entry. Data Source (etherStatsDataSource) Identifies the source of the data that this etherStats entry is configured to analyze. The source can be any Ethernet interface on this device. In order to identify a particular interface, this object identifies the ifIndex object instance, defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1573 [4,6], for the desired interface. For example, if an entry was to receive data from interface number 1, this object would be set to ifIndex.1 . The statistics in this group reflect all packets on the local network segment attached to the identified interface. An agent may or may not be able to tell if fundamental changes to the interface media have been made, requiring an invalidation of this entry. For example, a hot-pluggable Ethernet card could be removed and replaced by a token-ring card. In such a case, if the agent knows of the change, it is recommended that you invalidate this entry. Note: This object may not be modified if the associated etherStatsStatus object is equal to valid(1) . Owner (etherStatsOwner) The entity that configured this entry and therefore using the resources assigned to it. Status (etherStatsStatus) Status of this etherStats entry.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Fan_Status.htm TITLE=Fan Status TEXT=Fan Status Device > Configure > Fan Status This dialog box provides information on the fans maintained by the environmental monitor. The following data is displayed: Fan (ciscoEnvMonFanStatusDescr) Fan State (ciscoEnvMonFanState) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Fan (ciscoEnvMonFanStatusDescr) Textual description of the fan being used. Fan State (ciscoEnvMonFanState) Current state of the fan being used. There are six possible values: normal warning critical shutdown notPresent notFunctioning
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/General_Configuration.htm TITLE=General Configuration TEXT=General Configuration Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open ShortestPath First (OSPF) This dialog box provides OSPF configuration information for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Router ID (ospfRouterId) OSPF Admin. Status (ospfAdminStat) OSPF Version No. (ospfVersionNumber) Area Border Router (ospfAreaBdrRtrStatus) AS Border Router (ospfASBdrRtrStatus) AS-external-LSA CheckSum Sum (ospfExternLSACksumSum) Type of Service Support (ospfTOSSupport) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Monitor to launch the LSA General Monitoring dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Router ID (ospfRouterId) 32-bit integer that uniquely identifies the router in an autonomous system. By convention, the default value of this object is one of the router's IP interface addresses. OSPF Admin. Status (ospfAdminStat) Administrative status of OSPF in the router. When the value of this object is enabled , the OSPF process is active on at least one interface. When the value of this object is disabled , OSPF is disabled on all interfaces. OSPF Version No. (ospfVersionNumber) Current version number of the OSPF protocol is 2. Area Border Router (ospfAreaBdrRtrStatus) Indicates whether this router is an area border router. AS Border Router (ospfASBdrRtrStatus) Indicates whether this router is an autonomous system border router. AS-external-LSA CheckSum Sum (ospfExternLSACksumSum) 32-bit unsigned sum of the LS checksums of the external link-stateadvertisements contained in the link-state database. This sum can be used todetermine if there has been a change in a router's link- state database, and tocompare the link-state database of two routers. Type of Service Support (ospfTOSSupport) Indicates the router's support for type-of-service routing.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Host_Configuration.htm TITLE=Host Configuration TEXT=Host Configuration Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open ShortestPath First (OSPF) > HostConfiguration This dialog box provides the host configuration information for OSPF on thisdevice. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Host IP Address (ospfHostIpAddress) ToS of Route Configured (ospfHostTOS) Metric to be Advertised (ospfHostMetric) Metric Entry Validity (ospfHostStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Host IP Address (ospfHostIpAddress) IP address of the host. ToS of Route Configured (ospfHostTOS) Type-of-service associated with the route being configured. Metric to be Advertised (ospfHostMetric) The metric to be advertised. Metric Entry Validity (ospfHostStatus) Indicates whether this entry is valid. When set to invalid , theentry is rendered inoperative.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IGMP_Interfaces_Configure_Device.htm TITLE=IGMP Interfaces TEXT=IGMP Interfaces Device > Configure > IGMP The IGMP Interfaces dialog box lists all the interfaces on which IGMP is enabled. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Query Interval (igmpInterfaceQueryInterval) IGMP Version (igmpInterfaceVersion) IGMP Querier (igmpInterfaceQuerier) Query Response Time (igmpInterfaceQueryMaxResponseTime) Version 1 Querier Timer (igmpInterfaceVersion1QuerierTimer) Interface Robustness (igmpInterfaceRobustness) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Query Interval (igmpInterfaceQueryInterval) Frequency at which IGMP Host-Query packets are transmitted on this interface. IGMP Version (igmpInterfaceVersion) Version of IGMP running on this interface. For IGMP to function correctly, all routers on a LAN must be configured to run the same version of IGMP. IGMP Querier (igmpInterfaceQuerier) Address of the IGMP Querier on the IP subnet this interface is attached to. Query Response Time (igmpInterfaceQueryMaxResponseTime) Maximum query response time advertised in IGMPv2 queries on this interface. Version 1 Querier Timer (igmpInterfaceVersion1QuerierTimer) Time remaining until the host assumes that there are no IGMPv1 routers present on the interface. Until the value of this object is zero, the host will reply to all queries with version 1 membership reports. Interface Robustness (igmpInterfaceRobustness) The robustness variable can be adjusted to deal with expected packet loss on a subnet. If a subnet is expected to be lossy, the robustness variable should be increased.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IGMP_Interfaces_Configure_Port.htm TITLE=IGMP Interfaces TEXT=IGMP Interfaces Port > Configure > IGMP The IGMP Interfaces dialog box lists all the multicast groups for which there are members on a particular interface. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Membership (igmpCacheSelf) Last Reporter (igmpCacheLastReporter) Cache Up Time (igmpCacheUpTime) Expiry Time (igmpCacheExpiryTime) Version 1 Timer (igmpCacheVersion1HostTimer) Robustness (igmpInterfaceRobustness) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Membership (igmpCacheSelf) Indicates whether the local system is a member of this interface's group address. Last Reporter (igmpCacheLastReporter) IP address of the source of the last membership report received for this IP Multicast group address. If no membership report has been received, the value of this object is 0.0.0.0 . Cache Up Time (igmpCacheUpTime) Amount of time since the system joined this group address. The value of this object is zero if the system is not currently a member of this group address. Expiry Time (igmpCacheExpiryTime) Amount of time that needs to pass before this entry is aged out. Version 1 Timer (igmpCacheVersion1HostTimer) Time remaining until the local router assumes that there are no longer any IGMPversion 1 members on the IP subnet attached to this interface. After receivingan IGMPv1 membership report, this value of this object is reset to the groupmembership timer. Until the timer reaches zero, the local router ignores anyIGMPv2 Leave messages received on this interface for this group. Robustness (igmpInterfaceRobustness) The robustness variable can be adjusted to deal with expected packet loss on asubnet. If a subnet is expected to be lossy, the robustness variable should beincreased.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IGMP_Interfaces_Monitor_Device.htm TITLE=IGMP Interfaces TEXT=IGMP Interfaces To access the IGMP Interfaces dialog box: Select Device > Monitor > IGMP Interfaces . With an entry selected, click Monitor . From here, you can monitor the interfaces on which IGMP is enabled. The following information is displayed: Wrong Version Queries (igmpInterfaceWrongVersionQueries) Interface Joins (igmpInterfaceJoins) Interface Leaves (igmpInterfaceLeaves) Interface Groups (igmpInterfaceGroups) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Wrong Version Queries (igmpInterfaceWrongVersionQueries) Number of queries received whose IGMP version does not match igmpInterfaceVersion. IGMP requires that all routers on a LAN are configured to run the same version of IGMP. Thus, if any queries are received with the wrong version, this indicates a configuration error. Interface Joins (igmpInterfaceJoins) Number of times an entry for this interface has been added to the cache table. This object provides an indication of the amount of IGMP activity over time. Interface Leaves (igmpInterfaceLeaves) Number of times an entry for this interface has been deleted from the cache table. This object is deprecated since its value cannot be used to compare with igmpInterfaceJoins to get the number of groups joined. Instead, igmpInterfaceGroups indicates the number of groups joined, which can then be compared with igmpInterfaceJoins to derive the number of leaves. Interface Groups (igmpInterfaceGroups) Current number of entries for this interface in the cache table.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Interface_Configuration.htm TITLE=Interface Configuration TEXT=Interface Configuration Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open ShortestPath First (OSPF) > InterfaceConfiguration This dialog box provides the interface configuration information for OSPF onthis device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Interface IP Address (ospfIfIpAddress) Interface without IP Address (ospfAddressLessIf) Interface connected Area ID (ospfIfAreaId) Interface Type (ospfIfType) Interface Admin. Status (ospfIfAdminStat) Priority for DR election (ospfIfRtrPriority) Transit Delay for link-state Update (ospfIfTransitDelay) LSA Retransmission Interval (ospfIfRetransInterval) Hello Packet Transmission Interval (ospfIfHelloInterval) Dead Interval for Hello Packets (ospfIfRtrDeadInterval) Interval - Poll an inactive NBMA (ospfIfPollInterval) Interface State (ospfIfState) IP Address of Designated Router (ospfIfDesignatedRouter) IP Address of Backup DR (ospfIfBackupDesignatedRouter) Authentication Key (ospfIfAuthKey) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the Interface State Monitoring dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface IP Address (ospfIfIpAddress) IP address of this OSPF interface. Interface without IP Address (ospfAddressLessIf) This object eases the instancing of interfaces with and without IP addresses. On interfaces with an IP address, the value of this object is zero. On interfaces without an IP address, the value of this object is equal to the corresponding value of ifIndex. Interface connected Area ID (ospfIfAreaId) 32-bit integer that uniquely identifies the area the interface connects to. The area ID for the OSPF backbone is 0.0.0.0 . Interface Type (ospfIfType) Indicates the OSPF interface type: The value broadcast is applied to broadcast LANs, such as Ethernet and IEEE 802.5. The value nbma is applied to X.25, Frame Relay, and similar technologies. The value pointToPoint is applied to links that are definitively point to point. Interface Admin. Status (ospfIfAdminStat) Administrative status for this OSPF interface: When the value of this object is set to enabled , neighbor relationships can be formed on the interface, and the interface is advertised as an internal route to some areas. When the value of this object is set to disabled , it indicates that the interface is external to OSPF. Priority for DR election (ospfIfRtrPriority) Indicates the priority of this interface. In multi-access networks, this object is used in the designated router election algorithm. The value 0 indicates that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network. Transit Delay for link-state Update (ospfIfTransitDelay) Estimated number of seconds needed to transmit a link-state update packet over this interface. LSA Retransmission Interval (ospfIfRetransInterval) Number of seconds between link-state advertisement retransmissions, for adjacencies belonging to this interface. This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link-state request packets. Hello Packet Transmission Interval (ospfIfHelloInterval) Length of time, in seconds, between Hello packet transmissions. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Dead Interval for Hello Packets (ospfIfRtrDeadInterval) Number of seconds that a router's Hello packets are not recognized before neighbor devices declare the router down. The value of this object should be a multiple of the Hello interval, and must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Interval - Poll an inactive NBMA (ospfIfPollInterval) The length of time, in seconds, between Hello packet transmissions to aninactive non-broadcast multi-access neighbor. Interface State (ospfIfState) Indicates the OSPF interface state. IP Address of Designated Router (ospfIfDesignatedRouter) IP address of the designated router. IP Address of Backup DR (ospfIfBackupDesignatedRouter) IP address of the backup designated router. Authentication Key (ospfIfAuthKey) Authentication key for this OSPF interface. If the area's authorization type isset to simplePassword and the key length is shorter than 8 octets,the agent appends the number of zeros necessary to create an 8 octet string to the end of the key. When read, this object always returns a zero-length string.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Interface_State_Monitoring.htm TITLE=Interface State Monitoring TEXT=Interface State Monitoring To launch the Interface State Monitoring dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Interface Configuration . With an entry selected, click Monitor . This dialog box monitors interface state transitions on this device. Thefollowing information is displayed: Interface State Transition Counter (ospfIfEvents) Number of state changes or error events on this interface. The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Link_State_Database.htm TITLE=Link State Database TEXT=Link State Database Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open ShortestPath First (OSPF) > Link StateDatabase This dialog box provides the link state database information for OSPF on thisdevice. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: LSA Rx - Area ID (ospfLsdbAreaId) LSA Type (ospfLsdbType) Link State ID (ospfLsdbLSID) Originating Router ID (ospfLsdbRouterId) LSA Sequence No. (ospfLsdbSequence) LSA Age (ospfLsdbAge) LSA Checksum (ospfLsdbChecksum) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. LSA Rx - Area ID (ospfLsdbAreaId) 32-bit identifier of the area from which the LSA was received. LSA Type (ospfLsdbType) Indicates the link state advertisement type. Each link state type has a separate advertisement format. Link State ID (ospfLsdbLSID) LS type-specific field containing either a router ID or IP address; identifies the piece of the routing domain that is being described by the advertisement. Originating Router ID (ospfLsdbRouterId) 32-bit number that uniquely identifies the originating router in the autonomous system. LSA Sequence No. (ospfLsdbSequence) Signed 32-bit integer used to detect old and duplicate link state advertisements. The space of sequence numbers is linearly ordered - the larger the sequence number, the more recent the advertisement. LSA Age (ospfLsdbAge) Age of the link state advertisement, in seconds. LSA Checksum (ospfLsdbChecksum) Checksum of the complete contents of the advertisement, except the age field.The age field is not included so that an advertisement's age can be incrementedwithout updating the checksum.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/LSA_General_Monitoring.htm TITLE=LSA General Monitoring TEXT=LSA General Monitoring To launch the LSA General Monitoring dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) . Click Monitor . This dialog box provides link-state advertisement (LSA) general monitoring for OSPF on this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: AS-external-LSA Gauge (ospfExternLSACount) New LSAs Originated Counter (ospfOriginateNewLSAs) New LSAs Received Counter (ospfRxNewLSAs) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. AS-external-LSA Gauge (ospfExternLSACount) Number of external (LS type 5) link-state advertisements in the link-state database. New LSAs Originated Counter (ospfOriginateNewLSAs) Number of new link-state advertisements that have been originated. This number is incremented each time the router originates a new LSA. New LSAs Received Counter (ospfRxNewLSAs) Number of link-state advertisements received that are determined to be newinstantiations. This number does not include newer instantiations ofself-originated link-state advertisements.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Management.htm TITLE=Management TEXT=Management Device > Configure > Management The Management dialog box displays the following data: Device Name (sysName) Descriptor (sysDescr) Contact (sysContact) Location (sysLocation) Up Since (sysUpTime) Services (sysServices) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. DeviceName (sysName) Specifies the name of the device. Descriptor (sysDescr) Textual description of the entity. Note: It is mandatorythat this object only contains printable ASCII characters. Contact (sysContact) Contact person for this managed node, as well as information on howto contact this person. Location (sysLocation) Physical location of this node. Up Since (sysUpTime) Time (in hundredths of a second) since the network management portionof the system was last reinitialized. Services (sysServices) Set of services this entity primarily offers.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Memory_Pool.htm TITLE=Memory Pool TEXT=Memory Pool Memory Pool: Device > Configure > Memory Pool Memory Pool Table: Device > Monitor > Memory Pool This dialog box displays information on the memory pools supported by this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Pool Type (ciscoMemoryPoolType) Pool Name (ciscoMemoryPoolName) Alternate Pool (ciscoMemoryPoolAlternate) Memory Used (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) Memory Free (ciscoMemoryPoolFree) Total Memory (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed + ciscoMemoryPoolFree) Largest Contiguous Free Memory (ciscoMemoryPoolLargestFree) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the Memory Pool Statistics dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Pool Type (ciscoMemoryPoolType) Different types of memory pools that may be present in a managed device. Memory pools can be roughly categorized into two groups, predefined pools and dynamic pools. The following pool types are currently predefined: processor memory i/o memory pci memory fast memory multibus memory Dynamic pools will have a pool type value greater than any of the predefined types listed above. Note that only the processor pool is required to be supported by all devices. Support for other pool types is dependent on the device being managed. Pool Name (ciscoMemoryPoolName) Indicates the type of memory pool represented by the device; types are DRAM, FLASH, NVRAM, MBUF, CLUSTER, MALLOC, and RMON. Alternate Pool (ciscoMemoryPoolAlternate) Indicates whether this memory pool has an alternate pool configured. Alternate pools are used for fallback when the current pool runs out of memory. If an instance of this object has the value zero, then this pool does not have an alternate. Otherwise, the value of this object is the same as the value of ciscoMemoryPoolType for the alternate pool. Memory Used (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) The number of bytes from the memory pool that are currently in use by the application. Memory Free (ciscoMemoryPoolFree) The number of bytes from the memory pool that are currently unused. Total Memory (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed + ciscoMemoryPoolFree) Equals the sum of ciscoMemoryPoolUsed and ciscoMemoryPoolFree. Largest Contiguous Free Memory (ciscoMemoryPoolLargestFree) The largest number of contiguous bytes from the memory pool that are currently unused.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Memory_Pool_Statistics.htm TITLE=Memory Pool Statistics TEXT=Memory Pool Statistics To access the Memory Pool Statistics dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Memory Pool or Device > Monitor > Memory Pool. With a memory pool selected, click Monitor . From this dialog box, you can monitor the statistics for a specific memory pool. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Memory Used (%) (Total Memory) Largest Contiguous Free Memory (ciscoMemoryPoolLargestFree) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Memory Used (%) (Total Memory) Equal to (100 * ciscoMemoryPoolUsed) / (ciscoMemoryPoolUsed + ciscoMemoryPoolFree). Largest Contiguous Free Memory (ciscoMemoryPoolLargestFree) The largest number of contiguous bytes from the memory pool that are currentlyunused.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Memory_Utilization.htm TITLE=Memory Utilization TEXT=Memory Utilization To access the Memory Utilization dialog box: Select Device > Configure > System Processes Information or Device > Monitor > System Processes Information . With a system process selected, click Monitor . Select Memory Utilization . From this dialog box, you can monitor the memory utilization information for a selected system process. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Memory Allocated (cpmProcExtMemAllocatedRev) Memory Freed (cpmProcExtMemFreedRev) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Memory Allocated (cpmProcExtMemAllocatedRev) Sum of all the dynamically allocated memory that this process has received from the system. This includes memory that may have been returned. The sum of freed memory is provided by cpmProcExtMemFreedRev. This object deprecates cpmProcExtMemAllocated. Memory Freed (cpmProcExtMemFreedRev) Sum of all memory that this process has returned to the system. This object deprecates cpmProcExtMemFreed.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Neighbor_Configuration.htm TITLE=Neighbor Configuration TEXT=Neighbor Configuration Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open ShortestPath First (OSPF) > NeighborConfiguration This dialog box provides the neighbor configuration information for OSPF on thisdevice. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Neighbor IP Address (ospfNbrIpAddr) Addressless Interface (ospfNbrAddressLessIndex) Neighbor Router Identifying ID (ospfNbrRtrId) Neighbor Options (ospfNbrOptions) Priority for DR election Algorithm (ospfNbrPriority) Neighbor Relationship State (ospfNbrState) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the Neighbor State Monitoring dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Neighbor IP Address (ospfNbrIpAddr) IP address of this neighbor device. Addressless Interface (ospfNbrAddressLessIndex) This object eases the instancing of interfaces with and without IP addresses. On interfaces with an IP address, the value of this object is zero. On interfaces without an IP address, the value of this object is equal to the corresponding value of ifIndex. Neighbor Router Identifying ID (ospfNbrRtrId) 32-bit integer that uniquely identifies the neighbor router in the autonomous system. Neighbor Options (ospfNbrOptions) A bit mask corresponding to the neighbor device's options field: Bit 0, if set, indicates that the area accepts and operates on external information. If set to zero, it is a stub area. Bit 1, if set, indicates that the system will operate on type-of-service metrics other than TOS 0. If set to zero, the neighbor device ignores all metrics except the TOS 0 metric. Priority for DR election Algorithm (ospfNbrPriority) Indicates the priority of this neighbor device in the designated routerelection algorithm. The value 0 indicates that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network. Neighbor Relationship State (ospfNbrState) Indicates the state of the relationship with this neighbor device.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Neighbor_State_Monitoring.htm TITLE=Neighbor State Monitoring TEXT=Neighbor State Monitoring To launch the Neighbor State Monitoring dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Neighbor Configuration . With an entry selected, click Monitor . This dialog box monitors neighbor states for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Neighbor Relation. State Transition (ospfNbrEvents) Retransmission Queue Length (ospfNbrLSRetransQLen) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Neighbor Relation. State Transition (ospfNbrEvents) Number of times this neighbor relationship has changed states, or an error has occurred. Retransmission Queue Length (ospfNbrLSRetransQLen) Current length of the retransmission queue.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/PAgP_Configuration_Port.htm TITLE=PAgP Configuration TEXT=PAgP Configuration To access this dialog box: Select Port > Configure > Ether Channel Configuration . Click PAgP . Use this feature to display Port Aggregate Protocol (PagP) information for the Ether Channel ports configured on this device. Note: This dialog box is not displayed on ports with pagpEthcOperationMode set to off(1) or manual(2) .In addition, the Partner Details section is only displayed on ports with pagpPartnerCount set to "one(2)" or "many(3)". To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Current Interface: Operational Mode (pagpOperationMode) PAgP State (pagpPortState) State Last Change Time (pagpLastStateChanged) Hello Frequency (pagpHelloFrequency) Distribution Algorithm (pagpDistributionAlgorithm) Partner Details: No of Partners (pagpPartnerCount) Learn Method (pagpPartnerLearnMethod) Port Priority (pagpPartnerPortPriority) IfIndex (pagpPartnerIfIndex) Operational Group Capability (pagpPartnerGroupCapability) Agport Index (pagpPartnerGroupIfIndex) Device Name (pagpPartnerDeviceName) Device Id (pagpPartnerDeviceId) Port Name (pagpPartnerPortName) MAC Address (pagpPartnerAgportMACAddress) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Current Interface: Operational Mode (pagpOperationMode) Operational mode of PAgP for this interface. PAgP State (pagpPortState) State of PAgP for this interface. State Last Change Time (pagpLastStateChanged) The time at which the pagpPortState last changed. Hello Frequency (pagpHelloFrequency) The time-out frequency for the PagP packet is measured as either fast or slow. When the time-out frequency isset to fast (1) , then this device uses a 3.5 second timer to time-out receipt of a PagP packet. When the time-out frequency is set to slow (2) , then this device uses a 105-second timer. Distribution Algorithm (pagpDistributionAlgorithm) The name of the method used on this interface’s aggregation port (agport) to distribute outgoing data frames among its component interfaces. The typical names are Source MAC address , Source and Destination Macaddresses , or IP Flow: Source, Destination, Protocol type . Partner Details: No of Partners (pagpPartnerCount) The number of other devices known to be transmitting PAgP packets tothis device on this physical interface. There are three possible values: none(1)—The values of the remaining variablesin this section are as defined by each variable. one(2)—The values of the remaining variables in thissection are valid. many(3)—The values of the remaining variables in thissection reflect the last PAgP packet received. The values in this sectionare, in this case, unreliable, as they may change with the receipt of eachnew PAgP packet on this interface. Learn Method(pagpPartnerLearnMethod) The value of the partner's pagpLearnMethod object obtained from thePAgP packet last received on this interface. The value of this object is undefined(3) if pagpPartnerCount is set to none(1) . Port Priority (pagpPartnerPortPriority) The value of the partner's pgapPortPriority object obtained from the PAgPpacket last received on this interface. The value of this object is 0 if pagpPartnerCount is set to none(1) . IfIndex (pagpPartnerIfIndex) The value of the partner's ifIndex object obtained from the PAgP packetlast received on this interface. The value of this object is 0 if pagpPartnerCountis set to none(1) . Operational Group Capability (pagpPartnerGroupCapability) The value of the partner's pagpOperGroupCapability object obtained from thePAgP packet last received on this interface. The value of this object is 0 if pagpPartnerCount is set to none(1) . Agport Index (pagpPartnerGroupIfIndex) The value of the partner's pagpGroupIfIndex object obtained from the PAgP packetlast received on this interface. The value of this object is 0 if pagpPartnerCountis set to none(1) . Device Name (pagpPartnerDeviceName) The display string obtained from the PAgP packet last received on thisinterface. This object is a zero-length string if pagpPartnerCount is set to none(1) or no device name has been received. The value transmitted in a PAgPinformation packet should be the sysName value of the device sending thepacket. The maximum size of this display string is 255 octets. Device Id (pagpPartnerDeviceId) MAC address of the partner obtained from the PAgP packet last receivedon this interface. When pagpPartnerCount is set to none(1) , theaddress displayed contains only zeroes. Port Name (pagpPartnerPortName) The display string obtained from the PAgP packet last received on thisinterface. This object is a zero-length string if pagpPartnerCount is setto none(1) or no port name has been received. The value transmitted in a PAgP packetshould be the ifName value of the interface on the device sending the packet.The maximum size of this display string is 255 octets. MAC Address (pagpPartnerAgportMACAddress) The MAC address obtained from the pAgP packet last received on this interface.When pagpPartnerCount is set to none(1) or no agport MAC address hasbeen received in a PAgP packet, the address displayed contains only zeroes.Otherwise, the devicesending the TLV is promising to use the MAC address specified by this object inevery frame it sends from the agport.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/PAgP_Statistics_Port.htm TITLE=PAgP Statistics TEXT=PAgP Statistics Port > Monitor > PagP Statistics Use this option to display the PAgP-related statistics for a selected port. Packets Received (pagpInPackets) Packets Sent (pagpOutPackets) Flush Packets Received (pagpInFlushes) Flush Packets Sent (pagpOutFlushes) Flush Packets Returned (pagpReturnedFlushes) Error Packets Received (pagpInErrors) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Packets Received (pagpInPackets) The number of PAgP information packets received on this interface. Packets Sent (pagpOutPackets) The number of PAgP information packets transmitted on this interface Flush Packets Received (pagpInFlushes) The number of PAgP flush packets received and echoed on this interface notmatching any pagpDeviceId object belonging to the managed device. This objectcounts PagP flush packets originated by another device, and indicates that theother device implements the PagP flush feature and uses that feature to preventmis-ordering of data frames within an ordered stream. Flush Packets Sent (pagpOutFlushes) The number of PAgP flush packets generated on this interface. This object doesnot count PagP flush packets counted in pagpInFlushes and returned to thesender. If pagpOutFlushes is counting, and pagpReturnedFlushes is not, the otherdevice may not be returning PagP flush packets. Flush Packets Returned (pagpReturnedFlushes) The number of PAgP flush packets received on this interface matching somepagpDeviceId belonging to this device. This object counts PagP flush packets thatwere originated by the managed device and returned to it by another device. Thecounting of returned flush packets indicates that the managed device isimplementing the PAgP flush protocol and the other device is correctly returning PAgPflush protocol packets. ErrorPackets Received (pagpInErrors) The number of packets received on this interface identified by encapsulationas PagP packets (of any type, for example: information or flush), but which werenot valid packets because of length, version, number of TLVs (the packet’s tag, length, and value), or an illegal value in an enumerated field.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/PIM_Candidate_RP_Table.htm TITLE=PIM Candidate RP Table TEXT=PIM Candidate RP Table Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > Protocol Independent Multicast > PIM Candidate RP Table . This dialog box lists the objects specific to a Protocol Independent Multicast(PIM) Candidate Rendezvous Point (RP) table. The following information is displayed: Candidate RP Group Address (pimCandidateRPGroupAddress) Candidate RP Group Mask (pimCandidateRPGroupMask) Candidate RP Address (pimCandidateRPAddress) Candidate RP Group Address (pimCandidateRPGroupAddress) IP multicast group address that, when combined with pimCandidateRPGroupMask, identifies a group prefix the local router will use when advertising itself as a Candidate-RP. Candidate RP Group Mask (pimCandidateRPGroupMask) Multicast group address mask that, when combined with pimCandidateRPGroupAddress, identifies a group prefix the local router will use when advertising itself as a Candidate-RP. Candidate RP Address (pimCandidateRPAddress) Unicast address of the interface which will be advertised as a Candidate-RP.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/PIM_Component_Details.htm TITLE=PIM Component Details TEXT=PIM Component Details Device > Configure > Protocol Independent Multicast > PIM ComponentDetails This dialog box lists the objects specific to a Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) domain. One row is displayedfor each domain the router is connected to. A PIM-SM domain is defined as an area of the network over whichbootstrap messages are forwarded. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: BSR Address (pimComponentBSRAddress) BSR Expiry Time (pimComponentBSRExpiryTime) Candidate RP Hold Time (pimComponentCRPHoldTime) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. BSR Address (pimComponentBSRAddress) IP address of the bootstrap router (BSR) for the local PIM region. BSR Expiry Time (pimComponentBSRExpiryTime) Minimum time remaining before the BSR in the local domain is declared down. For candidate BSRs, this object indicates the amount of time before a component sends an RP-Set message. For other routers, this object indicates the amount of time a component waits before accepting an RP-Set message from a lower candidate BSR. Candidate RP Hold Time (pimComponentCRPHoldTime) Hold time of a component when it is a candidate RP in the local domain. The value 0 indicates that the local system is not a candidate RP.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/PIM_Interface_Details.htm TITLE=PIM Interface Details TEXT=PIM Interface Details Device > Configure > Protocol Independent Multicast The PIM Interface Details dialog box lists the interfaces on which IGMP and Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) are enabled. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Interface Address (pimInterfaceAddress) Net Mask (pimInterfaceNetMask) PIM Mode (pimInterfaceMode) Designated Router (pimInterfaceDR) Hello Interval (pimInterfaceHelloInterval) Prune Interval (pimInterfaceJoinPruneInterval) Candidate Boot Strap Router (pimInterfaceCBSRPreference) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface Address (pimInterfaceAddress) IP address of the PIM interface. Net Mask (pimInterfaceNetMask) Network mask for the PIM interface's IP address. PIM Mode (pimInterfaceMode) Configured mode of this PIM interface. Designated Router (pimInterfaceDR) Router designated to this PIM interface. For point-to-point interfaces, this object has the value 0.0.0.0 . Hello Interval (pimInterfaceHelloInterval) Frequency at which PIM Hello messages are transmitted on this interface. Prune Interval (pimInterfaceJoinPruneInterval) Frequency at which PIM Join/Prune messages are transmitted on this interface.The default value of this object is the value of pimJoinPruneInterval. Candidate Boot Strap Router (pimInterfaceCBSRPreference) Preference value for the local interface when acting as a candidate bootstraprouter. The value -1 indicates that the local interface is not acandidate bootstrap interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/PIM_Neighbor_Details.htm TITLE=PIM Neighbor Details TEXT=PIM Neighbor Details Device > Configure > Protocol Independent Multicast > PIM Neighbor Details This dialog box lists the objects specific to a Protocol Independent Multicast(PIM) neighbor device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Neighbor ifIndex (pimNeighborIfIndex) Neighbor UpTime (pimNeighborUpTime) Neighbor Expiry Time (pimNeighborExpiryTime) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Neighbor ifIndex (pimNeighborIfIndex) Value of ifIndex for the interface used to reach this PIM neighbor. Neighbor UpTime (pimNeighborUpTime) The amount time since this PIM neighbor last became a neighbor of the localrouter. Neighbor Expiry Time (pimNeighborExpiryTime) Minimum amount of time remaining before this PIM neighbor is aged out.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/PIM_RP_Set_Table.htm TITLE=PIM RP-SET Table TEXT=PIM RP-Set Table Device > Configure > Protocol Independent Multicast > PIM RP-SetTable This dialog box lists the objects specific to a Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM)Rendezvous Point (RP) Set table. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: RP Set Group Address (pimRPSetGroupAddress) RP Set Group Mask (pimRPSetGroupMask) RP Set Address (pimRPSetAddress) RP Set Hold Time (pimRPSetHoldTime) RP Set Expiry Time (pimRPSetExpiryTime) RP Set Component (pimRPSetComponent) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. RP Set Group Address (pimRPSetGroupAddress) IP multicast group address that, when combined with pimRPSetGroupMask, indicates the group prefix for which this entry contains information about the Candidate-RP. RP Set Group Mask (pimRPSetGroupMask) Multicast group address mask that, when combined with pimRPSetGroupAddress, indicates the group prefix for which this entry contains information about the Candidate-RP. RP Set Address (pimRPSetAddress) IP address of the Candidate-RP. RP Set Hold Time (pimRPSetHoldTime) Indicates the hold time of a Candidate-RP. If the local router is not thebootstrap router, the value of this object is 0 . RP Set Expiry Time (pimRPSetExpiryTime) Minimum amount of time remaining before the Candidate-RP is declared down. If the local router is not the bootstrap router, the value of this object is 0 . RP Set Component (pimRPSetComponent) A number that uniquely identifies the component. Each protocol instance connected to a separate domain should have a different index value.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/PIM_RP_Table.htm TITLE=PIM RP Table TEXT=PIM RP Table Device > Configure > Protocol Independent Multicast > PIM RP Table This dialog box lists the objects specific to a Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM)Rendezvous Point (RP) table. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: RP Group Address (pimRPGroupAddress) RP Address (pimRPAddress) RP State (pimRPState) RP State Timer (pimRPStateTimer) RP Last Change (pimRPLastChange) RP Row Status (pimRPRowStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. RP Group Address (pimRPGroupAddress) IP multicast group address for which this entry contains information about an RP. RP Address (pimRPAddress) Unicast address of the RP. RP State (pimRPState) Indicates the state of the RP. RP State Timer (pimRPStateTimer) Minimum amount of time remaining before the next state change. When pimRPState is set to up , this is the amount of time that must pass before the RP is declared down. When pimRPState is set to down , this is the amount of time until the RP is declared up (in order to retry). RP Last Change (pimRPLastChange) Value of sysUpTime when the corresponding instance of pimRPState last changed its value. RP Row Status (pimRPRowStatus) Indicates the status of this row, which determines whether new entries are created or old entries are deleted from this table.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Power_Supply_Status.htm TITLE=Power Supply Status TEXT=Power Supply Status Device > Configure > Power Supply Status This dialog box provides information on the power supplies maintained by the environmental monitor. The following data is displayed: Power Supply (ciscoEnvMonSupplyStatusDescr) Power Supply State (ciscoEnvMonSupplyState) Power Supply Source (ciscoEnvMonSupplySource) Do one of the following: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Power Supply (ciscoEnvMonSupplyStatusDescr) Textual description of the power supply being used. Power Supply State (ciscoEnvMonSupplyState) Current state of the power supply being used. Power Supply Source (ciscoEnvMonSupplySource) Power supply source; there are 5 possible values: AC—AC power supply DC—DC power supply externalPowerSupply—external power supply internalRedundant—internal redundant power supply unknown—power supply source is unknown
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Private_VLAN_Details.htm TITLE=Private VLAN Details TEXT=Private VLAN Details Device > Configure > Private VLAN > Private VLAN Details This dialog box displays private VLAN information on theVLANs that are currently configured on this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) Private VLAN Type (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) Associated Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) Textual identifier assigned to a VLAN. Private VLAN Type (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) Indicates the VLAN type, as defined for private VLAN features. Associated Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan) Identifier of the associated primary VLAN used for the private VLAN featureif the value of cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType is either isolated(3) , community(4) , or twoWayCommunity(5) . When the value of cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanTypeis either normal(1) or primary(2) , then this object hasa value of zero. Please note the following: One isolated VLAN can be associated with only one unique primary VLAN. Similarly, one primary VLAN can be associated with only one isolated VLAN. One primary VLAN can be associated with multiple community or two-way community VLANs. However, the opposite is not true. One community or two-way community VLAN can be associated with only one unique primary VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Probe_Configuration.htm TITLE=Probe Configuration TEXT=Probe Configuration Device > Configure > RMON2 > Probe Configuration This dialog box provides probe configuration information for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Capabilities (probeCapabilities) Software Revision (probeSoftwareRev) Hardware Revision (probeHardwareRev) Date & Time (probeDateTime) Reset Control (probeResetControl) Download File (probeDownloadFile) TFTP Server (probeDownloadTFTPServer) Download Action (probeDownloadAction) Download Status (probeDownloadStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Capabilities (probeCapabilities) Indicates the RMON MIB groups supported by this probe on at least one interface. Software Revision (probeSoftwareRev) Software revision string for this device. If the revision is unknown, the value of this object is a zero-length string. Hardware Revision (probeHardwareRev) Hardware revision string for this device. If the revision is unknown, the value of this object is a zero- length string . Date & Time (probeDateTime) Current date and time on the probe. Reset Control (probeResetControl) Setting this object to warmBoot(2) causes the device to restart the application software with current configuration parameters saved in nonvolatile memory. Setting this object to coldBoot(3) causes the device to reinitialize configuration parameters in nonvolatile memory to default values and restart the application software. When the device is running normally, the value of this object is running(1) . Download File (probeDownloadFile) Name of the file to be downloaded from the TFTP server when a download is next requested via this MIB. This value of this object is set to a zero-length string when no file name has been specified. TFTP Server (probeDownloadTFTPServer) IP address of the TFTP server containing the boot image to load when a download is next requested via this MIB. The value of this object is set to 0.0.0.0 when no IP address has been specified. Download Action (probeDownloadAction) This object has three possible values: notDownloading , downloadToRAM , and downloadToPROM . When this object is set to downloadToRAM or downloadToPROM , the device downloads the image specified by probeDownloadFile from the server specified by probeDownloadTFTPServer, using the TFTP protocol: If downloadToRAM is specified, the new image is copied to RAM only (the old image remains unaltered in the flash EPROM). If downloadToPROM is specified, the new image is written to the flash EPROM memory after its checksum has been verified to be correct. When the download process is completed, the device will warm boot to restart the newly loaded application. Download Status (probeDownloadStatus) Status of the last download procedure. The value of this object is downloadStatusUnknown(2) if no downloadshave been performed.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Promiscuous_Port.htm TITLE=Promiscuous Port TEXT=Promiscuous Port Device > Configure > Private VLAN > PromiscuousPort This dialog box displays information on the secondary VLANto primary VLAN remappings on this device's ports. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Multi Primary VLAN (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Secondary Remap (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap) Secondary Remap 2k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2k) Secondary Remap 3k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap3k) Secondary Remap 4k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap4k) Two Way Remap (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Multi Primary VLAN (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Indicateswhether all the bits set as secondary VLANs in the corresponding remappingobjects (for example, cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap) can belong tomultiple primary VLANs. If this object is set to false(2) , the value of cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan for the secondaryVLANs with their bits set to 1 in those remapping objects must be thesame. Note: A promiscuous port can remap a secondary VLAN to its associated primary VLANfor outgoing traffic on the fly, as defined for the Private VLAN feature. Secondary Remap (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap) A string of octetscontaining one bit per VLAN in the management domain on this port. The firstoctet corresponds to VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 0 through 7; thesecond octet to VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 8 through 15; and so on. The most significant bit of each octetis indicated by the lowest value of VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. A bit can only be set to 1 when it corresponds to aPrivate VLAN isolated, community, or two-way community VLAN which has already beenassociated with a primary VLAN. Setting this bit to 1 results in oneof the following: A secondary VLAN is remapped to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing trafficon the fly. A primary VLAN is remapped to its associated secondary VLAN if thesecondary VLAN is the two-way community type and the value ofcpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable for this port is set to true(1) . If the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any missingoctets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit these octets from the end of this string in order to reducethe size of Set PDUs. An NMS may also omit trailing octets containing the valuezero to reduce the size of GetResponsePDUs. Secondary Remap 2k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2k) A string ofoctets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1024through 2047 in the management domain on this port. The first octet correspondsto VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1024 through 1031; the second octet toVLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1032 through 1039; and so on. The most significant bit of each octetis indicated by the lowest value of VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. A bit can only be set to 1 when it corresponds to aPrivate VLAN isolated, community, or two-way community VLAN which has already beenassociated with a primary VLAN. Setting this bit to 1 results in oneof the following: A secondary VLAN is remapped to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing trafficon the fly. A primary VLAN is remapped to its associated secondary VLAN if thesecondary VLAN is the two-way community type and the value ofcpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable for this port is set to true(1) . If the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any missingoctets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit theseoctets from the end of this string in order to reduce the size of Set PDUs. AnNMS may also omit trailing octets containing the value zero to reduce the size of GetResponsePDUs. Note: This object is only instantiated on devices which support valuesranging from the value ofVlanIndexOrZero to 4095. Secondary Remap 3k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap3k) A string ofoctets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 2048through 3071 in the management domain on this port. The first octet correspondsto VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 2048 through 2055; the second octet toVLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 2056 through 2063; and so on. The most significant bit of each octetis indicated by the lowest value of VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. A bit can only be set to 1 when it corresponds to aPrivate VLAN isolated, community, or two-way community VLAN which has already beenassociated with a primary VLAN. Setting this bit to 1 results in oneof the following: A secondary VLAN is remapped to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing trafficon the fly. A primary VLAN is remapped to its associated secondary VLAN if thesecondary VLAN is the two-way community type and the value ofcpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable for this port is set to true(1) . If the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any missingoctets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit theseoctets from the end of this string in order to reduce the size of Set PDUs. AnNMS may also omit trailing octets containing the value zero to reduce the size of GetResponsePDUs. Note: This object is only instantiated on devices which support valuesranging from the value ofVlanIndexOrZero to 4095. Secondary Remap 4k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap4k) A string ofoctets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 3072through 4095 in the management domain on this port. The first octet correspondsto VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 3072 through 3079; the second octet toVLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 3080 through 3087; and so on. The most significant bit of each octetis indicated by the lowest value of VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. A bit can only be set to 1 when it corresponds to aPrivate VLAN isolated, community, or two-way community VLAN which has already beenassociated with a primary VLAN. Setting this bit to 1 results in oneof the following: A secondary VLAN is remapped to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing trafficon the fly. A primary VLAN is remapped to its associated secondary VLAN if thesecondary VLAN is the two-way community type and the value ofcpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable for this port is set to true(1) . If the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any missingoctets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit theseoctets from the end of this string in order to reduce the size of Set PDUs. AnNMS may also omit trailing octets containing the value zero to reduce the size of GetResponsePDUs. Note: This object is only instantiated on devices which support valuesranging from the value of VlanIndexOrZero to 4095. Two Way Remap (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) Indicates whether a port is capable of remapping primary VLANsto the two-way community VLANs associated with them for the Private VLAN feature.When this object is set to false(2) , a promiscuous port can performonly one-wayremappings of secondary VLANs to their associated primary VLANs. When thisobject is set to true(1) , apromiscuous port can also perform remappings of primary VLANs to the two-waycommunity VLANs associated with them.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Promiscuous_Port_Details.htm TITLE=Promiscuous Port Details TEXT=Promiscuous Port Details Device > Configure > Private VLAN > Promiscuous Port Details This dialog box displays information on the secondary VLAN to primary VLAN remappings on this device's ports. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Multi Primary Vlan (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Secondary VLAN Remap Details (0-1023) (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2k) Two Way Remap (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Multi Primary Vlan (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Indicates whether all the bits set as secondary VLANs in the corresponding remapping objects (for example, cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap) can belong to multiple primary VLANs. If this object is set to false(2) , the value of cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan for the secondary VLANs with their bits set to 1 in those remapping objects must be the same. Note: A promiscuous port can remap a secondary VLAN to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing traffic on the fly, as defined for the Private VLAN feature. Secondary VLAN Remap Details (0-1023) (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2k) A string ofoctets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1024through 2047 in the management domain on this port. The first octet correspondsto VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1024 through 1031; the second octet toVLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1032 through 1039; and so on. The most significant bit of each octetis indicated by the lowest value of VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. A bit can only be set to 1 when it corresponds to aPrivate VLAN isolated, community, or two-way community VLAN which has already beenassociated with a primary VLAN. Setting this bit to 1 results in oneof the following: A secondary VLAN is remapped to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing trafficon the fly. A primary VLAN is remapped to its associated secondary VLAN if thesecondary VLAN is the two-way community type and the value ofcpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable for this port is set to true(1) . If the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any missingoctets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit theseoctets from the end of this string in order to reduce the size of Set PDUs. AnNMS may also omit trailing octets containing the value zero to reduce the size of GetResponsePDUs. Note: This object is only instantiated on devices which support valuesranging from the value ofVlanIndexOrZero to 4095. Two Way Remap (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) Indicates whether a port is capable of remapping primary VLANs to the two-way community VLANs associated with them for the Private VLAN feature. When this object is set to false(2) , a promiscuous port can perform only one-way remappings of secondary VLANs to their associated primary VLANs. When this object is set to true(1) , a promiscuous port can also perform remappings of primary VLANs to the two-way community VLANs associated with them.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/RMON_Alarm.htm TITLE=RMON Alarm TEXT=RMON Alarm Device > Configure > RMON > RMON Alarm This dialog box displays RMON alarm information for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Index (alarmIndex) Interval (alarmInterval) Variable (alarmVariable) Sample Type (alarmSampleType) Value (alarmValue) Startup (alarmStartupAlarm) Rising Threshold (alarmRisingThreshold) Falling Threshold (alarmFallingThreshold) Rising Event Index (alarmRisingEventIndex) Falling Event Index (alarmFallingEventIndex) Owner (alarmOwner) Status (alarmStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (alarmIndex) Unique identifier for an entry in the alarm table. Each entry defines a diagnostic sample at a particular interval for an object on the device. Interval (alarmInterval) Interval, in seconds, over which the data is sampled and compared with therising and falling thresholds. Be careful setting this variable when using delta value sampling. Theinterval should be set short enough so that the sampled variable is unlikely toincrease or decrease by more than 2^31 - 1 during a single sampling interval. Note: This object may not be modified if the associated alarmStatus object is equal to valid(1) . Variable (alarmVariable) Identifier of the particular variable to be sampled. Only variables that resolve to an ASN.1 primitive type of INTEGER (INTEGER, Counter, Gauge, or TimeTicks) may be sampled. During a set operation, if the supplied variable name is not available in the selected MIB view, a badValue error is returned. If at any time the variable name of an established alarmEntry is no longer available in the selected MIB view, the probe changes the status of this alarmEntry to invalid(4) . Note: This object may not be modified if the associated alarmStatus object is equal to valid(1) . Sample Type (alarmSampleType) The method used for sampling the selected variable and calculating the value to be compared against the thresholds. If the value of this object is absoluteValue(1) , the value of the selected variable is compared directly with the thresholds at the end of the sampling interval. If the value of this object is deltaValue(2) , the value of the selected variable at the last sample is subtracted from the current value, and the difference is compared with the thresholds. Note: This object may not be modified if the associated alarmStatus object is equal to valid(1) . Value (alarmValue) The value of the statistic during the last sampling period. For example, if the sample type is deltaValue , this value will be the difference between the samples at the beginning and end of the period. If the sample type is absoluteValue , this value will be the sampled value at the end of the period. This is the value that is compared with the rising and falling thresholds. The value during the current sampling period is not made available until the period is completed and will remain available until the next period completes. Startup (alarmStartupAlarm) The alarm that may be sent when this entry is first set to valid. If the first sample after this entry becomes valid is greater than or equal to the risingThreshold and alarmStartupAlarm is equal to risingAlarm(1) or risingOrFallingAlarm(3) , then a single rising alarm is generated. If the first sample after this entry becomes valid is less than or equal to the falling Ttreshold and alarmStartupAlarm is equal to fallingAlarm(2) or risingOrFallingAlarm(3) , then a single falling alarm is generated. Note: This object may not be modified if the associated alarmStatus object is equal to valid(1) . Rising Threshold (alarmRisingThreshold) A threshold for the sampled statistic. When the current sampled value is greater than or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval was less than this threshold, a single event is generated. A single event is also generated if the first sample after this entry becomes valid is greater than or equal to this threshold and the associated alarmStartupAlarm is equal to risingAlarm(1) or risingOrFallingAlarm(3) . After a rising event is generated, another such event will not be generated until the sampled value falls below this threshold and reaches the alarmFallingThreshold. Note: This object may not be modified if the associated alarmStatus object is equal to valid(1) . Falling Threshold (alarmFallingThreshold) A threshold for the sampled statistic. When the current sampled value is less than or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval was greater than this threshold, a single event is generated. A single event is also generated if the first sample after this entry becomes valid is less than or equal to this threshold and the associated alarmStartupAlarm is equal to fallingAlarm(2) or risingOrFallingAlarm(3) . After a falling event is generated, another such event will not be generated until the sampled value rises above this threshold and reaches the alarmRisingThreshold. Note: This object may not be modified if the associated alarmStatusobject is equal to valid(1) . Rising Event Index (alarmRisingEventIndex) Index of the eventEntry used when a rising threshold is crossed. The eventEntry identified by a particular value of this index is the same as the eventEntry identified by the same value of the eventIndex object. If there is no corresponding entry in the eventTable, then no association exists. In addition, if the value of this object is zero, no associated event is generated because zero is not a valid event index. Note: This object may not be modified if the associated alarmStatus object is equal to valid(1) . Falling Event Index (alarmFallingEventIndex) Index of the eventEntry used when a falling threshold is crossed. The eventEntry identified by a particular value of this index is the same as the eventEntry identified by the same value of the eventIndex object. If there is no corresponding entry in the eventTable, then no association exists. In addition, if the value of this object is zero, no associated event is generated because zero is not a valid event index. Note: This object may not be modified if the associated alarmStatus object is equal to valid(1) . Owner (alarmOwner) The entity that configured this entry and therefore using the resources assigned to it. Status (alarmStatus) Status of this alarm entry.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/RMON_Ethernet_Statistics1.htm TITLE=RMON Ethernet Statistics TEXT=RMON Ethernet Statistics Device > Monitor > RMON To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Index (etherStatsIndex) Data Source (etherStatsDataSource) Owner (etherStatsOwner) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the RMON Ethernet Statistics dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (etherStatsIndex) Unique identifier for this etherStats entry. Data Source (etherStatsDataSource) Identifies the source of the data that this etherStats entry is configured to analyze. The source can be any Ethernet interface on this device. In order to identify a particular interface, this object identifies the ifIndex object instance, defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1573 [4,6], for the desired interface. For example, if an entry was to receive data from interface number 1, this object would be set to ifIndex.1 . The statistics in this group reflect all packets on the local network segment attached to the identified interface. An agent may or may not be able to tell if fundamental changes to the interface media have been made, requiring an invalidation of this entry. For example, a hot-pluggable Ethernet card could be removed and replaced by a token-ring card. In such a case, if the agent knows of the change, it is recommended that you invalidate this entry. Note: This object may not be modified if the associated etherStatsStatus object is equal to valid(1) . Owner (etherStatsOwner) The entity that configured this entry and therefore using the resources assigned to it.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/RMON_Ethernet_Statistics2.htm TITLE=RMON Ethernet Statistics - Part I TEXT=RMON Ethernet Statistics - Part I To access this dialog box: Select Device > Monitor > RMON . Select an entry and click Monitor . From this dialog box, you can monitor the Remote Network Monitoring (RMON)Ethernet statistics for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Octets (etherStatsOctets) Packets (etherStatsPkts) Utilisation (Utilization) Broadcasts (etherStatsBroadcastPkts) Multicasts (etherStatsMulticastPkts) CRC Errors (etherStatsCRCAlignErrors) Runts (etherStatsUndersizePkts) Giants (etherStatsOversizePkts) Fragments (etherStatsFragments) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Octets (etherStatsOctets) Total number of octets of data (including those in bad packets) received on the network (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). Packets (etherStatsPkts) Total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received. Utilisation (Utilization) The etherStatsPkts and etherStatsOctets objects should be sampledbefore and after a common interval. In the equation below, the differences in the sampledvalues are Pkts and Octets, respectively, and the number of secondsin the interval is Interval. These values are used to calculateUtilization as follows: Pkts * (9.6 + 6.4) + (Octets * .8) Utilization = ------------------------------------- Interval * 10,000 The result is the utilization percentage of the ethernet segment. Broadcasts(etherStatsBroadcastPkts) Total number of good packets received that were directed to the broadcast address. Note that this does not include multicast packets. Multicasts(etherStatsMulticastPkts) Total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address. Note that this number does not include packets directed to the broadcast address. CRC Errors(etherStatsCRCAlignErrors) Total number of packets received that had a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error). Runts (etherStatsUndersizePkts) Total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets in length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) and were otherwise well formed. Giants (etherStatsOversizePkts) Total number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets. Fragments (etherStatsFragments) Total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets in length and had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error).
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/RMON_Event.htm TITLE=RMON Event TEXT=RMON Event Device > Configure > RMON > RMON Event This dialog box displays RMON event information for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Index (eventIndex) Description (eventDescription) Type (eventType) Community (eventCommunity) Event Last Occurrence Time (eventLastTimeSent) Owner (eventOwner) Status (eventStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (eventIndex) Unique identifier for an entry in the event table. Each entry defines one event that will be generated when the appropriate conditions occur. Description (eventDescription) Textual description of this event entry. Type (eventType) Type of notification the probe will make for this event. Possible values include none , log , snmp-trap , and log-and-trap . When this value is set to log , an entry is made in the log table for each event. When this value is set to snmp-trap , an SNMP trap is sent to one or more management stations. Community (eventCommunity) If an SNMP trap is to be sent, it will be sent to the SNMP community specified by this octet string. Event Last Occurrence Time (eventLastTimeSent) Value of sysUpTime when this entry last generated an event. If this entry has not generated any events, the value of this object is zero. Owner (eventOwner) The entity that configured this entry and therefore using the resources assigned to it. If this object contains a string starting with monitor and has associated entries in the log table, all connected management stations should retrieve those log entries, as they may have significance to all management stations connected to this device. Status (eventStatus) Status of this event entry. Possible values include valid , createRequest , underCreation , and invalid . If the value of this object is not valid , all associated log entries are deleted by the agent.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/RMON_History_Control.htm TITLE=RMON History Control TEXT=RMON History Control Device > Configure > RMON > RMON History Control This dialog box displays RMON history control information for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Index (historyControlIndex) Data Source (historyControlDataSource) Requested Buckets (historyControlBucketsRequested) Granted Buckets (historyControlBucketsGranted) Control Interval (historyControlInterval) Control Owner (historyControlOwner) Control Status (historyControlStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (historyControlIndex) Index that uniquely identifies an entry in the historyControl table. Each entry defines a set of samples at a particular interval for an interface onthe device. Data Source (historyControlDataSource) Identifies the source of data for which historical data was collected and placed in a media-specific table for this historyControlEntry. The source can be any interface on this device. In order to identify a particular interface, this object identifies an instance of the ifIndex object (defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1573 [4,6]) for the desired interface. For example, if an entry is to receive data from interface number 1, this object would be set to ifIndex.1 . The statistics in this group reflect all packets on the local network segment attached to the identified interface. This object may not be modified if the associated historyControlStatus object is set to valid(1) . Requested Buckets (historyControlBucketsRequested) Requested number of discrete time intervals over which data is to be saved in the part of the media-specific table associated with this historyControlEntry. When this object is created or modified, the probe should set historyControlBucketsGranted as closely to this object as is possible for the particular probe implementation and available resources. Granted Buckets (historyControlBucketsGranted) Number of discrete sampling intervals over which data is to be saved in the part of the media-specific table associated with this historyControlEntry. When the associated historyControlBucketsRequested object is created or modified, the probe should set this object as closely to the requested value as is possible for the particular probe implementation and available resources. The probe must not lower this value except as a result of a modification to the associated historyControlBucketsRequested object. There will be times when the actual number of buckets associated with this entry is less than the value of this object. In this case, at the end of each sampling interval, a new bucket will be added to the media-specific table. When the number of buckets reaches the value of this object and a new bucket is to be added to the media-specific table, the oldest bucket associated with this historyControlEntry is deleted by the agent to make room for the new bucket. Control Interval (historyControlInterval) Interval, in seconds, over which data is sampled for each bucket in the part of the media-specific table associated with this historyControlEntry. This interval can be set to any number of seconds between 1 and 3,600 (1 hour). Because the counters in a bucket may exceed their maximum value without any indication, an administrator should take into account the possibility of overflow in any of the associated counters. It is important to consider the minimum time in which any counter could overflow on a particular media type and set the historyControlInterval object to a value less than this interval. This is usually most important for the octets counter in any media-specific table. For example, on an Ethernet network, the etherHistoryOctets counter could overflow in about one hour at the Ethernet's maximum utilization. This object may not be modified if the associated historyControlStatus object is equal to valid(1) . Control Owner (historyControlOwner) The entity that configured this entry and is therefore using the resourcesassigned to it. Control Status (historyControlStatus) Status of this historyControl entry. Each instance of the media-specific table associated with this historyControl entry will be deleted by the agent if the value of this historyControl entry is not equal to valid(1) .
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Secondary_VLAN_Details.htm TITLE=Secondary VLAN Details TEXT=Secondary VLAN Details Device > Configure > Private VLAN > SecondaryVLAN Details This dialog box displays configuration information for the secondary VLANspresent on this device's ports. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Secondary VLAN ID (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Textual description of the selected secondary VLAN. Secondary VLAN ID (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) VLAN ID of the secondary VLAN. A private port: accepts incoming traffic from its secondary VLAN, outgoing traffic from its associated primary VLAN, and outgoing traffic from a community or two-way community VLAN (depending on the the secondary VLAN type). blocks the outgoing traffic from an isolated VLAN. Note that a port can join a secondary VLAN only after this secondary VLAN hasbeen associated with a primary VLAN (in other words, whencpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan has a nonzero value).
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Spanning_Tree_Objects_Device.htm TITLE=Spanning Tree Objects TEXT=Spanning Tree Objects Device > Configure > Spanning Tree > Spanning Tree Objects This dialog box displays spanning tree information for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Spanning Tree Type (stpxSpanningTreeType) Path Cost (stpxSpanningTreePathCostMode) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Spanning Tree Type (stpxSpanningTreeType) Actual mode the spanning tree protocol runs in on this device. There are four modes: PVST+ (pvstPlus) MISTP (mistp) MISTP–PVST+ (mistpPvstPlus) MST (mst) Path Cost (stpxSpanningTreePathCostMode) Indicates the spanning tree path cost mode configured on this device. Thismode applies to all instances of the spanning tree protocol running on thedevice. When the value of this field is changed, the path cost of all ports isreassigned to the default path cost value, which is based on the new spanning tree pathcost mode and the speed of the ports. If the selected STP mode for the device is pvst+ , the value ofthis field can be changed between long and short . If theselected STP mode for the device is mistp , mistp-pvst+ , or mst , thedefault switch uses the long path cost. Note: When the value of this field is set to long , the path costyou can specifyranges from 1 to 268,435,456. When the value of this field is set to short , the path cost you can specify ranges from 1 to 65,545.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Spanning_Tree_Objects_Port.htm TITLE=Spanning Tree Objects TEXT=Spanning Tree Objects Port > Configure > Spanning Tree The following information is displayed: Cost Contribution (stpxLongStpPortPathCost) Contribution of this port to the spanning tree port path cost (in 32-bit values). Note: If the value of stpxSpanningTreePathCostMode is short(1) , this object is not instantiated. The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Stub_Area_Configuration.htm TITLE=Stub Area Configuration TEXT=Stub Area Configuration Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open ShortestPath First (OSPF) > Stub AreaConfiguration This dialog box provides the stub area configuration information for OSPF onthis device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Stub Area ID (ospfStubAreaID) Type of Service (ospfStubTOS) Metric Value (ospfStubMetric) Metric Entry Validity (ospfStubStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Stub Area ID (ospfStubAreaID) 32-bit identifier for the stub area. Type of Service (ospfStubTOS) Type-of-service associated with the metric. Metric Value (ospfStubMetric) Metric value applied by the indicated type of service. Metric Entry Validity (ospfStubStatus) Indicates whether this entry is valid. When set to invalid , theentry is rendered inoperative.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Syslog_Configuration.htm TITLE=Syslog Configuration TEXT=Syslog Configuration Device > Configure > Syslog Configuration This dialog box provides statistics on the syslog messages generated by the IOS. Notifications Enable (Notifications Enable) Log Size (clogHistTableMaxLength) Logging Level (clogMaxSeverity) Facility (clogHistFacility) Severity (clogHistSeverity) Message Name (clogHistMsgName) Message Text (clogHistMsgText) Message Time (clogHistTimestamp) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click Filter to filter the syslog messages based on the selected severity type(s). Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Notifications Enable (Notifications Enable) Indicates whether clogMessageGenerated notifications will or will not be sent when a syslog message is generated by the device. Disabling notifications does not prevent syslog messages from being added to the clogHistoryTable. Log Size (clogHistTableMaxLength) The upper limit on the number of entries that the clogHistoryTable may contain. A value of 0 will prevent any history from being retained. When this table is full, the oldest entry will be deleted and a new one will be created. Logging Level (clogMaxSeverity) Indicates which syslog severity levels will be processed: emergency (1), alert (2), critical (3), error (4), warning (5), notice (6), info (7), or debug (8). Any syslog message with a severity value greater than these values are ignored by the agent. Note: severity numeric values increase as their severity decreases, e.g., error (4) is more sever than debug (8). Facility (clogHistFacility) The name of the facility that generated this message, e.g., SYS. Severity (clogHistSeverity) Indicates the severity of the message; emergency (1), alert (2), critical (3),error (4), warning (5), notice (6), info (7), or debug (8). Any syslog messagewith a severity value greater than these values are ignored by the agent. Message Name (clogHistMsgName) A textual identification of the message type. Message Text (clogHistMsgText) The message itself. Message Time (clogHistTimestamp) Indicates the sysUpTime at which this message was generated.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Syslog_Statistics.htm TITLE=Syslog Statistics TEXT=Syslog Statistics Device > Monitor > Syslog Statistics From this dialog box, you can view syslog message statistics for this device. Messages Flushed (clogHistMsgsFlushed) Messages Ignored (clogMsgIgnores) Messages Dropped (clogMsgDrops) Notifications Sent (clogNotificationsSent) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from thedrop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Messages Flushed (clogHistMsgsFlushed) Number of history table entries removed to make room for newentries. This object can be used to determine whether the polling frequencyfor the history table is fast enough and the size of the history table islarge enough to prevent missed messages. Messages Ignored (clogMsgIgnores) Number of syslog messages which were ignored. A message is ignored when itsseverity value is greater than the value of clogMaxSeverity. Messages Dropped (clogMsgDrops) Number of syslog messages which were not processed due to a lack of systemresources. An increase in the value of this object may indicate that system resource levels should be examined via other MIB objects. A droppedmessage does not appear in the history table, nor is notification sent. Notifications Sent (clogNotificationsSent) Number of clogMessageGenerated notifications that have been sent. This numbermay include notifications that were not transmitted due toresource limitations or a lack of connectivity. When receiving notifications,you can periodically poll this object to determine whether any notifications weremissed. If so, a poll of the history table might be appropriate.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/System_Processes_Information.htm TITLE=System Processes Information TEXT=System Processes Information You can access the System Processes Information dialog box in one of twoways: Device > Configure > System Processes Information Device > Monitor > System Processes Information This dialog box displays information on the processes running on this device.This table is updated as processes are created and terminated by the device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Process ID (cpmProcessPID) Process Name (cpmProcessName) Process Creation Time (cpmProcessTimeCreated) Process Priority (cpmProcExtPriorityRev) Invoke Count (cpmProcExtInvokedRev) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the CPU Utilization dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Process ID (cpmProcessPID) Numeric identifier assigned to a runningprocess. Process Name (cpmProcessName) Name assigned to a running process. Process Creation Time (cpmProcessTimeCreated) The time that the process was created. This object together with cpmProcessPID uniquely identifies a process. Process Priority (cpmProcExtPriorityRev) Priority level at which the process is running. This object deprecates cpmProcExtPriority. Invoke Count (cpmProcExtInvokedRev) Number of times since cpmTimeCreated that the process has been invoked. Thisobject deprecates cpmProcExtInvoked.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Temperature.htm TITLE=Temperature TEXT=Temperature To access the Temperature dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Temperature Status or Device > Monitor > Temperature Status . Select an entry and click Monitor . From this dialog box, you can monitor the temperature of the selected testpoint. This dialog box displays the following data: Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusValue) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusValue) Temperatureof the test point.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Temperature_Status.htm TITLE=Temperature Status TEXT=Temperature Status Temperature Status: Device > Configure > Temperature Status Temperature Table: Device > Monitor > Temperature Status This dialog box displays the status of the associated test point maintained by the environmental monitor. The following data is displayed: Index (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusIndex) Test Point (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusDescr) Current Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusValue) Threshold Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureThreshold) Last Shutdown Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureLastShutdown) Test Point State (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureState) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the Temperature dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusIndex) Unique index for the testpoint being implemented. Test Point (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusDescr) Shorttextual description of thetestpoint being monitored. Current Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureStatusValue) Temperatureof the testpoint. Threshold Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureThreshold) Highesttemperature the testpoint can attain before an emergency shutdown of the deviceis initiated. Last Shutdown Value (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureLastShutdown) Temperatureof the testpoint when an emergency shutdown of the device was last initiated. Test Point State (ciscoEnvMonTemperatureState) Currentstate of the testpoint being monitored. There are six possible values : Normal: the component is running at the normal operating temperature Warning: the component is running slightly above the normal operating temperature Critical: the component is running well above the normal operating temperature Shutdown: the component is running at a dangerously high temperature, and the device should be shut down immediately Not Present: the temperature sensor is not present Not Functioning: the temperature sensor is not functioning properly
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Address_Range_Configuration.htm TITLE=Address Range Configuration TEXT=Address Range Configuration Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open ShortestPath First (OSPF) > AddressRange Configuration This dialog box provides the address range configuration information for OSPF onthis device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Range Area ID (ospfAreaRangeAreaID) Network Address (ospfAreaRangeNet) Subnet Mask (ospfAreaRangeMask) Range Entry Validity (ospfAreaRangeStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Range Area ID (ospfAreaRangeAreaID) Indicates the area the address range is located within. Network Address (ospfAreaRangeNet) IP address of the net or subnet indicated by the address range. Subnet Mask (ospfAreaRangeMask) Subnet mask that corresponds to the net or subnet. Range Entry Validity (ospfAreaRangeStatus) Indicates whether this entry is valid. When set to invalid , theentry is rendered inoperative.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Total_CPU_Utilization.htm TITLE=Total CPU Utilization TEXT=Total CPU Utilization To access this dialog box: Select Device > Monitor > Total CPU Utilization . Select and entry and click Monitor . Use this feature to display CPU utilization information over three differenttime periods. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: CPU Busy (5sec) (cpmCPUTotal5secRev) CPU Busy (1min) (cpmCPUTotal1minRev) CPU Busy (5min) (cpmCPUTotal5minRev) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. CPU Busy (5sec) (cpmCPUTotal5secRev) The overall CPU busy percentage over the last5-second period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal5sec object from the CISCO-PROCESS-MIB. CPU Busy (1min) (cpmCPUTotal1minRev) The overall CPU-busy percentage over the last1-minute period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal1min object from the CISCO-PROCESS-MIB. CPU Busy (5min) (cpmCPUTotal5minRev) The overall CPU-busy percentage over the last5-minute period. This object deprecates the cpmCPUTotal5min object from theCISCO-PROCESS-MIB.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/UplinkFast_Monitor_Device.htm TITLE=UplinkFast TEXT=UplinkFast Device > Monitor > Spanning Tree > UplinkFast From this dialog box, you can monitor the UplinkFast transitions recorded onthis device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: UplinkFast Transitions (stpxUplinkFastTransitions) Station Learning Frames (stpxUplinkStationLearningFrames) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. UplinkFast Transitions (stpxUplinkFastTransitions) Cumulative number of UplinkFast transitions recorded on the device. An UplinkFast transition goes directly from the STP Blocking state to the STP Forwarding state. Station Learning Frames (stpxUplinkStationLearningFrames) Cumulative number of station-learning frames generated on the device due toUplinkFast transitions.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Uplink_Fast_Capability.htm TITLE=Uplink Fast Capability TEXT=Uplink Fast Capability Device > Configure > Spanning Tree > Uplink Fast Capability This dialog box displays the UplinkFast settings for the spanning tree protocolconfigured on this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: UplinkFast Status (stpxUplinkFastEnabled) Station Learning Rate (stpxUplinkStationLearningGenRate) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. UplinkFast Status (stpxUplinkFastEnabled) Displays whether STP UplinkFast is enabled on the device, as true or false. Note: This field is not displayed when Spanning Tree Mode is set to MST . Station Learning Rate (stpxUplinkStationLearningGenRate) Maximum number of station-learning frames that this device will generate ineach 100 millisecond period after an UplinkFast transition. The default is 15. Note: This field is not displayed when Spanning Tree Mode is set to MST .
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Virtual_Interface_Configuration.htm TITLE=Virtual Interface Configuration TEXT=Virtual Interface Configuration Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open ShortestPath First (OSPF) > VirtualInterface Configuration This dialog box provides the virtual interface configuration information forOSPF on this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Transit Area ID (ospfVirtIfAreaID) Virtual Neighbor's Router ID (ospfVirtIfNeighbor) Transit Delay for link-state Update (ospfVirtIfTransitDelay) LSA Retransmission Interval (ospfVirtIfRetransInterval) Hello Packet Transmission Interval (ospfVirtIfHelloInterval) Dead Interval for Hello packets (ospfVirtIfRtrDeadInterval) Interface State (ospfVirtIfState) Authentication Key (ospfVirtIfAuthKey) Virtual Interface Entry Valid (ospfVirtIfStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the Virtual Interface State Monitoring dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Transit Area ID (ospfVirtIfAreaID) Transit area that the virtual link traverses. By definition, the value of this object cannot be 0.0.0.0 . Virtual Neighbor's Router ID (ospfVirtIfNeighbor) Router ID of the virtual neighbor device. Transit Delay for link-state Update (ospfVirtIfTransitDelay) Estimated number of seconds needed to transmit a link-state update packet over this interface. LSA Retransmission Interval (ospfVirtIfRetransInterval) Number of seconds between link-state advertisement retransmissions, for adjacencies belonging to this interface. This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link-state request packets. Hello Packet Transmission Interval (ospfVirtIfHelloInterval) Length of time, in seconds, between Hello packet transmissions. This value must be the same for the virtual neighbor device. Dead Interval for Hello packets (ospfVirtIfRtrDeadInterval) Number of seconds that a router's Hello packets are not recognized before neighbor devices declare the router down. The value of this object should be a multiple of the Hello interval, and must be the same for the virtual neighbor device. Interface State (ospfVirtIfState) Indicates the OSPF virtual interface state. Authentication Key (ospfVirtIfAuthKey) Authentication key for this OSPF virtual interface. If the area's authorization type isset to simplePassword and the key length is shorter than 8 octets,the agent appends the number of zeros necessary to create an 8 octet string to the end of the key. When read, this object always returns a zero-length string. Virtual Interface Entry Valid (ospfVirtIfStatus) This variable displays the validity or invalidity of the entry. Setting it to'invalid' has the effect of rendering it inoperative. The internal effect (rowremoval) is implementation dependent.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Virtual_Interface_State_Monitoring.htm TITLE=Virtual Interface State Monitoring TEXT=Virtual Interface State Monitoring To launch the Virtual Interface State Monitoring dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Virtual Interface Configuration . With an entry selected, click Monitor . This dialog box monitors virtual interface state transitions on this device. Thefollowing information is displayed: Interface State Transition Counter(ospfVirtIfEvents) Number of state changes or error events on this virtual link. The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Virtual_Neighbor_Configuration.htm TITLE=Virtual Neighbor Configuration TEXT=Virtual Neighbor Configuration Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open ShortestPath First (OSPF) > VirtualNeighbor Configuration This dialog box provides the virtual neighbor configuration information for OSPFon this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Transit Area Identifier (ospfVirtNbrArea) Neighbor Router Identifying ID (ospfVirtNbrRtrId) Neighbor's IP Address (ospfVirtNbrIpAddr) Neighbor's Options (ospfVirtNbrOptions) Neighbor Relationship State (ospfVirtNbrState) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the Virtual Neighbor State Monitoring dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Transit Area Identifier (ospfVirtNbrArea) Identifier of the transit area. Neighbor Router Identifying ID (ospfVirtNbrRtrId) 32-bit integer that uniquely identifies the neighboring router in the autonomous system. Neighbor's IP Address (ospfVirtNbrIpAddr) IP address this virtual neighbor device is using. Neighbor's Options (ospfVirtNbrOptions) A bit mask corresponding to the neighbor device's options field. Bit 1, if set, indicates that the neighbor device supports type-of-service routing; if set to zero, no metrics other than TOS 0 are in use by the neighbor device. Neighbor Relationship State (ospfVirtNbrState) Indicates the state of the relationship with this virtual neighbor device.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Virtual_Neighbor_State_Monitoring.htm TITLE=Virtual Neighbor State Monitoring TEXT=Virtual Neighbor State Monitoring To launch the Virtual Neighbor State Monitoring dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) > Virtual Neighbor Configuration . With an entry selected, click Monitor . This dialog box monitors virtual neighbor state information for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Neighbor Relation. State Transition (ospfVirtNbrEvents) Retransmission Queue Length (ospfVirtNbrLSRetransQLen) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Neighbor Relation. State Transition (ospfVirtNbrEvents) Number of times this virtual link has changed its state, or an error has occurred. Retransmission Queue Length (ospfVirtNbrLSRetransQLen) Current length of the retransmission queue.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/VLAN_Bridge.htm TITLE=VLAN &amp; Bridge TEXT=VLAN & Bridge Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge Virtual LANs (VLANs) allow you to logically group resources independent of their physical location. This arrangement of resources, and the ports to which they are attached, is called a logical grouping. A logical group of ports is called a VLAN. Ports or groups of ports in a VLAN are called members. VLANs isolate all traffic, including broadcasts and multicasts, from being propagated to members of other VLANs. A Token Ring VLAN comprises Token Ring Bridge Relay Functions (trBRFs) and Token Ring Concentrator Relay Functions (trCRFs). Note: Extended range VLAN values (1-4094) are supported by devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2 or later. If the switches are interconnected by a port called an Inter-Switch Link (ISL), you can specify which VLANs are allowed to flow through the ISL. You can use the VLAN & Bridge option to configure and view VLANs and their members. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: VLAN Number (vtpVlanIndex) VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) VLAN Type (vtpVlanType) VLAN State (vtpVlanState) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. VLAN Number (vtpVlanIndex) VLAN ID of this VLAN. Accepted values are as follows: for Catalyst 4000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.1 or earlier, 2 through 1,000. for Catalyst 4000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2 or later and Catalyst 6000 devices running Catalyst OS version 6.1 or later, 2 through 1,000 and 1025 through 4094. Consult your hardware user guide for more information on appropriate VLAN numbers. VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) ASCII name associated with the VLAN; synonymous with the VLAN&#146;s emulated LAN name on LAN emulation (LANE) trunks. VLAN Type (vtpVlanType) Possible VLAN Type values: ethernet, Fiber Distributed Data Interface (fddi), tokenRing (trCRF), fddiNet, trNet (trBRF). VLAN State (vtpVlanState) Current state of the VLAN. Possible values are Operational and Suspended. VLANs in Operational state are functional. VLANs in Suspended state do not pass packets. Button Options The View Ports buttons at the upper right of the dialog box have the following functions: VLAN Members To display the ports on the switch that belong to a specified VLAN, select the number of the VLAN for which you want to display members, then click VLAN Members . The ports that belong to the VLAN are highlighted on the device display. The count includes both logical and physical ports, but CiscoView does not highlight the logical ports. Inter Switch To display ports in a VLAN shared across switches, click Inter Switch . Clear Ports To clear the highlighting, click Clear Ports . VLAN Non-Trunk Members To highlight the ports on the switch that belong to a specified VLAN but are not trunk ports, select the number of the VLAN for which you want to display member, then click VLAN Non-Trunk Members . The Bridge buttons have the following functions: Configure Forwarding (This option is not available for trBRFs.) Static (This option is not available for trBRFs or trCRFs.) The VTP-VLAN buttons at the bottom of the dialog box allow you to perform the following tasks with VLANs: Local Mgmt Domain Create VLAN Delete VLAN Modify/View VLAN Assign a Port to VLAN To move a port to a different VLAN, drag the port with the middle mouse button (the left button for PC users) pressed and release it when the mouse pointer is over the desired entry in the VLAN table. To select multiple ports, select the first port as usual and then hold down the CONTROL key as you select additional ports. Token Ring VLANs Within a Token Ring virtual LAN (VLAN), distributed rings can be formed by defining groups of ports that have the same ring number. The IEEE calls such a port group a Token Ring Concentrator Relay Function (trCRF). A trCRF is limited to the ports in a single Catalyst 5000 series switch. Within the trCRF, source-route switching is used for forwarding based on either MAC addresses or route descriptors. If desired, the entire VLAN can operate as a single ring. Frames can be switched between ports within a single trCRF. Multiple trCRFs can be interconnected using a single Token Ring Bridge Relay Function (trBRF). For source routing, the switch appears as a single bridge between the logical rings. The trBRF can function as a source-route bridge (SRB) or source-route transparent (SRT) bridge running either the IBM or IEEE Spanning-Tree Protocol. If SRB is used, duplicate MAC addresses can be defined on different distributed rings. To accommodate SNA traffic, you can use a combination of SRT and SRB modes. In a mixed mode the trBRF considers some ports (internal ports connected to trCRFs) to be operating in SRB mode while others are operating in SRT mode. The trBRF can be extended across a network of switches via high-speed uplinks between the switches. These links must have the ability to multiplex multiple VLANs and provide the necessary information to support logical rings. Configure To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge . With a VLAN selected, click Configure . Most of the configuration required in bridging is related to the Spanning Tree Algorithm. The Spanning Tree Algorithm allows the connected network topology to contain multiple physical paths between two stations, but constrains the active topology to be a single-span tree. If a port on one bridge fails, the other bridges can reconfigure the topology and switch traffic over to new paths. If the Spanning Tree feature is not enabled, no backup path exists to maintain bridge connectivity. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Base Bridge Address (dot1dBaseBridgeAddress) Type (dot1dBaseType) Learned Entries (dot1dTpLearnedEntryDiscards) Aging Time (dot1dTpAgingTime) Protocol Specification (dot1dStpProtocolSpecification) STP Priority (dot1dStpPriority) Last Topology Change (dot1dStpTimeSinceTopologyChange) Topology Changes (dot1dStpTopChanges) Designated Root (dot1dStpDesignatedRoot) Root Cost (dot1dStpRootCost) Root Port (dot1dStpRootPort) STP Max Age (dot1dStpMaxAge) STP Hello Time (dot1dStpHelloTime) STP Hold Time (dot1dStpHoldTime) STP forward delay (dot1dStpForwardDelay) STP Max Age (secs) (dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge) STP Bridge Hello Time (secs) (dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime) STP Forward Delay (secs) (dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Base Bridge Address (dot1dBaseBridgeAddress) MAC address of the bridge. Type (dot1dBaseType) Type of bridging that this bridge can do. The possible values are unknown, transparent-only, sourceroute-only, and srt (source route transparent bridging). Learned Entries (dot1dTpLearnedEntryDiscards) Number of Forwarding Database entries that have been or would have been learned but were discarded because of lack of space. Aging Time (dot1dTpAgingTime) Timeout value in seconds after which dynamically-learned forwarding information is removed from the bridge&#146;s forwarding database. Possible values range from 10 through 1,000,000 seconds, and the recommended default is 300 seconds. Protocol Specification (dot1dStpProtocolSpecification) Version of the Spanning Tree Protocol being used. The possible values are unknown, decLb100, or ieee80221d. The unknown value usually indicates an error. STP Priority (dot1dStpPriority) Integer that is the first two octets of the bridge identifier. Last Topology Change (dot1dStpTimeSinceTopologyChange) Date and time that the last topology change was made. Topology Changes (dot1dStpTopChanges) Total number of topology changes by this bridge since it was last reset or initialized. Designated Root (dot1dStpDesignatedRoot) Bridge identifier of the node that this bridge indicates is the current root of the spanning tree. Root Cost (dot1dStpRootCost) Integer that represents the total cost of the best path to the root. Root Port (dot1dStpRootPort) Port number through which the lowest-cost path to the root is accessed. STP Max Age (dot1dStpMaxAge) Timeout value for STP information learned from the network. After this interval, information that has not been refreshed will be discarded. STP Hello Time (dot1dStpHelloTime) Interval for sending configuration bridge PDUs if the bridge is the root or is trying to become the root. STP Hold Time (dot1dStpHoldTime) Interval at which a maximum of two configuration bridge PDUs are transmitted by this node. STP forward delay (dot1dStpForwardDelay) Time for this port to spend in each of the listening and learning states in preparation for going into the forwarding state. STP Max Age (secs) (dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge) Value that all bridges use for the maximum age timeout when this bridge is the root. Possible values are from 6 to 40 seconds. Note: If the device is in MISTP mode, Bridge Max Age (dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge) can not be set on a per VLAN basis. STP Bridge Hello Time (secs) (dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime) Interval that all bridges use for hello time when this bridge is the root. Possible values are from 1 to 10 seconds. Note: If the device is in MISTP mode, Bridge Hello Time (dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime) can not be set on a per VLAN basis. STP Forward Delay (secs) (dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay) Value used by all bridges for the forward delay interval when this bridge is the root bridge. Possible values are from 4 to 30 seconds. Note: If the device is in MISTP mode, Bridge Forward Delay (dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay) can not be set on a per VLAN basis. Forwarding To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge . With a VLAN selected, click Forwarding . This dialog box displays bridge forwarding information for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Forwarding Address (dot1dTpFdbAddress) Forwarding Port (dot1dTpFdbPort) Forwarding Status (dot1dTpFdbStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Forwarding Address (dot1dTpFdbAddress) Unicast MAC address of destinations that are reachable by the port. Forwarding Port (dot1dTpFdbPort) Port to which frames with that destination MAC address should be forwarded. Forwarding Status (dot1dTpFdbStatus) How the entry or destination became known to the bridge. Possible values are learned, self, mgmt, or other. Learned information can include both dynamic and static entries. Self indicates the MAC address of a port on this bridge. Mgmt means that this address is in the static table or database for the bridge. Static To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge . With a VLAN selected, click Static . The bridge static table displays forwarding information that has been manually configured on the bridge. The table shows the destination address, the port through which the bridge will forward traffic to that destination, and the status of the entry. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Static Address (dot1dStaticAddress) Receiving Port (dot1dStaticReceivePort) Port Number (dot1dStaticAllowedToGoTo) Static Status (dot1dStaticStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Static Address (dot1dStaticAddress) Destination MAC addresses that have been added to the database or table and to which the filtering/VLAN information applies. A MAC address consists of 6 bytes. The first three bytes identify the vendor. Receiving Port (dot1dStaticReceivePort) Port number from which a frame must be received for filtering to occur. The value 0 indicates that frames can be received from all ports on the bridge. For example, 1.6 means that card 1, port 6 is forwarding information for this port. Port Number (dot1dStaticAllowedToGoTo) Set of ports through which forwarding is allowed. For example, the entry 1, 3, 7-10 indicates that ports 1, 3, 7, 8, 9, and 10 forward information for this port. Static Status (dot1dStaticStatus) Whether the entry is permanent or which conditions cause it to be removed. Possible values are permanent, deleteOnReset, deleteOnTimeout, or other. Local Mgmt Domain To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge . With a VLAN selected, click Local Mgmt Domain . To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Management Domain Index (managementDomainIndex) Management Domain Name (managementDomainName) Working Mode of Local System (managementDomainLocalMode) Configuration Revision Number (managementDomainConfigRevNumber) Revision Number Last Updater (managementDomainLastUpdater) Revision Number Last Change (managementDomainLastChange) VTP Pruning State (managementDomainPruningState) Current Version of VTP in use (managementDomainVersionInUse) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Management Domain Index (managementDomainIndex) Index value identifying this domain on the local system. Management Domain Name (managementDomainName) Management name of a domain in which this system is participating. This value is required. Working Mode of Local System (managementDomainLocalMode) Whether the local system is acting as a VTP client or a VTP server in this management domain. A value of transparent indicates that a device cannot support VTP for this domain. Configuration Revision Number (managementDomainConfigRevNumber) Current configuration revision number for this management domain. Revision Number Last Updater (managementDomainLastUpdater) IP address of the VTP server that last updated the configuration revision number. Revision Number Last Change (managementDomainLastChange) Time at which the configuration revision number was last increased to its current value. VTP Pruning State (managementDomainPruningState) Displays whether VTP Pruning is enabled or disabled. When enabled, pruning limits the scope of the broadcast traffic across trunk links. Current Version of VTP in use (managementDomainVersionInUse) Displays the version number of the current VTP Management Domain. Create VLAN To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge . Click Create VLAN . To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: VLAN Number (vtpVlanIndex) VLAN State (vtpVlanState) VLAN Type (vtpVlanType) VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) MTU size (vtpVlanMtu) 802 10 SAID Field (vtpVlanDot10Said) Private VLAN Type (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. VLAN Number (vtpVlanIndex) VLAN ID of this VLAN. Accepted values are as follows: for Catalyst 4000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.1 or earlier, 2 through 1,000. for Catalyst 4000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2 or later and Catalyst 6000 devices running Catalyst OS version 6.1 or later, 2 through 1,000 and 1025 through 4094. Consult your hardware user guide for more information on appropriate VLAN numbers. VLAN State (vtpVlanState) Current state of the VLAN. Possible values are Operational and Suspended. VLANs in Operational state are functional. VLANs in Suspended state do not pass packets. VLAN Type (vtpVlanType) Possible VLAN Type values: ethernet, Fiber Distributed Data Interface (fddi), tokenRing (trCRF), fddiNet, trNet (trBRF). VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) ASCII name associated with the VLAN; synonymous with the VLAN&#146;s emulated LAN name on LAN emulation (LANE) trunks. MTU size (vtpVlanMtu) Size of the largest MAC-layer data frame that can be transmitted on this VLAN. 802 10 SAID field (vtpVlanDot10Said) Value of the 802.10 Security Association ID (SAID) field for this VLAN. This number is usually the same as the VLAN number. This field is not displayed when creating a trBRF or trCRF. Private VLAN Type (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) VLAN type configured for the Private VLAN feature. There are four possible values: normal primary isolated community Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan) The VLAN ID of the associated primary VLAN used for the Private VLAN feature if Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) has the value of isolated(3) or community(4). If Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) has the value of normal(1) or primary(2), then this object has the value of 0. Delete VLAN To delete a VLAN definition: Select Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge . With a VLAN selected, click Delete VLAN . Modify/View VLAN To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge . With a VLAN selected, click Modify/View VLAN . To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: VLAN Number (vtpVlanIndex) VLAN State (vtpVlanState) VLAN Type (vtpVlanType) VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) MTU size (vtpVlanMtu) 802 10 SAID Field (vtpVlanDot10Said) Private VLAN Type (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. VLAN Number (vtpVlanIndex) VLAN ID of this VLAN. Accepted values are as follows: for Catalyst 4000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.1 or earlier, 2 through 1,000. for Catalyst 4000 devices running Catalyst OS version 7.2 or later and Catalyst 6000 devices running Catalyst OS version 6.1 or later, 2 through 1,000 and 1025 through 4094. Consult your hardware user guide for more information on appropriate VLAN numbers. VLAN State (vtpVlanState) Current state of the VLAN. Possible values are Operational and Suspended. VLANs in Operational state are functional. VLANs in Suspended state do not pass packets. VLAN Type (vtpVlanType) Possible VLAN Type values: ethernet, Fiber Distributed Data Interface (fddi), tokenRing (trCRF), fddiNet, trNet (trBRF). VLAN Name (vtpVlanName) ASCII name associated with the VLAN; synonymous with the VLAN&#146;s emulated LAN name on LAN emulation (LANE) trunks. MTU size (vtpVlanMtu) Size of the largest MAC-layer data frame that can be transmitted on this VLAN. 802 10 SAID field (vtpVlanDot10Said) Value of the 802.10 Security Association ID (SAID) field for this VLAN. This number is usually the same as the VLAN number. This field is not displayed when creating a trBRF or trCRF. Private VLAN Type (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) VLAN type configured for the Private VLAN feature. There are four possible values: normal primary isolated community Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan) The VLAN ID of the associated primary VLAN used for the Private VLAN feature if Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) has the value of isolated(3) or community(4). If Primary VLAN (cpvlanVlanPrivateVlanType) has the value of normal(1) or primary(2), then this object has the value of 0.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/VLAN_ifTable.htm TITLE=VLAN If Table TEXT=VLAN If Table Device > Configure > VLAN If Table This dialog box displays the ifIndex details for routed VLAN interfaces on this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Routed VLAN ifIndex (cviRoutedVlanIfIndex) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Routed VLAN ifIndex (cviRoutedVlanIfIndex) Index value for the ifTable entry associated with this routed VLAN interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/VLAN_Membership.htm TITLE=VLAN &amp; Ports TEXT=VLAN & Ports Device > Configure > VLAN Membership From this dialog box, you can configure VLAN port membership for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Interface Description (ifDescr) Type of Membership (vmVlanType) VLAN ID (vmVlan) VLAN Status (vmPortStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface Description (ifDescr) Textual description of the VLAN and port. Type of Membership (vmVlanType) VLAN membership type assigned to this port: A port with static VLAN membership is assigned to a single VLAN directly. A port with dynamic membership is assigned a single VLAN based on the content of packets received on the port and via VQP queries to VMPS. A port with multi-VLAN membership may be assigned to one or more VLANs directly. A static or dynamic port membership is specified by the value of vmVlan. A multi-VLAN port membership is specified by the value of vmVlans. VLAN ID (vmVlan) Unique identifier of the VLAN this port is assigned to when vmVlanType is set to static or dynamic . When this object is not applicable, it will not be instantiated. When vmVlanType is set to static , the port is always assigned to a VLAN and this object may not be set to 0 . When vmVlanType is set to dynamic , the value of this object is 0 if the port is not currently assigned to a VLAN. VLAN Status (vmPortStatus) Indicates the current VLAN status of the port: inactive—a dynamic port is not assigned to a VLAN, or a port is assigned to a VLAN that is currently not active active—the currently assigned VLAN is active shutdown—the port has been disabled as a result of VQP shutdown response
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/RMON_Ethernet_Statistics.htm TITLE=RMON Ethernet Statistics - Part II TEXT=RMON Ethernet Statistics - Part II To access this dialog box: Select Device > Monitor > RMON . Select an entry and click Monitor . Select RMON Ethernet Statistics - Part II . From this dialog box, you can monitor the Remote Network Monitoring (RMON)Ethernet statistics for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate linkfrom the following list: Jabbers (etherStatsJabbers) Collisions (etherStatsCollisions) 64 Octets (etherStatsPkts64Octets) 65 to 127 Octets (etherStatsPkts65to127Octets) 128 to 255 Octets (etherStatsPkts128to255Octets) 256 to 511 Octets (etherStatsPkts256to511Octets) 512 to 1023 Octets (etherStatsPkts512to1023Octets) 1024 to 1518 Octets (etherStatsPkts1024to1518Octets) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Jabbers (etherStatsJabbers) Total number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets), and had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error). Collisions (etherStatsCollisions) Best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment. 64 Octets (etherStatsPkts64Octets) Total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were 64 octets in length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets). 65 to 127 Octets (etherStatsPkts65to127Octets) Total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were between 65 and 127 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). 128 to 255 Octets (etherStatsPkts128to255Octets) Total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were between 128 and 255 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). 256 to 511 Octets (etherStatsPkts256to511Octets) Total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were between 256 and 511 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). 512 to 1023 Octets (etherStatsPkts512to1023Octets) Total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were between 512 and 1023 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). 1024 to 1518 Octets (etherStatsPkts1024to1518Octets) Total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were between 1024 and 1518 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Multicast_Routing_Information_monitor.htm TITLE=Multicast Routing Information TEXT=Multicast Routing Information Port > Monitor > Multicast Routing Information Multicast routing information is available in the PortConfiguration dialog box only for interfaces that have an entry inipMRouteInterfaceTable. The following information is displayed: In Multicast Octets (ipMRouteInterfaceInMcastOctets) Out Multicast Octets (ipMRouteInterfaceOutMcastOctets) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. In Multicast Octets (ipMRouteInterfaceInMcastOctets) Number of octets of multicast packets that have arrived on the interface. Out Multicast Octets (ipMRouteInterfaceOutMcastOctets) Number of octets of multicast packets that have been sent on theinterface.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Authenticator_PAE_Statistics.htm TITLE=Authenticator PAE Statistics TEXT=Authenticator PAE Statistics Port > Monitor > Authenticator PAE Statistics From this dialog box, you can monitor statistics for the authenticator Port Access Entity (PAE) that corresponds to a particular port. The following information is displayed: Total EAPOL Frames Rx (dot1xAuthEapolFramesRx) Total EAPOL Frames Tx (dot1xAuthEapolFramesTx) EAPOL Start Frames Rx (dot1xAuthEapolStartFramesRx) EAPOL Logoff Frames Rx (dot1xAuthEapolLogoffFramesRx) EAPOL Resp/Id Frames Rx (dot1xAuthEapolRespIdFramesRx) Valid EAPOL Resp Frames (dot1xAuthEapolRespFramesRx) EAPOL Req/Id Frames Tx (dot1xAuthEapolReqIdFramesTx) EAPOL Req Frames Tx (dot1xAuthEapolReqFramesTx) Invalid EAPOL Frames Rx (dot1xAuthInvalidEapolFramesRx) EAP Length Error Frames Rx (dot1xAuthEapLengthErrorFramesRx) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Total EAPOL Frames Rx (dot1xAuthEapolFramesRx) Number of valid EAPOL frames (of any type) received by this authenticator. Total EAPOL Frames Tx (dot1xAuthEapolFramesTx) Number of EAPOL frames (of any type) transmitted by this authenticator. EAPOL Start Frames Rx (dot1xAuthEapolStartFramesRx) Number of EAPOL Start frames received by this authenticator. EAPOL Logoff Frames Rx (dot1xAuthEapolLogoffFramesRx) Number of EAPOL Logoff frames received by this authenticator. EAPOL Resp/Id Frames Rx (dot1xAuthEapolRespIdFramesRx) Number of EAP Resp/Id frames received by this authenticator. Valid EAPOL Resp Frames (dot1xAuthEapolRespFramesRx) Number of valid EAP Response frames (other than Resp/Id frames) received by this authenticator. EAPOL Req/Id Frames Tx (dot1xAuthEapolReqIdFramesTx) Number of EAP Req/Id frames transmitted by this authenticator. EAPOL Req Frames Tx (dot1xAuthEapolReqFramesTx) Number of EAP Request frames (other than Req/Id frames) transmitted by this authenticator. Invalid EAPOL Frames Rx (dot1xAuthInvalidEapolFramesRx) Number of EAPOL frames received by this authenticator in which the frame type is not recognized. EAP Length Error Frames Rx (dot1xAuthEapLengthErrorFramesRx) Number of EAPOL frames received by this authenticator in which the Packet Body Length field is invalid.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/BGP4_FSM_Transitions.htm TITLE=BGP4 FSM Transitions TEXT=BGP4 FSM Transitions To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Protocols . With BGP4 selected in the Select Protocol field, click Details . A confirmation message appears. Click OK to proceed and launch the main BGP4 dialog box. From the left contents pane, click BGP4 Peer Information . With an entry selected, click Monitor . Select BGP4 FSM Transitions . The following information is displayed: FSM Established Transitions (bgpPeerFsmEstablishedTransitions) FSM Established Time (bgpPeerFsmEstablishedTime) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. FSM Established Transitions (bgpPeerFsmEstablishedTransitions) Total number of times the BGP FSM transitioned into the Established state. FSM Established Time (bgpPeerFsmEstablishedTime) Indicates how long, in seconds, this peer has been in the Established state or the amount of time since this peer was last in the Established state. The value of this object is set to zero when a new peer is configured or the router is booted.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/BGP4_General_Information.htm TITLE=BGP4 General Information TEXT=BGP4 General Information To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Protocols . With BGP4 selected in the Select Protocol field, click Details . A confirmation message appears. Click OK to proceed and launch the main BGP4 dialog box. This dialog box provides general information about BGP4. The following information is displayed: BGP Version (bgpVersion) Local AS (bgpLocalAs) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. BGP Version (bgpVersion) Vector of supported BGP protocol version numbers. Each peer negotiates theversion from this vector. Versions are identified via the string of bitscontained within this object. The first octet contains bits 0 to 7; the second octet contains bits 8 to15, and so on, with the most significant bit referring to the lowest bit number in the octet. Local AS (bgpLocalAs) Local autonomous system number.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/BGP4_Messages.htm TITLE=BGP4 Messages TEXT=BGP4 Messages To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Protocols . With BGP4 selected in the Select Protocol field, click Details . A confirmation message appears. Click OK to proceed and launch the main BGP4 dialog box. From the left contents pane, click BGP4 Peer Information . With an entry selected, click Monitor . The following information is displayed: BGP4 Update Rx Count (bgpPeerInUpdates) Last BGP4 Update Rx Elapsed Time (bgpPeerInUpdateElapsedTime) BGP4 Update Tx Count (bgpPeerOutUpdates) Total Message Rx Count (bgpPeerInTotalMessages) Total Message Tx Count (bgpPeerOutTotalMessages) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. BGP4 Update Rx Count (bgpPeerInUpdates) Number of BGP UPDATE messages received on this connection. This object should be initialized to zero when the connection is established. Last BGP4 Update Rx Elapsed Time (bgpPeerInUpdateElapsedTime) Elapsed time, in seconds, since the last BGP UPDATE message was received from the peer. Each time bgpPeerInUpdates is incremented, the value of this object is set to zero. BGP4 Update Tx Count (bgpPeerOutUpdates) Number of BGP UPDATE messages transmitted on this connection. This object should be initialized to zero when the connection is established. Total Message Rx Count (bgpPeerInTotalMessages) Total number of messages received from the remote peer on this connection. This object should be initialized to zero when the connection is established. Total Message Tx Count (bgpPeerOutTotalMessages) Total number of messages transmitted to the remote peer on this connection. This object should be initialized to zero when the connection is established.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/BGP4_Peer_Information.htm TITLE=BGP4 Peer Information TEXT=BGP4 Peer Information To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Protocols . With BGP4 selected in the Select Protocol field, click Details . A confirmation message appears. Click OK to proceed and launch the main BGP4 dialog box. From the left contents pane, click BGP4 Peer Information . This dialog box provides BGP4 peer information. The following information is displayed: Remote IP Address (bgpPeerRemoteAddr) Peer Id (bgpPeerIdentifier) Peer State (bgpPeerState) Desired State of Connection (bgpPeerAdminStatus) Peer Negotiated Version (bgpPeerNegotiatedVersion) Local IP Address (bgpPeerLocalAddr) Local Port (bgpPeerLocalPort) Remote Port (bgpPeerRemotePort) Remote AS (bgpPeerRemoteAs) Last Error (bgpPeerLastError) Connect Retry Interval (bgpPeerConnectRetryInterval) Hold Timer (bgpPeerHoldTime) KeepAlive Timer (bgpPeerKeepAlive) Configured Hold Time (bgpPeerHoldTimeConfigured) Configured KeepAlive Time (bgpPeerKeepAliveConfigured) MinASOrigination Interval (bgpPeerMinASOriginationInterval) MinRouteAdvertisement Interval (bgpPeerMinRouteAdvertisementInterval) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the BGP4 monitoring dialog boxes. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Remote IP Address (bgpPeerRemoteAddr) Remote IP address of this entry's BGP peer. Peer Id (bgpPeerIdentifier) BGP Identifier of this entry's BGP peer. Peer State (bgpPeerState) BGP peer connection state. Desired State of Connection (bgpPeerAdminStatus) Desired state of the BGP connection: A transition from stop to start will cause the BGP Start Event to be generated. A transition from start to stop will cause the BGP Stop Event to be generated. This parameter can be usedto restart BGP peer connections. Note: Care should be used in providing write accessto this object without adequate authentication. Peer Negotiated Version (bgpPeerNegotiatedVersion) Negotiated version of BGP running between the two peers. Local IP Address (bgpPeerLocalAddr) Local IP address of this entry's BGP connection. Local Port (bgpPeerLocalPort) Local port for the TCP connection between the BGP peers. Remote Port (bgpPeerRemotePort) Remote port for the TCP connection between the BGP peers. Note that theobjects bgpPeerLocalAddr, bgpPeerLocalPort, bgpPeerRemoteAddr andbgpPeerRemotePort provide the appropriate reference to the standard MIB TCPconnection table. Remote AS (bgpPeerRemoteAs) Remote autonomous system number. Last Error (bgpPeerLastError) Last error code and subcode seen by this peer on this connection. If noerror has occurred, this field is zero. Otherwise, the first byte of this twobyte octet string contains the error code, and the second byte contains thesubcode. Connect Retry Interval (bgpPeerConnectRetryInterval) Time interval, in seconds, for the ConnectRetry timer. The suggested value forthis timer is 120 seconds. Hold Timer (bgpPeerHoldTime) Time interval, in seconds, for the Hold Timer established with the peer. Thevalue of this object is calculated by this BGP speaker using the smaller ofeither the value in bgpPeerHoldTimeConfigured or the Hold Time received in the OPENmessage. The value of this object must be at lease three seconds unless it is zero, inwhich case the Hold Timer has not been established with the peer, or the valueof bgpPeerHoldTimeConfigured is zero. KeepAlive Timer (bgpPeerKeepAlive) Time interval, in seconds, for the KeepAlive timer established with the peer. Ifthe value of this object is zero, it indicates that either the KeepAlive timer hasnot been established with the peer, or the value of bgpPeerKeepAliveConfiguredis zero. Configured Hold Time (bgpPeerHoldTimeConfigured) Time interval, in seconds, for the Hold Time configured for this BGP speakerwith the peer. This value is placed in an OPEN message sent to the peer bythis BGP speaker, and is compared with the Hold Time field in an OPEN messagereceived from the peer when determining the Hold Time (bgpPeerHoldTime) with thepeer. The value of this object must not be less than three seconds unless it is zero,inwhich case the Hold Time is NOT to be established with the peer. The suggestedvalue for this timer is 90 seconds. Configured KeepAlive Time (bgpPeerKeepAliveConfigured) Time interval, in seconds, for the KeepAlive timer configured for this BGP speakerwith the peer. The value of this object only determines the KEEPALIVEmessages' frequency relative to the value specified in bgpPeerHoldTimeConfigured.The actual time interval for KEEPALIVE messages is indicated bybgpPeerKeepAlive. A reasonable maximum value for this timer is one third the value of bgpPeerHoldTimeConfigured. If the value of thisobject is zero, no periodical KEEPALIVE messages are sent to the peer afterthe BGP connection has been established. The suggested value for this timer is30 seconds. MinASOrigination Interval (bgpPeerMinASOriginationInterval) Time interval, in seconds, for the MinASOriginationInterval timer. Thesuggested value for this timer is 15 seconds. MinRouteAdvertisement Interval (bgpPeerMinRouteAdvertisementInterval) Time interval, in seconds, for the MinRouteAdvertisementInterval timer. Thesuggested value for this timer is 30 seconds.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/BGP4_Received_Paths_Attributes.htm TITLE=BGP4 Received Paths - Attributes TEXT=BGP4 Received Paths - Attributes To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > Protocols . With BGP4 selected in the Select Protocol field, click Details . A confirmation message appears. Click OK to proceed and launch the main BGP4 dialog box. From the left contents pane, click BGP4 Received Paths - Attributes . The following information is displayed: IP Address Prefix (bgp4PathAttrIpAddrPrefix) IP Address Prefix Length (bits) (bgp4PathAttrIpAddrPrefixLen) IP Address (bgp4PathAttrPeer) Origin of Path Information (bgp4PathAttrOrigin) AS Path Segment Sequence (bgp4PathAttrASPathSegment) Border Router Address (bgp4PathAttrNextHop) Metrics to Disc. Multi. Exit Points (bgp4PathAttrMultiExitDisc) Degree of Preference (bgp4PathAttrLocalPref) Route Selection (bgp4PathAttrAtomicAggregate) Route Aggregator AS No. (bgp4PathAttrAggregatorAS) Route Aggregator IP Address (bgp4PathAttrAggregatorAddr) Calculated Degree of Preference (bgp4PathAttrCalcLocalPref) Best BGP4 Route (bgp4PathAttrBest) Attribute Unknown (bgp4PathAttrUnknown) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. IP Address Prefix (bgp4PathAttrIpAddrPrefix) An IP address prefix in the Network Layer Reachability Information field.This object is an IP address containing the prefix with a length specified bybgp4PathAttrIpAddrPrefixLen. Any bits beyond the length specified bybgp4PathAttrIpAddrPrefixLen are zeroed out. IP Address Prefix Length (bits) (bgp4PathAttrIpAddrPrefixLen) Length, in bits, of the IP address prefix in the Network Layer ReachabilityInformation field. IP Address (bgp4PathAttrPeer) IP address of the peer from which the path information was learned. Origin of Path Information (bgp4PathAttrOrigin) Origin of the path information. AS Path Segment Sequence (bgp4PathAttrASPathSegment) Indicates the sequence of AS path segments. Border Router Address (bgp4PathAttrNextHop) Address of the border router that should be used for the destinationnetwork. Metrics to Disc. Multi. Exit Points (bgp4PathAttrMultiExitDisc) Metric used to decide between multiple exit points to anadjacent autonomous system. The value -1 indicates the absence of thisattribute. Degree of Preference (bgp4PathAttrLocalPref) Originating BGP4 speaker's degree of preference for an advertised route. The value -1 indicates the absence of this attribute. Route Selection (bgp4PathAttrAtomicAggregate) Indicates whether the local system has selected a less specific route. Route Aggregator AS No. (bgp4PathAttrAggregatorAS) AS number of the last BGP4 speaker that performed route aggregation. The value zero indicates the absence of this attribute. Route Aggregator IP Address (bgp4PathAttrAggregatorAddr) IP address of the last BGP4 speaker that performed route aggregation. The value 0.0.0.0 indicates the absence of this attribute. Calculated Degree of Preference (bgp4PathAttrCalcLocalPref) Degree of preference calculated by the receiving BGP4 speaker for anadvertised route. The value -1 indicates the absence of this attribute. Best BGP4 Route (bgp4PathAttrBest) Indicates whether this route was chosen as the best BGP4 route. Attribute Unknown (bgp4PathAttrUnknown) One or more path attributes not understood by this BGP4 speaker. Zero-lengthoctets indicate the absence of such attributes. Octets beyond the maximum size are not recorded by this object.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Boot_Configuration.htm TITLE=Boot Configuration TEXT=Boot Configuration Device > Configure > Boot Configuration The Boot Configuration dialog box provides information on the configuration register and boot image(s) for the active processor card. This dialog box displays the following data: Current Config Register: Boot With (ceExtConfigRegister) ROM Monitor Console Line Speed (bps) (Console Line Speed) Config Register at Next Boot: Next Boot With ( ceExtConfigRegNext) ROM Monitor Console Line Speed (bps) (Next Console Line Speed) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Current Config Register: Boot With (ceExtConfigRegister) Configuration register value the processor card booted with. ROM Monitor Console Line Speed (Console Line Speed) Indicates the line speed of the processor card. Config Register at Next Boot: Next Boot With (ceExtConfigRegNext) Configuration register value the processor card will next boot with. After this reboot, the object has the same value as ceExtConfigRegister. ROM Monitor Console Line Speed (Next Console Line Speed) Indicates the line speed of the processor card.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Configuration.htm TITLE=Configuration TEXT=Configuration Device > Configure > Redundancy Framework Subsystem > Configuration From this dialog box, you can configure the settings for the Redundancy Framework subsystem. The following information is displayed: Redundancy Mode (cRFCfgRedundancyMode) Redundancy Mode Descr (cRFCfgRedundancyModeDescr) Maintenance Mode (cRFCfgMaintenanceMode) Notifications Enabled (cRFCfgNotifsEnabled) Admin Action Command (cRFCfgAdminAction) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Redundancy Mode (cRFCfgRedundancyMode) Indicates the redundancy type currently in effect. Redundancy Mode Descr (cRFCfgRedundancyModeDescr) Further describes the redundancy mode indicated bycRFCfgRedundancyMode. Implementation-specific terminology associated with thecurrent redundancy mode may be presented here. Maintenance Mode (cRFCfgMaintenanceMode) Indicates whether redundant units can exchange synchronization messages witheach other: When the value of this object is true , the redundant system is considered to bein a maintenance mode of operation. When the value of this object is false , theredundant system is considered to be in a normal (non-maintenance) mode ofoperation. In maintenance mode, the active unit does not communicate with thestandby unit, and standby unit progression does not occur. When maintenance modeis disabled, the standby unit is reset to recover. Notifications Enabled (cRFCfgNotifsEnabled) Allows the enabling/disabling of Redundancy Framework subsystem notifications. Admin Action Command (cRFCfgAdminAction) Used to launch Redundancy Framework subsystem action commands. The commands areuseful for maintenance and software upgrade activities.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Create_Delete_SPAN.htm TITLE=Create SPAN TEXT=Create SPAN To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > SPAN (Switch Port Analyzer) . With an entry selected, click Create . From this dialog box, you can create a new entry in portCopyTable. The following information is displayed: SPAN Type (portCopySessionType) Data Source Source (portCopySource) Destination (portCopyDest) Direction (portCopyDirection) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. SPAN Type (portCopySessionType) Indicates the span session type: The value remoteSource refers to a session where traffic is copied from the source port to a RSPAN VLAN as its destination port. The value remoteDestination refers to a session where traffic is copied froma RSPAN VLAN tothe destination port. When the value of this object is local , both source and destination ports reside on the sameswitch. When the value of this object is notSpecified , the agent determines the span session type for a set operation.A read operation returns one of the other span session types. If the associated portCopyStatus object is set to active , then this objectcannot be modified. Data Source Indicates whether a port or VLAN is the data source. Source (portCopySource) Indicates the port number of the source port, with values structured as follows: module/port. For example, the value 3/4 represents the third module on the fourth port. Destination (portCopyDest) Indicates the port number of the destination port, with values structured as follows: module/port. For example, the value 3/4 represents the third module on the fourth port. Direction (portCopyDirection) Specifies the direction in which traffic is copied from a switch source port for the indicated port copy operation: When the value of this object is copyRxOnly(1) , only traffic received on the indicated source port is copied to the indicated destination port. When the value of this object is copyTxOnly(2) , only traffic transmitted from the indicated source port is copied to the indicated destination port. When the value of this object is copyBoth(3) , all traffic received on or transmitted from the indicated source port is copied to the indicated destination port. The creation and deletion of instances of this object is controlled by portCopyRowStatus. Note that there is no guarantee that changing the value of this object while the value of the associated portCopyRowStatus object is set to active will not cause traffic discontinuities in the packet stream.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Authenticator_PAE_Configuration.htm TITLE=Authenticator PAE Configuration TEXT=Authenticator PAE Configuration Port > Configure > Authenticator PAE Configuration The Port Access Entity (PAE) that performs authentication before allowing access to services available through a particular port is referred to as the authenticator PAE. In the authenticator role, the PAE is responsible for communicating with the supplicant and forwarding the information received from the supplicant to a suitable authentication server, in order to verify the credentials and determine the appropriate authorization state. Keep in mind that the functionality of the authenticator PAE is independent of the actual authentication method. It merely acts as an intermediary for the authentication exchange. The following information is displayed: Authenticator State (dot1xAuthPaeState) Backend Authenticator State (dot1xAuthBackendAuthState) Admin Controlled Directions (dot1xAuthAdminControlledDirections) Operational Controlled Directions (dot1xAuthOperControlledDirections) Controlled Port Status (dot1xAuthAuthControlledPortStatus) Controlled Port Control (dot1xAuthAuthControlledPortControl) Quiet Period (dot1xAuthQuietPeriod) Tx Period (dot1xAuthTxPeriod) Supplicant Timeout (dot1xAuthSuppTimeout) Server Timeout (dot1xAuthServerTimeout) Maximum Requests (dot1xAuthMaxReq) Re Authentication Timeout (dot1xAuthReAuthPeriod) Re Authentication Enabled (dot1xAuthReAuthEnabled) Key Tx Enabled (dot1xAuthKeyTxEnabled) Last EAPOL Frame Version (dot1xAuthLastEapolFrameVersion) Last EAPOL Frame Source (dot1xAuthLastEapolFrameSource) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue . Click Apply to make changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to reload the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. Authenticator State (dot1xAuthPaeState) Current value of the Authenticator PAE state machine. Backend Authenticator State (dot1xAuthBackendAuthState) Current state of the Backend Authentication state machine. Admin Controlled Directions (dot1xAuthAdminControlledDirections) Current value of the administratively controlled directions parameter for this port. Operational Controlled Directions (dot1xAuthOperControlledDirections) Current value of the operationally controlled directions parameter for this port. Controlled Port Status (dot1xAuthAuthControlledPortStatus) Current value of the controlled port status parameter for this port. Controlled Port Control (dot1xAuthAuthControlledPortControl) Current value of the controlled port control parameter for this port. Note: This object cannot be modified on a channeling port. Quiet Period (dot1xAuthQuietPeriod) Value, in seconds, of the quietPeriod constant currently in use by the Authenticator PAE state machine. Tx Period (dot1xAuthTxPeriod) Value, in seconds, of the txPeriod constant currently in use by the Authenticator PAE state machine. Supplicant Timeout (dot1xAuthSuppTimeout) Value, in seconds, of the suppTimeout constant currently in use by the Backend Authentication state machine. Server Timeout (dot1xAuthServerTimeout) Value, in seconds, of the serverTimeout constant currently in use by the Backend Authentication state machine. Maximum Requests (dot1xAuthMaxReq) Value of the maxReq constant currently in use by the Backend Authentication state machine. Re Authentication Timeout (dot1xAuthReAuthPeriod) Value, in seconds, of the reAuthPeriod constant currently in use by the Reauthentication Timer state machine. Re Authentication Enabled (dot1xAuthReAuthEnabled) Enable/disable control used by the Reauthentication Timer state machine. Key Tx Enabled (dot1xAuthKeyTxEnabled) Value of the Key Transmission–enabled constant currently in use by the Authenticator PAE state machine. Last EAPOL Frame Version (dot1xAuthLastEapolFrameVersion) Protocol version number carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame. Last EAPOL Frame Source (dot1xAuthLastEapolFrameSource) Source MAC address carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Entity_Physical_Info.htm TITLE=Entity Physical Info. TEXT=Entity Physical Info. Power Supply > Configure > Entity Physical Info. This dialog box provides information on a device's power supply entity. The following information is displayed: Index (entPhysicalIndex) Name (entPhysicalName) Description (entPhysicalDescr) Model Name (entPhysicalModelName) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (entPhysicalIndex) Indicates the index of this power supply entity. Name (entPhysicalName) Textual name of the physical entity. The value of this object is the name of the component, as assigned by the local device, and is suitable for use in commands entered at the device console. Description (entPhysicalDescr) Textual description of the physical entity. This object should identify the manufacturer of the physical entity and be set to a distinct value for each version or model of the physical entity. Model Name (entPhysicalModelName) Vendor-specific model name identifier string associated with this physicalcomponent. The preferred value is the part number string printed on thecomponent itself (if present).
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/HSRP_Configuration.htm TITLE=Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) Configuration TEXT=Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) Configuration Port > Configure > HSRP Configuration The following information is displayed: Timeout for rows (cHsrpConfigTimeout) Group Number (cHsrpGrpNumber) Authentication String (cHsrpGrpAuth) Group Priority (cHsrpGrpPriority) Preempt (cHsrpGrpPreempt) Preempt Delay (cHsrpGrpPreemptDelay) Timers Configured (cHsrpGrpUseConfiguredTimers) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. With an entry selected, click Timers to launch the HSRP Group Timers dialog box. With an entry selected, click Status to launch the HSRP Group Status dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Timeout for rows (cHsrpConfigTimeout) Amount of time, in minutes, a row in cHsrpGrpTable can remain in a state otherthan active before being timed out. Group Number (cHsrpGrpNumber) This object, along with the ifIndex of a particular interface, uniquely identifiesan HSRP group. The numbers 0,1 and 2 are the only valid group numbers for Token Ringinterfaces. For other media types, valid group numbers range from 0 to 255. There is no relationship between groupsconfigured on different interfaces. The use of a group number on one interfacedoes not preclude the use of the same group number on a different interface. Moredetails can be found in RFC-2281. Authentication String (cHsrpGrpAuth) Unencrypted authentication string which is carried in all HSRPmessages. An authentication string mismatch prevents a router interface fromlearning the designated IP address or HSRP timer values from other HSRP-enabledrouters with the same group number. The function of this object is not to supply any sort of security-likeauthentication. Rather, it is intended to provide a sanity check. Group Priority (cHsrpGrpPriority) Helps select the active and the standby routers. Therouter with the highest priority is selected as the active router. Priorities rangefrom 0 to 255, where 0 is the lowest priority and 255 is the highestpriority. If two or more routers in a group have the same priority, the one with thehighest IP address of the interface is the active router. When the active routerfails to send a Hello message within a configurable period of time, the standbyrouter with the highest priority becomes the active router. A router with highest priority will only attempt to overthrow a lower priorityactive router if it is configured to preempt. But, if there is more than onerouter which is not active, the highest priority non-active router becomes thestandby router. Preempt (cHsrpGrpPreempt) When the value of this object is TRUE , it indicates that the current routerwill attempt tooverthrow a lower priority active router and become the activerouter. When the value of this object is FALSE , the current router will become the active router onlyif another router is not already active (or if an active router fails). Preempt Delay (cHsrpGrpPreemptDelay) Time difference between a router power up and the time it canactually start preempting the current active router. When a router first comes up, it does not have a complete routing table. If therouter is configured to preempt, then it will become the Active router, but it will not beable to provide adequate routing services. The solution to this problem is to allow fora configurable delay before the router actually preempts the currently activerouter. Timers Configured (cHsrpGrpUseConfiguredTimers) HSRP routers learn a group's Hellotime or Holdtime from hello messages. The Hellotime is used to determine the frequency of hello message generation when this router becomes the active or standby router. The Holdtime is the interval between the receipt of a Hello message and the presumption that the sending router has failed. If the value of this object is TRUE , the value of cHsrpGrpConfiguredHelloTime and cHsrpGrpConfiguredHoldTime are used. If the value of this object is FALSE , the Hellotime and Holdtime values are learned.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/HSRP_Group_Status.htm TITLE=Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) Group Status TEXT=Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) Group Status To access this dialog box: Select Port > Configure > HSRP Configuration . With an entry selected, click Status . This dialog box provides the HSRP status of a group on an interface. The following information is displayed: Virtual Ipaddress (cHsrpGrpVirtualIpAddr) Virtual Ipaddress Type (cHsrpGrpUseConfigVirtualIpAddr) Active Router (cHsrpGrpActiveRouter) Standby Router (cHsrpGrpStandbyRouter) HSRP State (cHsrpGrpStandbyState) Virtual Mac Address (cHsrpGrpVirtualMacAddr) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Virtual Ipaddress (cHsrpGrpVirtualIpAddr) Primary virtual IP address used by this group. If this address isconfigured (i.e., a non-zero IP address), this value is used. Otherwise, the agentwill attempt to learn the virtual address through a discovery process (whichscans hello messages). Virtual Ipaddress Type (cHsrpGrpUseConfigVirtualIpAddr) If the value of this object is true , cHsrpGrpVirtualIpAddr was configured. Otherwise,it indicates that cHsrpGrpVirtualIpAddr was learned. Active Router (cHsrpGrpActiveRouter) IP address of the current active router for this group. Standby Router (cHsrpGrpStandbyRouter) IP address of the current standby router for this group. HSRP State (cHsrpGrpStandbyState) Current HSRP state of this group on this interface. Virtual Mac Address (cHsrpGrpVirtualMacAddr) The MAC addresses used are specified in RFC-2281. For Ethernet and FDDI interfaces, MAC addresses will range from 00:00:0c:07:ac:00 to 00:00:0c:07:ac:ff. The last octet is the hexadecimal equivalent of cHsrpGrpNumber (0-255). Some Ethernet and FDDI interfaces allow a Unicast MAC address for each HSRP group. Certain Ethernet chipsets (LANCE Ethernet, VGANYLAN and QUICC Ethernet) only support a single Unicast MAC address. In this case, only one HSRP group is allowed. For Token Ring interfaces, the following three MAC addresses (functional addresses) are permitted: C0:00:00:01:00:00, C0:00:00:02:00:00, and C0:00:00:04:00:00.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/HSRP_Group_Timers.htm TITLE=Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) Group Timers TEXT=Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) Group Timers To access this dialog box: Select Port > Configure > HSRP Configuration . With an entry selected, click Timers . This dialog box provides information about the timers for a HSRP group on an interface. The following information is displayed: Configured HelloTime (cHsrpGrpConfiguredHelloTime) Configured HoldTime (cHsrpGrpConfiguredHoldTime) Learned HelloTime (cHsrpGrpLearnedHelloTime) Learned HoldTime (cHsrpGrpLearnedHoldTime) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Configured HelloTime (cHsrpGrpConfiguredHelloTime) If the value of cHsrpGrpUseConfiguredTimers is true ,cHsrpGrpConfiguredHelloTime is used whenthis router is an active router. Otherwise, the Hellotime learned from thecurrent active router is used. All routers on a particular LAN segment must usethe same Hellotime. Configured HoldTime (cHsrpGrpConfiguredHoldTime) If the value of cHsrpGrpUseConfiguredTimers is true , cHsrpGrpConfiguredHoldTime is used whenthis router is an active router. Otherwise, the Holdtime learned from thecurrent active router is used. All routers on a particular LAN segment shoulduse the same Holdtime. Also, the Holdtime should be at least three times thevalue of the Hellotime. Learned HelloTime (cHsrpGrpLearnedHelloTime) If the Hellotime is not configured on a router, it can be learned from the Hellomessages from active router, provided that the Hello message is authenticated. If theHellotime is not learned from a Hello message received from the active router and it isnot manually configured, a default value of 3 seconds is recommended. Learned HoldTime (cHsrpGrpLearnedHoldTime) If the Holdtime is not configured on a router, it can be learned from the Hello message from the active router. Holdtime should be learned only if the Hello message is authenticated. If the Holdtime is not learned and it is not manually configured, a default value of 10 seconds is recommended.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IP_Multicast_Route_Monitor.htm TITLE=IP Multicast Route Monitor TEXT=IP Multicast Route Monitor To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > IP Multicast Route Table . With an entry selected, click Monitor . This dialog box provides monitoring information for each IP Multicast Route Table entry. The following informationis displayed: Packets Received (ipMRoutePkts) Packets with different Interface (ipMRouteDifferentInIfPackets) Octets Received (ipMRouteOctets) Bps Forwarded (ciscoIpMRouteBps) In Rate-Limiting Limit (ciscoIpMRouteInLimit2) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Packets Received (ipMRoutePkts) Number of packets which this router has received from the specified sources andaddressed to the selected multicast group address. Packets with different Interface (ipMRouteDifferentInIfPackets) Number of packets which this router has received from the specified sources,addressed to the selected multicast group address, and not received from theinterface indicated by ipMRouteInIfIndex. Octets Received (ipMRouteOctets) Number of octets contained in IP datagrams which were received from thespecified sources, addressed to the selected multicast group address, and forwardedby this router. Bps Forwarded (ciscoIpMRouteBps) Bits per second forwarded by this router. This object is the sum of all forwardedbits during a one second interval. After each one second interval, the field is cleared. This object has been superseded by ciscoIpMRouteBps2 (which is the 64-bitversion of this object). In Rate-Limiting Limit (ciscoIpMRouteInLimit2) Incoming interface's limit for rate limiting data traffic, in Kbps.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IP_Multicast_Route_Table.htm TITLE=IP Multicast Route Table TEXT=IP Multicast Route Table Device > Configure > IP Multicast Route Table This dialog box provides multicast routing information for IP datagrams sent by particular sources to the IP multicast groups known by this router. The following information is displayed: Group Address (ipMRouteGroup) Source Address (ipMRouteSource) Source Mask (ipMRouteSourceMask) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. With an entry selected, click Detail to launch the IPM Route Details dialog box. With an entry selected, click Flags to launch the IPM Route Flag Information dialog box. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the IP Multicast Route Monitor dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Group Address (ipMRouteGroup) IP multicast group address for which this entry contains multicastrouting information. Source Address (ipMRouteSource) Network address which, when combined with the corresponding value ofipMRouteSourceMask, identifies the sources for which this entry containsmulticast routing information. Source Mask (ipMRouteSourceMask) Network mask which, when combined with the corresponding value ofipMRouteSource, identifies the sources for which this entry contains multicastrouting information.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IP_Multicast_Routing_Next_Hop_Table.htm TITLE=IP Multicast Routing Next Hop Table TEXT=IP Multicast Routing Next Hop Table Device > Configure > IP Multicast Routing Next Hop Table This dialog box provides information about the next hops on outgoing interfaces for routing IP multicast datagrams. The following information is displayed: Group Address (ipMRouteNextHopGroup) Source Address (ipMRouteNextHopSource) Source Mask (ipMRouteNextHopSourceMask) IfIndex (ipMRouteNextHopIfIndex) Next Hop Address (ipMRouteNextHopAddress) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. With an entry selected, click Detail to launch the IPM Next Hop Details dialog box. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the IPM Next Hop Monitor dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Group Address (ipMRouteNextHopGroup) IP multicast group for which this entry specifies a next hop on an outgoinginterface. Source Address (ipMRouteNextHopSource) Network address which, when combined with the corresponding value ofipMRouteNextHopSourceMask, identifies the sources for which this entry specifiesa next hop on an outgoing interface. Source Mask (ipMRouteNextHopSourceMask) Network mask which, when combined with the corresponding value ofipMRouteNextHopSource, identifies the sources for which this entry specifies anext hop on an outgoing interface. IfIndex (ipMRouteNextHopIfIndex) ifIndex value of the interface for this next hop's outgoing interface. Next Hop Address (ipMRouteNextHopAddress) Address of the next hop specific to this entry. For most interfaces, this isidentical to the value of ipMRouteNextHopGroup. NBMA interfaces, however, mayhave multiple next hop addresses for a single outgoing interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IPM_Next_Hop_Details.htm TITLE=Internet Protocol Multicasting (IPM) Next Hop Details TEXT=Internet Protocol Multicasting (IPM) Next Hop Details To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > IP Multicast Routing Next Hop Table . With an entry selected, click Detail . Thisdialog box provides information on entries in the IP Multicast Routing Next Hoptable. The following information is displayed: Next Hop State (ipMRouteNextHopState) Route Uptime (ipMRouteNextHopUpTime) Route Expiry Time (ipMRouteNextHopExpiryTime) Closest Member Hops (ipMRouteNextHopClosestMemberHops) Multicast Routing Protocol (ipMRouteNextHopProtocol) Mac Address Header (ciscoIpMRouteNextHopMacHdr) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Next Hop State (ipMRouteNextHopState) Indicates whether the outgoing interface and next hop represented by this entryis currently being used to forward IP datagrams. The value forwarding indicates that this entry is currently being used forthis purpose; the value pruned indicates that it is not. Route Uptime (ipMRouteNextHopUpTime) Amount of time since the multicast routing information represented by thisentry was learned by the router. Route Expiry Time (ipMRouteNextHopExpiryTime) Minimum amount of time remaining before this entry is aged out. The value 0 indicates that the entry is not subject to aging. Closest Member Hops (ipMRouteNextHopClosestMemberHops) Minimum number of hops between this router and any member of the IP multicastgroup reached via this next hop on this outgoing interface. Any IP multicastdatagrams which have a TTL less than this number of hops will not be forwardedto this next hop. Multicast Routing Protocol (ipMRouteNextHopProtocol) Routing mechanism through which this next hop was learned. Mac Address Header (ciscoIpMRouteNextHopMacHdr) Data link MAC address header for a multicast datagram; used for IP multicastfast switching.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IPM_Next_Hop_Monitor.htm TITLE=Internet Protocol Multicasting (IPM) Next Hop Monitor TEXT=Internet Protocol Multicasting (IPM) Next Hop Monitor To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > IP Multicast Routing Next Hop Table . With an entry selected, click Monitor . From this dialog box, you can monitor information for each entry in the IP Multicast Next Hop Route table. The following information is displayed: Packets forwarded (ipMRouteNextHopPkts) Out Rate-Limiting Limit (ciscoIpMRouteNextHopOutLimit) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Packets forwarded (ipMRouteNextHopPkts) Number of packets forwarded using this route. Out Rate-Limiting Limit (ciscoIpMRouteNextHopOutLimit) An outgoing interface's limit for rate limiting data traffic, in kilobits persecond.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IPM_Route_Details.htm TITLE=Internet Protocol Multicasting (IPM) Route Details TEXT=Internet Protocol Multicasting (IPM) Route Details To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > IP Multicast Route Table . With an entry selected, click Detail . The IPM Route Details dialog displays detailed information for the IP Multicast Route Table entries. The following information is displayed: Upstream Neighbor (ipMRouteUpstreamNeighbor) In Interface (ipMRouteInIfIndex) Route Uptime (ipMRouteUpTime) Route Expiry Time (ipMRouteExpiryTime) Multicast Routing Protocol (ipMRouteProtocol) Routing Protocol (ipMRouteRtProto) Address portion used for forwarding (ipMRouteRtAddress) Mask used for forwarding (ipMRouteRtMask) Route Type (ipMRouteRtType) Best Metric (ciscoIpMRouteMetric) Metric Preference (ciscoIpMRouteMetricPreference) Route Last Used (ciscoIpMRouteLastUsed) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Upstream Neighbor (ipMRouteUpstreamNeighbor) The address of the upstream neighbor (for example, RPF neighbor) wherethe IP datagrams arereceived. If 0.0.0.0 appears, the upstream neighbor is unknown. In Interface (ipMRouteInIfIndex) The value of ifIndex for the interface where IP datagrams sent by thesesources to this multicast address are received. A value of 0 indicates thatdatagrams are not subject to an incoming interface check, but may be accepted onmultiple interfaces; for example, in CBT. Route Uptime (ipMRouteUpTime) The time when the router discovered the multicast routing information forthis entry. Route Expiry Time (ipMRouteExpiryTime) The time remaining before this entry will be timed out. Thevalue 0 indicates that the entry does not have a timeout. Multicast Routing Protocol (ipMRouteProtocol) The multicast routing protocol that was discovered for this entry. Inclusion of values for multicast routing protocolsdoes not mean that those protocols need to be supported. Routing Protocol (ipMRouteRtProto) The routing mechanism that was discovered for this entry. Inclusion of values for multicast routing protocolsdoes not mean that those protocols need to be supported. Address portion used for forwarding (ipMRouteRtAddress) The address portion of the route used for this multicast forwarding entry. Mask used for forwarding (ipMRouteRtMask) The mask associated with the route used for this multicast forwarding entry. Route Type (ipMRouteRtType) The reason the given route was placed in the (logical) multicast RIB. A valueof unicast means that the route would normally be placed only in the unicastRIB, but was placed in the multicast RIB (instead or in addition) due to localconfiguration; for example, when running PIM over RIP. A value of multicast meansthat the route was explicitly added to the multicast RIB by the routingprotocol, such as DVMRP or Multiprotocol BGP. Best Metric (ciscoIpMRouteMetric) The best metric heard from Assert messages. This object has beenreplaced by ciscoIpMRouteMetric2 in order to correctly represent a 32-bitunsigned metric value. Metric Preference (ciscoIpMRouteMetricPreference) The best metric preference heard from Assert messages. Route Last Used (ciscoIpMRouteLastUsed) Elapsed time since the last multicast packet was fastswitched.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IPM_Route_Flag_Information.htm TITLE=Internet Protocol Multicasting (IPM) Route Flag Information TEXT=Internet Protocol Multicasting (IPM) Route Flag Information To access this dialog box: Select Device > Configure > IP Multicast Route Table . With an entry selected, click Flags . The IPM Route Flag Information dialog box provides multicast routing informationflags for IP datagrams sent to the IP multicast groups known to the router. The following information is displayed: Prune Flag (ciscoIpMRoutePruneFlag) Sparse Flag (ciscoIpMRouteSparseFlag) Connected Flag (ciscoIpMRouteConnectedFlag) Local Flag (ciscoIpMRouteLocalFlag) Register Flag (ciscoIpMRouteRegisterFlag) RP Flag (ciscoIpMRouteRpFlag) SPT Flag (ciscoIpMRouteSptFlag) Join Flag (ciscoIpMRouteJoinFlag) MSDP Flag (ciscoIpMRouteMsdpFlag) Proxy Join Flag (ciscoIpMRouteProxyJoinFlag) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Prune Flag (ciscoIpMRoutePruneFlag) Indicates whether this route is pruned. A pruned route is one thathas an empty outgoing interface list or all interfaces are in Pruned state. Amulticast packet that matches a pruned route doesn't get forwarded. Sparse Flag (ciscoIpMRouteSparseFlag) Indicates PIM multicast routing protocol sparse-mode (versusdense-mode). In sparse-mode, packets are forwarded only out interfaces that havebeen joined. In dense-mode, they are forwarded out all interfaces that have notbeen pruned. Connected Flag (ciscoIpMRouteConnectedFlag) Indicates whether there is a directly connected member for a groupattached to the router. Local Flag (ciscoIpMRouteLocalFlag) Indicates whether local system is a member of a group on anyinterface. Register Flag (ciscoIpMRouteRegisterFlag) Indicates whether to send registers for the entry. A first hoprouter directly connected to a multicast source host, as well as a border routeron the boundary of two domains running different multicast routing protocols,encapsulates packets to be sent on the shared tree. This is done until the RPsends Joins back to this router. RP Flag (ciscoIpMRouteRpFlag) Indicates whether there is a Prune state for this source along theshared tree. SPT Flag (ciscoIpMRouteSptFlag) Indicates whether data is being received on the SPT tree (i.e., theShortest Path Tree). Join Flag (ciscoIpMRouteJoinFlag) Indicates whether this route is created due to SPT threshold. MSDP Flag (ciscoIpMRouteMsdpFlag) Indicates whether this route is discovered by MSDP. Proxy Join Flag (ciscoIpMRouteProxyJoinFlag) Indicates whether to send join for this entry.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Module_Status.htm TITLE=Module Status TEXT=Module Status Card > Configure > Module Status The Module Status dialog box lists entPhysicalTableentries for FRUs of type PhysicalClass module(9). The following information is displayed: Admin Status (cefcModuleAdminStatus) Operational Status (cefcModuleOperStatus) Reset Reason (cefcModuleResetReason) Status Last Change Time (cefcModuleStatusLastChangeTime) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Admin Status (cefcModuleAdminStatus) Administrative control status of the module. Operational Status (cefcModuleOperStatus) Operational state of the module. Reset Reason (cefcModuleResetReason) Reason for the last reset performed on the module. Status Last Change Time (cefcModuleStatusLastChangeTime) Timestamp of the last time the cefcModuleOperStatus was changed.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Multicast_Routing_Information.htm TITLE=Multicast Routing Information TEXT=Multicast Routing Information Port > Configure > Multicast Routing Information The Multicast Routing Information dialog box provides information aboutmulticast routing interfaces. The following information is displayed: TTL Threshold (ipMRouteInterfaceTtl) Routing Protocol (ipMRouteInterfaceProtocol) Rate -Limit (ipMRouteInterfaceRateLimit) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. TTL Threshold (ipMRouteInterfaceTtl) The datagram TTL threshold for the interface. Any IP multicast datagrams witha TTL less than this threshold will not be forwarded out the interface. Thedefault value of 0 means all multicast packets are forwarded out the interface. Routing Protocol (ipMRouteInterfaceProtocol) The routing protocol running on this interface. Rate -Limit (ipMRouteInterfaceRateLimit) The rate-limit, in kilobits per second, of forwarded multicast traffic on theinterface. A rate-limit of 0 indicates that no rate limiting is done.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/PAE_Port_Configuration.htm TITLE=PAE Port Configuration TEXT=PAE Port Configuration This dialog box provides information on the Port Access Entity (PAE) port associated with each port. Navigation Right-click the port and then select Configure > PAE Port Configuration . The following information is displayed: Protocol Version (dot1xPaePortProtocolVersion) Port Capabilities (dot1xPaePortCapabilities) Port Initialization (dot1xPaePortInitialize) Port Re authentication (dot1xPaePortReauthenticate) Multiple-Host Support (cpaeMultipleHost) Port Mode (cpaePortMode) Guest VLAN No. (cpaeGuestVlanNumber) Guest VLAN (cpaeInGuestVlan) Protocol Version (dot1xPaePortProtocolVersion) Protocol version associated with this port. Port Capabilities (dot1xPaePortCapabilities) Displays PAE functionality that this port supports and may bemanaged through this MIB. Port Initialization (dot1xPaePortInitialize) Initialization control for this port. Setting this attribute to TRUE causesthe port to be initialized. The attribute value reverts to FALSE onceinitialization has completed. Port Re authentication (dot1xPaePortReauthenticate) Reauthentication control for this port. Setting this attribute to TRUEcauses the Authenticator PAE state machine for the port to reauthenticate theSupplicant. Setting this attribute to FALSE has no effect. This attribute alwaysreturns FALSE when it is read. Multiple-Host Support (cpaeMultipleHost) Specifies whether the port allows multiple-host connection or not. Port Mode (cpaePortMode ) Specifies the current mode of dot1x operation on the port. There are three possible values: singleHost(1) : The port allows one host to connect and authenticate. multiHost(2) : The port allows multiple hosts to connect. Once a host is authenticated, all remaining hosts are also authorized. multiAuth(3) : The port allows multiple hosts, secured by the Port Security feature, to connect. The number of hosts that can be authorized is specified by the portSecurityTable's portSecurityMaxSrcAddr object. Guest VLAN No. (cpaeGuestVlanNumber ) Specifies the Guest VLAN of the interface. An interface in singleHost(1) mode is moved to its Guest VLAN if its access is unsucessfully authenticated. A value of zero indicates that no Guest VLAN is configured for the interface. Guest VLAN (cpaeInGuestVlan ) Indicates whether the interface is in its Guest VLAN.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Power_Status.htm TITLE=Power Status TEXT=Power Status You can access this dialog box in one of two ways: Select Card > Configure > Power Status . Select PowerSupply > Configure > Power Status . The Power Status dialog box indicates the power status of modules and power supplies. The following information is displayed: Admin Status (cefcFRUPowerAdminStatus) Operational Status (cefcFRUPowerOperStatus) Current Required/Current Supplied (cefcFRUCurrent) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Admin Status (cefcFRUPowerAdminStatus) Desired administrative FRU power state. Operational Status (cefcFRUPowerOperStatus) Operational FRU power state. Current Required/Current Supplied (cefcFRUCurrent) Current supplied by the FRU (positive values) or current required to operatethe FRU (negative values). Current Supplied is displayed for all power supplies.Current Required is displayed for all other modules.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Power_Supply_Group_Configuration.htm TITLE=Power Supply Group Configuration TEXT=Power Supply Group Configuration Power Supply Bay > Configure The Power Supply Group Configuration dialog box displaysinformation about all power supplies in the chassis. The following information is displayed: Redundancy Mode (cefcPowerRedundancyMode) Total Available Current (cefcTotalAvailableCurrent) Total Drawn Current (cefcTotalDrawnCurrent) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Redundancy Mode (cefcPowerRedundancyMode) Power-supply redundancy mode. Total Available Current (cefcTotalAvailableCurrent) Total current available FRU usage. When cefcPowerRedundancy is redundant(1), the total current available is the capability of a power supply with the lesser power capability of the twopower supplies. When cefcPowerRedundancy is combined(2), the total current available is the sum of the capacities of all operating power supplies. Total Drawn Current (cefcTotalDrawnCurrent) Total current drawn by FRUs that are powered on.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Processor_Information.htm TITLE=Processor Information TEXT=Processor Information Supervisor Card > Configure > Processor Information The Processor Information dialog box provides informationabout the processors found in the supervisor cards. The following information is displayed: RAM Size (ceExtProcessorRam) NVRAM Size (ceExtNVRAMSize) NVRAM Used (ceExtNVRAMUsed) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. RAM Size (ceExtProcessorRam) Total number of bytes of RAM available on the processor. NVRAM Size (ceExtNVRAMSize) Total number of bytes of NVRAM in the entity. A value of 0 for this object means the entity does not support NVRAM;or NVRAMinformation is not available. NVRAM Used (ceExtNVRAMUsed) Number of bytes of NVRAM in use. If the total number of NVRAM bytes is 0,this entry is not applicable.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Protocols.htm TITLE=Protocols TEXT=Protocols Device > Configure > Protocols The Protocols dialog box serves as a launching point for the BGP4 and the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) configuration dialog boxes. The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. With a protocol selected, click Details to launch the main configuration dialog box for that protocol.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Queue_Information.htm TITLE=Queue Information TEXT=Queue Information Port > Configure > Queue Information This Queue Information dialog box describes the queues on an interface. The following information is displayed: Queue Type (cQIfQType) Queue Limit (cQIfTxLimit) No of Sub Queues (cQIfSubqueues) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Queue Type (cQIfQType) Type of queuing used in the Hold Queue. Queuing Types Description First In First Out Transmitsmessages in the order that they are received. Priority Messages in a higher priority queue are sent before messages in a lower priority queue. Custom Messages are sorted according to access lists. Sub-queues Sub-queues are selected in round robin order as either the sub-queue isdrained or a given number of octets is moved from the sub-queue to thetransmission queue. Weighted Fair Messages are sorted by 'conversation', which issource-destination pair of addresses and sockets or ports, as defined by thenetwork layer protocol. Messages are removed from queues in a sequence thatgives each conversation a proportion of the available bandwidth. Queue Limit (cQIfTxLimit) The maximum number of messages placed into the hardware transmission queue.This is a first come first serve queue, fed by the hold queue. If the hold queuecontains information, this queue is presumably full. No of Sub Queues (cQIfSubqueues) The number of sub-queues of which the hold queue is built. This is a constantfor each value of cQIfQType.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/RMON_High_Capacity_Statistics1.htm TITLE=RMON High Capacity Statistics - Part I TEXT=RMON High Capacity Statistics - Part I To access this dialog box: Select Device > Monitor > RMON . With an entry selected, click Monitor. Select RMON High Capacity Statistics - Part I . The RMON High Capacity Statistics dialog box provides high counter RMON values. The following information is displayed: Total Packets (etherStatsHighCapacityPkts) Total Octets (etherStatsHighCapacityOctets) etherStatsPkts Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowPkts) etherStatsOctets Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowOctets) etherStatsPkts64Octets Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowPkts64Octets) etherStatsPkts65to127Octets Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowPkts65to127Octets) etherStatsPkts128to255Octets Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowPkts128to255Octets) etherStatsPkts256to511Octets Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowPkts256to511Octets) etherStatsPkts512to1023Octets Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowPkts512to1023Octets) etherStatsPkts1024to1518Octets Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowPkts1024to1518Octets) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Total Packets (etherStatsHighCapacityPkts) The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, andmulticast packets) received. Total Octets (etherStatsHighCapacityOctets) The total number of octets of data (including those in bad packets) receivedon the network. This number excludes framing bits but includes FCS octets). If the network is half-duplex Fast Ethernet, this object can be used as areasonable estimate of utilization. If greater precision is desired, theetherStatsHighCapacityPkts and etherStatsHighCapacityOctets objects should besampled before and after a common interval. The differences in the sampledvalues are Pkts and Octets, respectively, and the numberof seconds in the interval is Interval. These values are used to calculate theUtilization as follows: Utilization = {Pkts * (.96 + .64) + (Octets *.08)}/{Interval * 10,000} The result of this equation is the value Utilization which is the percentutilization of the ethernet segment on a scale of 0 to 100 percent. This table is not appropriate for monitoring full-duplex ethernets. If thenetwork is a full-duplex ethernet and the mediaIndependentTable is monitoringthat network, the utilization can be calculated as follows: Determine the utilization of the inbound path by using the appropriate equation (for ethernet or fast ethernet) to determine the utilization, substituting mediaIndependentInPkts for etherStatsHighCapacityPkts, and mediaIndependentInOctets for etherStatsHighCapacityOctets. Call the resulting utilization inUtilization. Determine the utilization of the outbound path by using the same equation to determine the utilization, substituting mediaIndependentOutPkts for etherStatsHighCapacityPkts, and mediaIndependentOutOctetss for etherStatsHighCapacityOctets. Call the resulting utilization outUtilization. The utilization is the maximum of inUtilization and outUtilization. This metric shows the amount of percentage of bandwidth that is left before congestion will be experienced on the link. etherStatsPkts Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowPkts) Number of times the associated etherStatsPkts counter has overflowed. etherStatsOctets Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowOctets) Number of times the associated etherStatsOctets counter has overflowed. etherStatsPkts64Octets Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowPkts64Octets) Number of times the associated etherStatsPkts64Octets counter hasoverflowed. etherStatsPkts65to127Octets Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowPkts65to127Octets) Number of times the associated etherStatsPkts65to127Octets counterhas overflowed. etherStatsPkts128to255Octets Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowPkts128to255Octets) Number of times the associatedetherStatsPkts128to255Octets counter has overflowed. etherStatsPkts256to511Octets Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowPkts256to511Octets) Number of times the associated etherStatsPkts256to511Octets counter hasoverflowed. etherStatsPkts512to1023Octets Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowPkts512to1023Octets) Number of times the associated etherStatsPkts512to1023Octets counter hasoverflowed. etherStatsPkts1024to1518Octets Overflow (etherStatsHighCapacityOverflowPkts1024to1518Octets) Number of times the associated etherStatsPkts1024to1518Octets counter hasoverflowed
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/RMON_High_Capacity_Statistics2.htm TITLE=RMON High Capacity Statistics - Part II TEXT=RMON High Capacity Statistics - Part II To access this dialog box: Select Device > Monitor > RMON . With an entry selected, click Monitor. Select RMON High Capacity Statistics - Part II . TheRMON High Capacity Statistics dialog box provides the high counter RMON values. The following information is displayed: Packets - 64 Octets (etherStatsHighCapacityPkts64Octets) Packets - (65 - 127) Octets (etherStatsHighCapacityPkts65to127Octets) Packets - (128 - 255) Octets (etherStatsHighCapacityPkts128to255Octets) Packets - (256 - 511) Octets (etherStatsHighCapacityPkts256to511Octets) Packets - (512 - 1023) Octets (etherStatsHighCapacityPkts512to1023Octets) Packets - (1024 - 1518) Octets (etherStatsHighCapacityPkts1024to1518Octets) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: To specify the refresh rate for this dialog box, select a value from the drop-down box. Click Start/Stop to begin/end device monitoring. Note: The Start/Stop toggle feature is supported by CiscoView 5.3 and later. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Packets - 64 Octets (etherStatsHighCapacityPkts64Octets) Total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were 64 octetsin length. This number excludes framing bits but includes FCS octets. Packets - (65 - 127) Octets (etherStatsHighCapacityPkts65to127Octets) Total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were between 65and 127 octets in length inclusive. This number excludes framing bits butincludes FCS octets. Packets - (128 - 255) Octets (etherStatsHighCapacityPkts128to255Octets) Total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were between128 and 255 octets in length inclusive. This number excludes framing bits butincludes FCS octets. Packets - (256 - 511) Octets (etherStatsHighCapacityPkts256to511Octets) Total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were between256 and 511 octets in length inclusive. This number excludes framing bits butincludes FCS octets. Packets - (512 - 1023) Octets (etherStatsHighCapacityPkts512to1023Octets) Total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were between512 and 1023 octets in length inclusive. This number excludes framing bits butincludes FCS octets. Packets - (1024 - 1518) Octets (etherStatsHighCapacityPkts1024to1518Octets) Total number of packets (including bad packets) received that were between1024 and 1528 octets in length inclusive. This number excludes framing bits butincludes FCS octets.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Sensors.htm TITLE=Sensors TEXT=Sensors Device > Configure > Sensors The Sensors dialog box provides information about the sensorspresent on the device. The following information is displayed: Sensor (entPhysicalDescr) Sensor Type (entSensorType) Sensor Scale (entSensorScale) Sensor Precision (entSensorPrecision) Sensor Value (entSensorValue) Sensor Status (entSensorStatus) Sensor Measured (entSensorValueTimeStamp) Update Rate (entSensorValueUpdateRate) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Sensor (entPhysicalDescr) Description or name of sensor. Sensor Type (entSensorType) Type of data reported by the entSensorValue. This variable is set by theagent at start-up and the value does not change during operation. Sensor Scale (entSensorScale) Exponent to apply to sensor values reported by entSensorValue. This variableis set by the agent at start-up and the value does not change during operation. Sensor Precision (entSensorPrecision) Number of decimal places of precision in fixed-point sensor values reportedby entSensorValue. This variable is set to 0 when entSensorType is not afixed-point type: voltsAC(1), voltsDC(2), amperes(3), watts(4), hertz(5),celsius(6), or cmm(9). Sensor Value (entSensorValue) Recent measurement seen by the sensor.To correctly display or interpret thisvariable's value, you must also know entSensorType, entSensorScale, andentSensorPrecision. entSensorValue can be compared with the threshold valuesgiven in entSensorThresholdTable without any semantic knowledge. Sensor Status (entSensorStatus) Present operational status of the sensor. Sensor Measured (entSensorValueTimeStamp) Timestamp of the value reported by entSensorValue. Update Rate (entSensorValueUpdateRate) Type of data reported by the entSensorValue. This variable is set by theagent at start-up and the value does not change during operation.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Snmp_Engine_Details.htm TITLE=SNMP Engine Details TEXT=SNMP Engine Details Device > Configure > SNMP Engine Details This dialog box provides SNMP engine detail information for the agent. The following information is displayed: SNMP Engine Id (snmpEngineID) Number of Times SNMP Engine Rebooted (snmpEngineBoots) Time since last Engine Boot (snmpEngineTime) SNMP Engine Maximum Message Size (snmpEngineMaxMessageSize) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. SNMP Engine Id (snmpEngineID) Uniqueidentifier for the SNMP engine. Number of Times SNMP Engine Rebooted (snmpEngineBoots) Indicatesthe number of times the SNMP engine has been rebooted. Time since last Engine Boot (snmpEngineTime) Indicatesthe number of seconds since the SNMP engine was last booted. SNMP Engine Maximum Message Size (snmpEngineMaxMessageSize) Specifiesthe maximum length of SNMP engine messages.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Status.htm TITLE=Status TEXT=Status Device > Configure > Redundancy Framework Subsystem > Status This dialog box indicates the status of theRedundancy Framework (RF) subsystem on thedevice. The following information is displayed: Duplex State (cRFStatusDuplexMode) Active Supervisor Slot Number (cRFStatusUnitId) Active Supervisor State (cRFStatusUnitState) Standby Supervisor Slot Number (cRFStatusPeerUnitId) Standby Supervisor State (cRFStatusPeerUnitState) Primary Mode (cRFStatusPrimaryMode) Manual Swact Inhibit (cRFStatusManualSwactInhibit) Swact Reason Code (cRFStatusLastSwactReasonCode) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Duplex State (cRFStatusDuplexMode) Indicates whether the redundant peer unit has been detected or not. Truemeans that it has been detected. Active Supervisor Slot Number (cRFStatusUnitId) A unique identifier for this redundant unit. This identifier isimplementation-specific but the method for selecting the ID must remainconsistent throughout the redundant system. Some example identifiers include:slot id, physical or logical entity id, or a unique ID assigned internally bythe RF subsystem. Active Supervisor State (cRFStatusUnitState) Current state of RF on this unit. Standby Supervisor Slot Number (cRFStatusPeerUnitId) Unique identifier for the redundant peer unit. This identifier isimplementation-specific but the method for selecting the ID must remainconsistent throughout the redundant system. Some example identifiers include:slot id, physical or logical mentity id, or a unique ID assigned internally bythe RF subsystem. Standby Supervisor State (cRFStatusPeerUnitState) Current state of RF on the peer unit. Primary Mode (cRFStatusPrimaryMode) When the value of this object is true , it indicates that thisunit is the primary unit. The primary unit is given a higher priority orprecedence over the secondary unit. Only one redundant unit can be the primaryunit at any given time. Note that the terms primary/secondary are not synonymous with the termsactive/standby. At any given time, the primary unit may be the active unit orthe standby unit; likewise for the secondary unit. Manual Swact Inhibit (cRFStatusManualSwactInhibit) Indicates whether a manual switch of activity is permitted. False means thatmanual switch of activity is allowed. The valuet is the inverse of the status ofmanual SWACTs. A switch of activity happens when the standby redundant unitbecomes active and the previously active unit is in standby mode. Swact Reason Code (cRFStatusLastSwactReasonCode) Reason for the last switch of activity.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Sub_Queue_Information.htm TITLE=Sub-Queue Information TEXT=Sub-Queue Information Port > Configure > Sub-Queue Information The Sub-Queue dialog box provides a table which lists sub-queuesfound on an interface. The following information is displayed: Queue Number (cQStatsQNumber) Queue Depth (cQStatsDepth) Queue Max Depth (cQStatsMaxDepth) No of Messages Discarded (cQStatsDiscards) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Queue Number (cQStatsQNumber) Number of the queue within the queue set: In FIFO queuing, this value is always 2. In Priority Queuing, it corresponds to the variouspriorities: high = 0 medium = 1 normal = 2 low = 3 In Custom Queuing, it is the queue numberreferenced in the access list. In Weighted Fair Queuing, it is the queue numberassociated with the traffic stream (conversation) identified. Queue Depth (cQStatsDepth) Number of messages in the sub-queue. Queue Max Depth (cQStatsMaxDepth) Maximum number of messages permitted in the sub-queue. No of Messages Discarded (cQStatsDiscards) Number of messages discarded from this queue since restart by reason ofenqueue at a time that cQStatsDepth > = cQStatsMaxDepth.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Switch_Port_Analyzer.htm TITLE=Switch Port Analyzer (SPAN) TEXT=Switch Port Analyzer (SPAN) Device > Configure > SPAN (Switch Port Analyzer) The Switch Port Analyzer dialog box contains a table with PortCopy information on the switch. Port Copy allows you to copy all frames from aspecified source to a specified destination within a switch. The following information is displayed: Span Type (portCopySessionType) Source Ports/VLANs (portCopySource) Destination Port (portCopyDest) Direction (portCopyDirection) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Create to create a new entry. Click Delete to delete a new entry. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Span Type (portCopySessionType) Indicates the span session type.When the value of this object is local , both source and destination ports reside on the sameswitch. If the associated portCopyStatus object is set to active , then this objectcannot be modified. Source Ports/VLANs (portCopySource) Indicates the port number of the source port, with values structured as follows: module/port. For example, the value 3/4 represents the third module on the fourth port. Destination Port (portCopyDest) Indicates the port number of the destination port, with values structured as follows: module/port. For example, the value 3/4 represents the third module on the fourth port. Direction (portCopyDirection) Specifies the direction in which traffic is copied from a switch source portfor the indicated port copy operation: When the value of this object is copyRxOnly(1) , only traffic received on the indicated source port is copied to the indicated destination port. When the value of this object is copyTxOnly(2) , only traffic transmitted from the indicated source port is copied to the indicated destination port. When the value of this object is copyBoth(3) , all traffic received on or transmitted from the indicated source port is copied to the indicated destination port. The creation and deletion of instances of this object is controlled byportCopyRowStatus. Note that there is no guarantee that changing the value ofthis object while the value of the associated portCopyRowStatus object is set to active will not cause traffic discontinuities in the packet stream.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Switch_Port_Interface_Mode.htm TITLE=Switch Port Interface Mode TEXT=Switch Port Interface Mode Port > Configure > Switch Port Interface Mode The Switch Port Interface Mode dialog box allows you to configure or view the switch port interface information for a specificinterface. The following information is displayed: Admin Mode (cL2L3IfModeAdmin) Operational Mode (cL2L3IfModeOper) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Admin Mode (cL2L3IfModeAdmin) The administrative interface mode. Operational Mode (cL2L3IfModeOper) The operational interface mode.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Timers.htm TITLE=Timers TEXT=Timers Device > Configure > Redundancy Framework Subsystem … > Timers The Timers dialog box allows configuration of timers forthe Redundancy Framework subsystem. The following information is displayed: Keepalive Threshold (cRFCfgKeepaliveThresh) Keepalive Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimer) RF Notification Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgNotifTimer) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Keepalive Threshold (cRFCfgKeepaliveThresh) On platforms that support keep-alives, this object designates the number of lost keep-alives tolerated before a failure condition is declared. If this occurs, a SWACT notification is sent. Note: This value is notapplicable for platforms that do not support keep-alives. Keepalive Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgKeepaliveTimer) The value of this object is used to guard against lost keep-alives. The Redundancy Frameworksubsystem expects to receive a keep-alive within this period. If a keep-alive isnot received within this time period, a SWACT notification is sent. Note: This value is notapplicable for platforms that do not support keep-alives. RF Notification Timer (milliseconds) (cRFCfgNotifTimer) As the standby unit progresses to the standbyHot state,asynchronous messages are sent from the active unit to the standby unit. Thesemessages must then be acknowledged by the standby unit. If the active unitreceives acknowledgement during the time period specified by this object,progression proceeds as normal. If the timer expires and an acknowledgement isnot received by the active unit, a switch of activity occurs. Note: The term notification refers to a Redundancy Framework notification, not anSNMP notification.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Port_Security.htm TITLE=Port Security TEXT=Port Security You can use the port security feature to restrict input to an interface by limiting and identifying MAC addresses of the workstations that are allowed to access the port. When you assign secure MAC addresses to a secure port, the port does not forward packets with source addresses outside the group of defined addresses. If you limit the number of secure MAC addresses to one and assign a single secure MAC address, the workstation attached to that port is assured the full bandwidth of the port. This dialog box allows you to configure and view the global Port Security features. To configure Port Security features ona specific interface, see Port SecurityConfiguration . Navigation Right-click on the device and select Configure > Port Security . The following information appears: Maximum Secure MAC Addresses (cpsGlobalMaxSecureAddress) Total Secure MAC Addresses (cpsGlobalTotalSecureAddress) Port Security Status (cpsGlobalPortSecurityEnable) SNMP Notification Rate (cpsGlobalSNMPNotifRate) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Maximum Secure MAC Addresses (cpsGlobalMaxSecureAddress) Maximum number of secure MAC addresses allowed by the device. Total Secure MAC Addresses (cpsGlobalTotalSecureAddress) Total number of MAC addresses secured by the device. Port Security Status (cpsGlobalPortSecurityEnable) Global control to enable or disable port security feature on the device. SNMP Notification Rate (cpsGlobalSNMPNotifRate) Global control to set the SNMP notification rate for the port security feature. This object specifies the rate at which SNMP notifications are generated when the cpsIfViolationAction selected is of the type dropNotify . A value of 0 indicates that an SNMP notification is generated for every security violation.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Ether_Channel_Protocols.htm TITLE=Ether Channel Protocols TEXT=Ether Channel Protocols This dialog box lists the aggregation protocols supported by this device . Navigation Right-click on the device and select Configure > Ether Channel. Procedure Select a protocol (LACP or PAgP) by clicking the corresponding radio button. Click Details for more information about the associated ports using that protocol. The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/LACP_Agg.htm TITLE=LACP Ether Channel Aggregators TEXT=Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) Ether Channel Aggregators This dialog box displays a table containing information about all LACP aggregators present on the device. Navigation Right-click on the device and select Configure > Ether Channel . Select the LACP protocol radio button. Click Details . Select Aggregators . The following information appears: Index (dot3adAggIndex) MAC Address (dot3adAggMACAddress) Aggregator Type (dot3adAggAggregateOrIndividual) Actor System Priority(0..65535) (dot3adAggActorSystemPriority) Actor System ID (dot3adAggActorSystemID) Actor Admin Key (dot3adAggActorAdminKey) Actor Operational Key (dot3adAggActorOperKey) Partner System Priority (dot3adAggPartnerSystemPriority) Partner System ID (dot3adAggPartnerSystemID) Partner Operational Key (dot3adAggPartnerOperKey) Collector Maximum Delay (dot3adAggCollectorMaxDelay) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (dot3adAggIndex) Unique identifier assigned to this aggregator by the local system. Thisattribute identifies an aggregator instance among the subordinate managedobjects of the containing object. This value is read-only. MAC Address (dot3adAggMACAddress) A 6-octet read-only value carrying the individual MAC address assigned to theaggregator. Aggregator Type (dot3adAggAggregateOrIndividual) A read-only Boolean value indicating whether the aggregator represents anaggregate ( TRUE ) or an Individual link ( FALSE ). Actor System Priority(0..65535) (dot3adAggActorSystemPriority) A 2-octet read-write value indicating the priority value associated with theActor's system ID. Actor System ID (dot3adAggActorSystemID) A 6-octet read-write MAC address value used as a unique identifier for thesystem that contains this aggregator. Actor Admin Key (dot3adAggActorAdminKey) Current administrative value of the key for the aggregator. This is a 16-bit, read-write value. The meaning ofparticular key values is of local significance. Actor Operational Key (dot3adAggActorOperKey) The current operational value of the key for the aggregator. This is a 16-bit read-only value. The meaning of particularkey valuesis of local significance. Partner System Priority (dot3adAggPartnerSystemPriority) A 2-octet read-only value that indicates the priority value associated with thePartner's system ID. If the aggregation is manually configured, this systempriority value will be a value assigned by the local system. Partner System ID (dot3adAggPartnerSystemID) A 6-octet read-only MAC address value consisting of the unique identifier forthe current protocol Partner of this aggregator. A value of zero indicates thatthere is no known Partner. If the aggregation is manually configured, thissystem ID value will be a value assigned by the local system. Partner Operational Key (dot3adAggPartnerOperKey) The current operational value of the key for the aggregator's current protocolPartner. This is a 16-bit read-only value. If the aggregation is manuallyconfigured, this key value will be a value assigned by the local system. Collector Maximum Delay (dot3adAggCollectorMaxDelay) The value of this 16-bit read-write attribute defines the maximum delay, in tens of microseconds, that may be imposed by the Frame Collector between receiving a frame from an Aggregator Parser, and either delivering the frame to its MAC Client or discarding the frame.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/LACP_Config.htm TITLE=LACP Ether Channel Configuration TEXT=Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) Ether Channel Configuration This dialog box allows the configuration of global LACP parameters for this device. Navigation Right-click on the device and select Configure > Ether Channel . Select the LACP protocol radio button. Click Details . Select Configuration . The following information appears: Distribution Protocol (clagAggDistributionProtocol) Load balancing Address Mode (clagAggDistributionAddressMode) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Distribution Protocol (clagAggDistributionProtocol) Controls the type of protocol (MAC or IP) address used on this LACPinterface to distribute outgoing data frames among its component interfaces. Load balancing Address Mode (clagAggDistributionAddressMode) Load balancing address mode for the device.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/LACP_Details.htm TITLE=LACP Ether Channel Details TEXT=Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) Ether Channel Details This dialog box allows a user to add or view ports belonging to the ether channels, as well as create or delete new LACP ether channels. Navigation Right-click on the device and select Configure > Ether Channel . Select the LACP protocol radio button. Click Details . The following information appears: Channel Group # (dot3adAggActorAdminKey) Channel Index (dot3adAggIndex) Port List (Port List) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click Add Port(s) to launch an input box and add ports to the selected ether channel group. Click Show Member(s) to highlight the ports belonging to the selected ether channel in the chassis view. Click Hide Member(s) to restore the previous chassis view. Click Create Group... to create a new channel group. Click Delete Group... to delete the selected channel group. Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Channel Group # (dot3adAggActorAdminKey) Current administrative value of the Key for the Aggregator. This is a 16-bit, read-write value. The meaning ofparticular key values is of local significance. Channel Index (dot3adAggIndex) Unique identifier assigned to this aggregator by the local system. Thisattribute identifies an aggregator instance among the subordinate managedobjects of the containing object. This value is read-only. Port List (Port List) List of all associated LACP ports.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/LACP_Port_Actor_Config.htm TITLE=LACP Port Actor Configuration TEXT=Link Aggregation Control Protocal (LACP) Port Actor Configuration This dialog box provides configuration of actor variables of the port. Navigation Right-click the port (LACP) and select Configure > Ether Channel Configuration > Actor Configuration . The following information appears: System Priority (dot3adAggPortActorSystemPriority) System ID (dot3adAggPortActorSystemID) Admin Key (dot3adAggPortActorAdminKey) Operational Key (dot3adAggPortActorOperKey) Operational State (dot3adAggPortActorOperState) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. System Priority (dot3adAggPortActorSystemPriority) A 2-octet read-write value used to define the priority value associated with theactor's system ID. System ID (dot3adAggPortActorSystemID) A 6-octet read-only MAC address value that defines the value of the system IDfor the system that contains this aggregation port. Admin Key (dot3adAggPortActorAdminKey) Current administrative value of the key for the aggregation port. This is a16-bit read-write value. The meaning of particular key values is of localsignificance. Operational Key (dot3adAggPortActorOperKey) Current operational value of the key for the aggregation port. This is a16-bit read-only value. The meaning of particular key values is of localsignificance. Operational State (dot3adAggPortActorOperState) String of 8 bits, corresponding to the current operational values of Actor_State as transmitted by the actor in LACPDUs. This attribute value is read-only.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/LACP_Port_Config.htm TITLE=LACP Port Configuration TEXT=Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) Port Configuration This dialog box allows general LACP configuration of the port. Navigation Right-click on the port (LACP) and select Configure > Ether Channel Configuration > Configuration . The following information appears: LACP Mode (clagAggPortAdminStatus) Selected Aggregator ID (dot3adAggPortSelectedAggID) Attached Aggregator ID (dot3adAggPortAttachedAggID) Actor Port (dot3adAggPortActorPort) Actor Port Priority (dot3adAggPortActorPortPriority) Aggregation Port State (dot3adAggPortAggregateOrIndividual) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. LACP Mode (clagAggPortAdminStatus) Administrative status of the LACP protocol on this aggregation port. Selected Aggregator ID (dot3adAggPortSelectedAggID) Identifier value of the aggregator that this aggregation port currently has selected.A value of zero indicates that the aggregation port has not selected anaggregator, either because it is in the process of detaching from an aggregatoror because there is no suitable aggregator available for it to select. Thisvalue is read-only. Attached Aggregator ID (dot3adAggPortAttachedAggID) Identifier value of the aggregator that this aggregation port is currentlyattached to. The value of zero indicates that the aggregation port is not currently attachedto an aggregator. This value is read-only. Actor Port (dot3adAggPortActorPort) Port number locally assigned to the aggregation port. The port number iscommunicated in LACPDUs as the Actor_Port. This value is read-only. Actor Port Priority (dot3adAggPortActorPortPriority) Priority value assigned to this aggregation port. This 16-bit value isread-write. Aggregation Port State (dot3adAggPortAggregateOrIndividual) A read-only Boolean value indicating whether the aggregation port is able to aggregate ( Aggregate ) or is only able to operate as an individual link ( Individual ).
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/LACP_Port_Partner_Config.htm TITLE=LACP Port Partner Configuration TEXT=Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) Port Partner Configuration This dialog box provides configuration of Partner variables of the port. This dialog is only shown when there is a Partner configured. Navigation Right-click the port (LACP) and select Configure > Ether Channel Configuration > Partner Configuration . The following information appears: Admin System ID (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID) Operational System ID (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperSystemID) Admin Key (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminKey) Operational Key (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperKey) Admin Port (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminPort) Operational Port (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperPort) Admin Port Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority) Operational Port Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperPortPriority) Admin State (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminState) Operational State (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperState) Admin System Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority) Operational System Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperSystemPriority) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Admin System ID (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID) A 6-octet read-write MAC Address value representing the administrative value ofthe aggregation port's protocol Partner's system ID. The assigned value is used,along with the value of aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority,aAggPortPartnerAdminKey, aAggPortPartnerAdminPort, andaAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority, in order to achieve manually configuredaggregation. Operational System ID (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperSystemID) A 6-octet read-only MAC Address value representing the current value of theaggregation port's protocol Partner's system ID. A value of zero indicates thatthere is no known protocol Partner. The value of this attribute may contain themanually configured value carried in aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID if there is noprotocol Partner. Admin Key (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminKey) Current administrative value of the key for the protocol Partner. This is a16-bit read-write value. The assigned value is used, along with the value ofaAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority, aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID,aAggPortPartnerAdminPort, and aAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority, in order toachieve manually configured aggregation. Operational Key (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperKey) Current operational value of the key for the protocol Partner. The value ofthis attribute may contain the manually configured value carried inaAggPortPartnerAdminKey if there is no protocol Partner. This is a 16-bitread-only value. Admin Port (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminPort) Current administrative value of the port number for the protocol Partner.This is a 16-bit read-write value. The assigned value is used, along with thevalue of aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority, aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID,aAggPortPartnerAdminKey, and aAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority, in order toachieve manually configured aggregation. Operational Port (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperPort) Operational port number assigned to this aggregation port by the aggregationport's protocol Partner. The value of this attribute may contain the manuallyconfigured value carried in aAggPortPartnerAdminPort if there is no protocolPartner. This 16-bit value is read-only. Admin Port Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority) Current administrative value of the port priority for the protocol Partner.This is a 16-bit read-write value. The assigned value is used, along with thevalue of aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority, aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID,aAggPortPartnerAdminKey, and aAggPortPartnerAdminPort, in order to achievemanually configured aggregation. Operational Port Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperPortPriority) Priority value assigned to this aggregation port by the Partner. The valueof this attribute may contain the manually configured value carried inaAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority if there is no protocol Partner. This 16-bitvalue is read-only. Admin State (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminState) String of 8 bits, corresponding to the current administrative value ofActor_State for the protocol Partner. This attribute value is read-write. The assigned value is used inorder to achieve manually configured aggregation. Operational State (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperState) String of 8 bits, corresponding to the current values of Actor_State in themost recently received LACPDU transmitted by the protocol Partner. In the absence of an active protocolPartner, this value may reflect the manually configured valueaAggPortPartnerAdminState. This attribute value is read-only. Admin System Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority) A 2-octet read-write value used to define the administrative value of priorityassociated with the Partner's system ID. The assigned value is used, along withthe value of aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID, aAggPortPartnerAdminKey,aAggPortPartnerAdminPort, and aAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority, in order toachieve manually configured aggregation. Operational System Priority (dot3adAggPortPartnerOperSystemPriority) A 2-octet read-only value indicating the operational value of priority associated with the Partner's system ID. The value of this attribute may contain the manually configured value carried in aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority if there is no protocol Partner.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/NDE_Table_Create_Row.htm TITLE=Creating NDE Table Entry TEXT=Creating a Netflow Data Export Table Entry This dialog box allows the user to create a row in the Netflow Data Export table. Navigation Right-click on a Supervisor Engine IV card and select Configure > Netflow Data Export . Click the Create . The following information appears: Destination Address Type (cndeCollectorAddressType) Destination Address (cndeCollectorAddress) Destination Port (cndeCollectorPort) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Destination Address Type (cndeCollectorAddressType) Type of internet address used by this entry. Destination Address (cndeCollectorAddress) Internet address of the collector. This is the address which the netflowdata is exported to. Destination Port (cndeCollectorPort) Transport port of the collector which the netflow data is exported to.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Netflow_Data_Export.htm TITLE=Netflow Data Export TEXT=Netflow Data Export Netflow Data Export (NDE) refers to the export of Netflow data using UDPpackets to Netflow Data Collectors (NDCs). A NDC captures, filters, aggregates,and stores the data from multiple Netflow enabled devices. NDCs provide fast,scalable, and economical Netflow data. This dialog box displays a table to configure all NDCs. Navigation Right-click on a Supervisor Engine IV card and select Configure > Netflow Data Export . The following information appears: Max Entries in the Table (cndeMaxCollectors) Destination Address Type (cndeCollectorAddressType) Destination Address (cndeCollectorAddress) Destination Port (cndeCollectorPort) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Create to create a new row in the NDE Collector table. Click Delete to delete a selected row from the NDE Collector table. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Max Entries in the Table (cndeMaxCollectors) Maximum number of entries allowed in the cndeCollectorTable. A value of zero indicatesunlimited number of entries. The agent should set this value duringinitialization. The value for this object cannot be changed during the system'soperation. Destination Address Type (cndeCollectorAddressType) Type of internet address used by this entry. Destination Address (cndeCollectorAddress) Internet address of the collector. This is the address which the netflowdata is exported to. Destination Port (cndeCollectorPort) Transport port of the collector which the netflow data is exported to.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Ether_Channel_Port_Interface.htm TITLE=Interface TEXT=Interface Port > Configure > Ether Channel Configuration > Partner Configuration The Interface dialog box displays the following data: Name (ifName) Description (ifDescr) Index (ifIndex) Speed (ifSpeed) Mtu (ifMtu) Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Last Change (ifLastChange) Up/Down Traps (ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable) Aggregation Protocol (clagAggProtocolType) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Name (ifName) Textual name of the interface. Description (ifDescr) Textual description of the physical entity. This object contains a stringwhich identifies the manufacturer name, the product name, and the interfacehardware/software version. Index (ifIndex) A unique value, greater than zero, for each interface. Speed (ifSpeed) An estimate of the interface's current bandwidth, measured in bits persecond. Mtu (ifMtu) The size of the largest datagram which can be sent/received on the interface,specified in octets. For interfaces that transmit network datagrams, thisis the size of the largest network datagram that can be sent on the interface. Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) Address of the interface at its protocol sublayer. The media-specificMIB on the interface must define the bit and byte ordering and format ofthe value contained by this object. Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Chosen state for the interface. Note: For dual port ATM cards (Ws-X 5157, 5158, 5167, 5168, 5156,5166, 5161, 5162), the cadpStatAdminActivePhy MIB variable is used to performan active physical switch over. Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Current operational state of the interface. Last Change (ifLastChange) Value of sysUpTime when the interface entered its current operationalstate. If the current state was entered prior to the last reinitializationof the local network management subsystem, then this object contains avalue of "0". Up/Down Traps (ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable) Indicates whether a trap is sent to the addresses in the Trap Receiver tableevery time the port state changes from up to down. Aggregation Protocol (clagAggProtocolType) Aggregation protocol type for this interface. If an aggregation protocol is assigned to any of the ports in a group, then the aggregation protocol is applied to all the ports in that group. (A group is a collection of ports which belong to a module or system.) On some platforms, the aggregation protocol type can be assigned per aggregator.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Port_Security_MACtable.htm TITLE=Port Security: MAC Address Table TEXT=Port Security MAC Address Table This dialog box contains information about the set of MAC addresses securedon the interface. This dialog will be populated only when Port Security featureis enabled on the interface. Navigation Right-click on the port and select Configure > Port Security > MAC Address Table . The following information appears: MAC Address (cpsSecureMacAddress) Type (cpsSecureMacAddrType) Remaining Age (mins) (cpsSecureMacAddrRemainingAge) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Create to create a new row in the MAC Address table. Click Delete to delete a selected row from the MAC Address table. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. MAC Address (cpsSecureMacAddress) This object indicates a secure MAC address configured or learned on this interface. Type (cpsSecureMacAddrType) Indicates if the secure MAC address is a configured (static) orlearned (dynamic) address on this interface. Remaining Age (mins) (cpsSecureMacAddrRemainingAge) Indicates the remaining age of a secure MAC address if aging is enabled on that port. A value of 0 indicates that aging is disabled for this MAC address entry.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Port_Security_Config.htm TITLE=Port Security Configuration TEXT=Port Security Configuration This dialog box allows the user to configure PortSecurity features specific to an interface. The following guidelines should be followed for configuring the Port Securityfeature on an interface. A secure port cannot be a trunk port. A secure port cannot be a destination port for the Switch Port Analyzer (SPAN). A secure port cannot belong to an Ether Channel port-channel interface. A secure port cannot be an 802.1X port. If you try to enable 802.1X on a secure port, an error message appears, and 802.1X is not enabled. If you try to change an 802.1X-enabled port to a secure port, an error message appears, and the security settings are not changed. A secure port and static MAC address configuration are mutually exclusive. Navigation Right-click on the port and select Configure > Port Security > Configuration . The following information appears: Port Security Enable (cpsIfPortSecurityEnable) Port Security Status (cpsIfPortSecurityStatus) Maximum MAC Addresses (cpsIfMaxSecureMacAddr) Total MAC Addresses (cpsIfCurrentSecureMacAddrCount) Aging Time (cpsIfSecureMacAddrAgingTime) Aging Type (cpsIfSecureMacAddrAgingType) Secure Static Address Aging (cpsIfStaticMacAddrAgingEnable) Violation Mode (cpsIfViolationAction) Violation Count (cpsIfViolationCount) Last Source Address (cpsIfSecureLastMacAddress) Sticky (cpsIfStickyEnable) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Port Security Enable (cpsIfPortSecurityEnable) Indicates whether the port security feature is enabled on an interface. The source MAC address that does not match anycpsSecureMacAddress for the given interface in the cpsSecureMacAddressTable whenthevalue of cpsIfCurrentSecureMacAddrCount is equal to cpsIfMaxSecureMacAddr andthe value of this object is true , isconsidered port security violation and an action specified by cpsIfViolationAction is taken on the interface. The value of this object has noeffect when the value of cpsGlobalPortSecurityEnable is false . Port Security Status (cpsIfPortSecurityStatus) Operational status of the port security feature on aninterface. secureup(1) - Indicates port security is operational. securedown(2) - Indicates port security is not operational. This happens when port security is configured to be enabled but cannot be enabled due to certain reasons such as conflict with other features. shutdown(3) - Indicates that the port is shut down due to port security violation when the value of cpsIfViolationAction is shutdown . Maximum MAC Addresses (cpsIfMaxSecureMacAddr) Maximum number (N) of MAC addresses to be secured on the interface. Thefirst N MAC addresses learned or configured are made secure. Changing thisobject value from N to M is not allowed if M is smaller than N, and M is lessthan the value of cpsIfCurrentSecureMacAddrCount on the interface. One way tochange the number in this case is by deleting a sufficient number of secure macaddresses configured or learned on the device. The sum of this object value forall the interfaces is less than or equal to cpsGlobalMaxSecureAddress. Total MAC Addresses (cpsIfCurrentSecureMacAddrCount) Current number of MAC addresses secured on this interface. Aging Time (cpsIfSecureMacAddrAgingTime) Interval in which the interface is secured. After the time interval expires, the corresponding cpsSecureMacAddressEntry from thecpsSecureMacAddressTable is removed. If the value of this object is 0 , theaging mechanism is disabled. Aging Type (cpsIfSecureMacAddrAgingType) Determines the way the secure MAC addresses are aged out. absolute(1) - All secure MAC addresses are aged out after cpsIfSecureMacAddrAgingTime minutes since the time the secure MAC address is learned or configured. inactivity(2) - All secure MAC addresses are aged out and are removed from the cpsSecureMacAddressTable only if there is no data traffic from the secure source MAC address for the specified time period. Secure Static Address Aging (cpsIfStaticMacAddrAgingEnable) Indicates whether the secure MAC address aging mechanism is enabled on staticMAC address entries in the cpsSecureMacAddressTable. Setting this object value to false will cause the static MAC addresses to remain in thecpsSecureMacAddressTable regardless of the aging time and type configured on theinterface. Violation Mode (cpsIfViolationAction) Determines the action that the device will take if the traffic matches the portsecurity violation. shutdown - Security violation shutdown mode. restrict - Security violation restrict mode. Violation Count (cpsIfViolationCount) Indicates the number of violations that have occurred on a secure interface.The counter will be initialized to zero when the port security feature isenabled on an interface. This MIB object is only instantiated if the device canprovide violation statistics on the interface. Last Source Address (cpsIfSecureLastMacAddress) Indicates the last secure MAC address that was learned or configured on this interface. Sticky (cpsIfStickyEnable) When this feature is enabled (the value of this object is set to true ) on an interface, learned MAC addresses are secured permanently on that interface. To remove these MAC addresses from the interface, you have to manually delete the addresses or disable the sticky feature. Manual deletion of all addresses can be accomplished using the object cpsIfClearSecureMacAddresses. Manual deletion of a single address can be accomplished using the object cpsIfVlanSecureMacAddrRowStatus.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Access_Details.htm TITLE=Access Details TEXT=Access Details You can launch the Access Details dialog box in one of two ways: Right-click on the Access Gateway Module and select Configure . Double-click on the Access Gateway Module icon. In this dialog box, you can specify the information required to launch the Access Gateway Module. The following information is displayed: IP Address (IP Address) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue . Click Apply to make changes take effect. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to reload the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. IP Address (IP Address) IP address of the Access Gateway Module to be discovered.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Promiscuous_VLAN_Details.htm TITLE=Promiscuous Port Details TEXT=Promiscuous VLAN Details Device > Configure > Private VLAN > PromiscuousVLAN Details This dialog box displays information on the secondary VLANto primary VLAN remappings on this device's ports. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Multi Primary Vlan (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Two Way Remap (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Textual description of the selected entry. Multi Primary Vlan (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Indicateswhether all the bits set as secondary VLANs in the corresponding remappingobjects (for example, cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap) can belong tomultiple primary VLANs. If this object is set to false(2) , the value of cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan for the secondaryVLANs with their bits set to 1 in those remapping objects must be thesame. Note: A promiscuous port can remap a secondary VLAN to its associated primary VLANfor outgoing traffic on the fly, as defined for the Private VLAN feature. Two Way Remap (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) Indicates whether a port is capable of remapping primary VLANsto the two-way community VLANs associated with them for the Private VLAN feature.When this object is set to false(2) , a promiscuous port can performonly one-wayremappings of secondary VLANs to their associated primary VLANs. When thisobject is set to true(1) , apromiscuous port can also perform remappings of primary VLANs to the two-waycommunity VLANs associated with them.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/vm_Membership_Table.htm TITLE=VLAN &amp; Ports TEXT=VLAN & Ports Device > Configure > VLAN Membership From this dialog box, you can configure VLAN port membership for this device. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Type of Membership (vmVlanType) VLAN ID (vmVlan) VLAN Status (vmPortStatus) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Type of Membership (vmVlanType) VLAN membership type assigned to this port: A port with static VLAN membership is assigned to a single VLAN directly. A port with dynamic membership is assigned a single VLAN based on the content of packets received on the port and via VQP queries to VMPS. A port with multi-VLAN membership may be assigned to one or more VLANs directly. A static or dynamic port membership is specified by the value of vmVlan. A multi-VLAN port membership is specified by the value of vmVlans. VLAN ID (vmVlan) Unique identifier of the VLAN this port is assigned to when vmVlanType is set to static or dynamic . When this object is not applicable, it will not be instantiated. When vmVlanType is set to static , the port is always assigned to a VLAN and this object may not be set to 0 . When vmVlanType is set to dynamic , the value of this object is 0 if the port is not currently assigned to a VLAN. VLAN Status (vmPortStatus) Indicates the current VLAN status of the port: inactive—a dynamic port is not assigned to a VLAN, or a port is assigned to a VLAN that is currently not active active—the currently assigned VLAN is active shutdown—the port has been disabled as a result of VQP shutdown response
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/vm_Membership_Summary_Table.htm TITLE=vm Membership Summary Table TEXT=Membership Summary Table Select Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge . Select a VLAN and click VLAN Non-Trunk Members . This dialog box displays the number ofnon-trunk members in a particular VLAN: VLAN Non-Trunk Members (vmMembershipSummaryMemberPorts) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. VLAN Non-Trunk Members(vmMembershipSummaryMemberPorts) The set of the device's non-trunk member ports that belong to a particular VLAN. Each octet within the value of this object specifies a set of eight ports, withthe first octet specifying ports 1 through 8, the second octet specifying ports9 through 16, and so on. Within each octet, the most significant bit representsthe lowest numbered port, and the least significant bit represents the highestnumbered port. Thus, each port of the VLAN is represented by a single bit withinthe value of this object. If that bit has a value of 1 , then thatport is included in the set of ports; if it has a value of 0 , theport is not included.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/cpvlanPrivatePortTable_port.htm TITLE=Secondary VLAN TEXT=Secondary VLAN Port > Configure > Private VLAN > Secondary VLAN This dialog box displaysconfiguration information for the secondary VLANs present on this port. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Secondary VLAN ID (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Text description of the port. SecondaryVLAN ID (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) VLAN ID of the secondary VLAN. A privateport: accepts incoming traffic from its secondary VLAN, outgoing traffic from its associated primary VLAN, and outgoing traffic from a community or two-way community VLAN (depending on the the secondary VLAN type). blocks the outgoing traffic from an isolated VLAN. Note that a port can join a secondary VLAN only after this secondary VLAN hasbeen associated with a primary VLAN (in other words, when cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlanhas a nonzero value).
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/cpvlanPromPortTable_port.htm TITLE=Promiscuous Port Details TEXT=Promiscuous Port Details Port > Configure > Private VLAN > PromiscuousPort Details This dialog box displays information on the secondary VLANto primary VLAN remappings on this device's ports. To view the definition for a particular MIB variable, click the appropriate link from the following list: Multi Primary VLAN (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Secondary Remap (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap) Secondary Remap 2k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2k) Secondary Remap 3k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap3k) Secondary Remap 4k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap4k) Two Way Remap (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Multi Primary VLAN (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Indicateswhether all the bits set as secondary VLANs in the corresponding remappingobjects (for example, cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap) can belong tomultiple primary VLANs. If this object is set to false(2) , the value of cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan for the secondaryVLANs with their bits set to 1 in those remapping objects must be thesame. Note: A promiscuous port can remap a secondary VLAN to its associated primary VLANfor outgoing traffic on the fly, as defined for the Private VLAN feature. Secondary Remap (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap) A string of octetscontaining one bit per VLAN in the management domain on this port. The firstoctet corresponds to VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 0 through 7; thesecond octet to VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 8 through 15; and so on. The most significant bit of each octetis indicated by the lowest value of VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. A bit can only be set to 1 when it corresponds to aPrivate VLAN isolated, community, or two-way community VLAN which has already beenassociated with a primary VLAN. Setting this bit to 1 results in oneof the following: A secondary VLAN is remapped to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing trafficon the fly. A primary VLAN is remapped to its associated secondary VLAN if thesecondary VLAN is the two-way community type and the value ofcpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable for this port is set to true(1) . If the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any missingoctets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit these octets from the end of this string in order to reducethe size of Set PDUs. An NMS may also omit trailing octets containing the valuezero to reduce the size of GetResponsePDUs. Secondary Remap 2k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2k) A string ofoctets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1024through 2047 in the management domain on this port. The first octet correspondsto VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1024 through 1031; the second octet toVLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1032 through 1039; and so on. The most significant bit of each octetis indicated by the lowest value of VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. A bit can only be set to 1 when it corresponds to aPrivate VLAN isolated, community, or two-way community VLAN which has already beenassociated with a primary VLAN. Setting this bit to 1 results in oneof the following: A secondary VLAN is remapped to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing trafficon the fly. A primary VLAN is remapped to its associated secondary VLAN if thesecondary VLAN is the two-way community type and the value ofcpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable for this port is set to true(1) . If the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any missingoctets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit theseoctets from the end of this string in order to reduce the size of Set PDUs. AnNMS may also omit trailing octets containing the value zero to reduce the size of GetResponsePDUs. Note: This object is only instantiated on devices which support valuesranging from the value ofVlanIndexOrZero to 4095. Secondary Remap 3k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap3k) A string ofoctets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 2048through 3071 in the management domain on this port. The first octet correspondsto VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 2048 through 2055; the second octet toVLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 2056 through 2063; and so on. The most significant bit of each octetis indicated by the lowest value of VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. A bit can only be set to 1 when it corresponds to aPrivate VLAN isolated, community, or two-way community VLAN which has already beenassociated with a primary VLAN. Setting this bit to 1 results in oneof the following: A secondary VLAN is remapped to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing trafficon the fly. A primary VLAN is remapped to its associated secondary VLAN if thesecondary VLAN is the two-way community type and the value ofcpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable for this port is set to true(1) . If the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any missingoctets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit theseoctets from the end of this string in order to reduce the size of Set PDUs. AnNMS may also omit trailing octets containing the value zero to reduce the size of GetResponsePDUs. Note: This object is only instantiated on devices which support valuesranging from the value ofVlanIndexOrZero to 4095. Secondary Remap 4k (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap4k) A string ofoctets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 3072through 4095 in the management domain on this port. The first octet correspondsto VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 3072 through 3079; the second octet toVLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 3080 through 3087; and so on. The most significant bit of each octetis indicated by the lowest value of VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. A bit can only be set to 1 when it corresponds to aPrivate VLAN isolated, community, or two-way community VLAN which has already beenassociated with a primary VLAN. Setting this bit to 1 results in oneof the following: A secondary VLAN is remapped to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing trafficon the fly. A primary VLAN is remapped to its associated secondary VLAN if thesecondary VLAN is the two-way community type and the value ofcpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable for this port is set to true(1) . If the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any missingoctets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit theseoctets from the end of this string in order to reduce the size of Set PDUs. AnNMS may also omit trailing octets containing the value zero to reduce the size of GetResponsePDUs. Note: This object is only instantiated on devices which support valuesranging from the value of VlanIndexOrZero to 4095. Two Way Remap (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) Indicates whether a port is capable of remapping primary VLANsto the two-way community VLANs associated with them for the Private VLAN feature.When this object is set to false(2) , a promiscuous port can performonly one-wayremappings of secondary VLANs to their associated primary VLANs. When thisobject is set to true(1) , apromiscuous port can also perform remappings of primary VLANs to the two-waycommunity VLANs associated with them.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Displaying_Flash_Device_Information.htm TITLE=Flash Device Information TEXT=Flash Device Information To access this dialog box: Double-click a Flash card. Select Configure > Flash Device Information . The following information is displayed: Device Name (ciscoFlashDeviceName) Device Description (ciscoFlashDeviceDescr) Device Up Time (ciscoFlashDeviceInitTime) Total Size (bytes) (ciscoFlashDeviceSize) Max. Number of Partitions (ciscoFlashDeviceMaxPartitions) Min. Partition Size (bytes) (ciscoFlashDeviceMinPartitionSize) Number of Partitions (ciscoFlashDevicePartitions) Total no. of Chips (ciscoFlashDeviceChipCount) Is Removable (ciscoFlashDeviceRemovable) Device Controller (ciscoFlashDeviceController) Jumper State (ciscoFlashDeviceProgrammingJumper) Device Name (ciscoFlashDeviceName) Flash device name. This name is used to refer to the device within the system. Flash operations get directed to a device based on this name. The system has a default device. This is the primary or most-used device in case of multiple devices. The system directs an operation to the default device whenever a device name is not specified. The device name is therefore mandatory except when the operation is being done on the default device, or, the system supports only a single Flash device. The device name is always available for a removable device, even when the device has been removed. Device Description (ciscoFlashDeviceDescr) Description of a Flash device. The description explains the device and its purpose. Current values are: System Flash: For the primary Flash that stores full system images Boot Flash: For the secondary Flash that stores bootstrap images ciscoFlashDeviceDescr, ciscoFlashDeviceController (if applicable), and ciscoFlashDeviceCard objects collectively give all information about a Flash device. The description of a removable device is always available, even when the device is removed. Device Up Time (ciscoFlashDeviceInitTime) System time at which the device was initialized. For fixed devices, this is the system time at boot up. For removable devices, it is the time at which the device was inserted, which can be boot-up time, or later (in case the device was inserted later). If a device (fixed or removable) is repartitioned, device uptime is the time of repartitioning. Device uptime enables a management station to determine whether a removable device has been changed. The application retrieves this object before any operation and compares it with the previously retrieved value. Note that the time is not real time but a running time maintained by the system. The running time starts from zero when the system boots up. For a removable device that has been removed, this object is zero. Total Size (bytes) (ciscoFlashDeviceSize) Total size of the Flash device. The size of a removable device is zero if the device has been removed. Max. Number of Partitions (ciscoFlashDeviceMaxPartitions) Max number of partitions supported by the system for the Flash device. Default is 1, meaning that partitioning is not supported. This value is defined by system limitations, not by the Flash device itself. For example, the system might impose a limit of two partitions even if the device is large enough to be partitioned into four based on the smallest partition unit supported. On systems that execute code from Flash, partitioning is a way to create multiple filesystems in the Flash device so that writing to or deleting a filesystem can be done while running code residing in another filesystem. For systems running code from DRAM, partitioning is a way to subdivide a large Flash device for easier file management. Min. Partition Size (bytes) (ciscoFlashDeviceMinPartitionSize) Minimum partition size supported for the device. For systems that run code directly from Flash, the minimum partition size must be the bank size. This object enables a management entity know the minimum partition size as defined by the system. If the system does not support partitioning, minimum partition size is equal to the device size in ciscoFlashDeviceSize. The maximum number of partitions that can be configured is equal to the minimum of ciscoFlashDeviceMaxPartitions and (ciscoFlashDeviceSize / ciscoFlashDeviceMinPartitionSize). Number of Partitions (ciscoFlashDevicePartitions) Number of Flash device partitions actually present. The number cannot exceed the minimum of ciscoFlashDeviceMaxPartitions and (ciscoFlashDeviceSize / ciscoFlashDeviceMinPartitionSize). If the partition spans the entire device, the number of partitions is equal to 1, which means there is no partitioning. A partition contains one or more minimum partition units (where a minimum partition unit is defined by ciscoFlashDeviceMinPartitionSize) Total no. of Chips (ciscoFlashDeviceChipCount) Total number of chips within the Flash device. This object provides upfront information to a management station on how much chip information to expect and helps double check the chip index against an upper limit when chip information for a partition is retrieved randomly. Is Removable (ciscoFlashDeviceRemovable) Indicates if the Flash device is removable. In general, Flash devices, such as PCMCIA Flash devices, that can be inserted or removed without opening the hardware casing are considered removable. Socketed Flash chips and Flash SIMM modules are not treated as removable. Further, removable Flash devices are expected to have the necessary hardware support: on-line removal and insertion interrupt generation on removal or insertion Device Controller (ciscoFlashDeviceController) The hardware card that controls Flash read, write, and erase. Relevant for AGS+ systems where Flash may be controlled by the MC+, STR or ENVM cards that might not actually contain the Flash chips. For systems that have removable PCMCIA flash cards controlled by a PCMCIA controller chip, this object may contain a description of the controller chip. Where Flash is a direct memory-mapped device accessed directly by the main processor), this object has an empty (NULL) string. Jumper State (ciscoFlashDeviceProgrammingJumper) State of a jumper (if present and if it can be determined) that controls programming voltage, called Vpp, to the Flash device. Vpp is required for programming (erasing and writing) Flash. For certain older technology chips it is also required for identifying the chips. Identification is required to identify the programming algorithms to be used. Different chips require different algorithms and commands. This object is used in conjunction with ciscoFlashPartitionStatus whenever that object has the readOnly(1) value. In such cases, this object indicates whether the programming jumper is a reason for the readOnly state.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Entity_PEM_Config.htm TITLE=Entity Physical Information TEXT=Entity Physical Information PEM > Configure From the Entity Physical Information dialog box, you can specify thename and asset identifier for this card. The following data is displayed: Index (entPhysicalIndex) Name (entPhysicalName) Description (entPhysicalDescr) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (entPhysicalIndex) Unique identifier for this physical entity. Name (entPhysicalName) Textual name of the physical entity. The value of this object is thename of the component, as assigned by the local device, and is suitablefor use in commands entered at the device console. Description (entPhysicalDescr) Textual description of this physical entity. This object should identifythe manufacturer of the physical entity and be set to a distinct valuefor each version or model of the physical entity.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Entity_Power_Config.htm TITLE=Entity Physical Information TEXT=Entity Physical Information Power Supply > Configure From the Entity Physical Information dialog box, you can specify thename and asset identifier for this card. The following data is displayed: Index (entPhysicalIndex) Name (entPhysicalName) Description (entPhysicalDescr) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Index (entPhysicalIndex) Unique identifier for this physical entity. Name (entPhysicalName) Textual name of the physical entity. The value of this object is thename of the component, as assigned by the local device, and is suitablefor use in commands entered at the device console. Description (entPhysicalDescr) Textual description of this physical entity. This object should identifythe manufacturer of the physical entity and be set to a distinct valuefor each version or model of the physical entity.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/fla00008.htm TITLE=Flash Contents TEXT=Flash Contents To access this dialog box: Double-click a Flash card. Select Configure > Flash Contents . The following information is displayed: File Name (ciscoFlashFileName) File Status (ciscoFlashFileStatus) File Size (bytes) (ciscoFlashFileSize) File Checksum (ciscoFlashFileChecksum) File Name (ciscoFlashFileName) Flash file name. Specify this name when copying the file. File Status (ciscoFlashFileStatus) Status of the file. Status can be: Valid: valid checksum Invalid: bad checksum Deleted: a deleted file continues to occupy file space in flash memory File Size (bytes) (ciscoFlashFileSize) Size of the file in bytes. The size does not include the size of the file system file header. File Checksum (ciscoFlashFileChecksum) File checksum stored in the file header. Checksum is computed and stored when the file is written in Flash. It serves to validate the data written in Flash. The system generates and store the checksum internally in hexadecimal form, this object will provide the checksum in a string form. The checksum will be available for all valid and invalid-checksum files.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Gwy_Port_Interface_Information.htm TITLE=Interface TEXT=Interface Port > Configure The Interface dialog box displays the following data: Name (ifName) Description (ifDescr) Index (ifIndex) Speed (ifSpeed) Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Last Change (ifLastChange) Up/Down Traps (ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Apply to save the changes in the dialog box. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. Name (ifName) Textual name of the interface. Description (ifDescr) Textual description of the physical entity. This object contains a stringwhich identifies the manufacturer name, the product name, and the interfacehardware/software version. Index (ifIndex) A unique value, greater than zero, for each interface. Speed (ifSpeed) An estimate of the interface's current bandwidth, measured in bits persecond. Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Chosen state for the interface. Note: For dual port ATM cards (Ws-X 5157, 5158, 5167, 5168, 5156,5166, 5161, 5162), the cadpStatAdminActivePhy MIB variable is used to performan active physical switch over. Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Current operational state of the interface. Last Change (ifLastChange) Value of sysUpTime when the interface entered its current operationalstate. If the current state was entered prior to the last reinitializationof the local network management subsystem, then this object contains avalue of "0". Up/Down Traps (ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable) Indicates whether a trap is sent to the addresses in the Trap Receiver tableevery time the port state changes from up to down.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IGMP_Interfaces_Monitor_Device_start.htm TITLE=IGMP Interface Statistics TEXT=IGMP Interface Statistics Device > Monitor > IGMP Interfaces From the IGMP Interface Statistics dialog box, you can view a listing of the interfaces on which IGMP is enabled. The following information is displayed: IGMP Interface Index (ifIndex) IGMP Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. With an entry selected, click Monitor to launch the IGMP Interfaces dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. IGMP Interface Index (ifIndex) ifIndex value for the IGMP-enabled interface. IGMP Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) ifDescr value for the IGMP-enabled interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Access_Details1.htm TITLE=Access Details TEXT=Access Details You can launch the Access Details dialog box in one of two ways: Right-click on the Access Gateway Module and select Configure . Double-click on the Access Gateway Module icon. In this dialog box, you can specify the information required to launch the Access Gateway Module. The following information is displayed: IP Address (IP Address) Read Community (Read Community) Write Community (Write Community) The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as theirfunction: Click OK to continue . Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Help to access the online help. IP Address (IP Address) IP address of the Access Gateway Module to be discovered. Read Community (Read Community) Read community string for the Access Gateway Module to be discovered. Write Community (Write Community) Write community string for the Access Gateway Module to be discovered.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Assign_Port_VLAN.htm TITLE=Assign a Port to VLAN TEXT=Assign a Port to VLAN To access the Assign a Port to VLAN dialog box: Select Device > Configure > VLAN & Bridge . Click Assign a Port to VLAN . From this dialog box, you can assign a port to a VLAN. The following information is displayed: PORT VLAN ID The following list specifies buttons in this dialog box, as well as their function: Click OK to continue. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. Click Refresh to update the contents of the dialog box. Click Print to print the contents of the dialog box. Click Help to access online help. PORT Identifier for a particular port, whose value is structured as follows: module/port. For example, the value 3/4 indicates the fourth port on the third module. VLAN ID Indicates the VLAN to which a port has been assigned.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Monitor_Ethernet_Errors.htm TITLE=Ethernet Errors TEXT=Ethernet Errors From this dialog box, you can view the Ethernet error details for an interface. Navigation Right-click the port and then select Monitor > Ethernet Errors . The following information is displayed: MAC Tx (dot3StatsInternalMacTransmitErrors) MAC Rx (dot3StatsInternalMacReceiveErrors) SQE Test (dot3StatsSQETestErrors) Carrier Sense (dot3StatsCarrierSenseErrors) Giant Frames (dot3StatsFrameTooLongs) Alignment Check Errors (dot3StatsAlignmentErrors) Deferred Transmissions (dot3StatsDeferredTransmissions) FCS Errors (dot3StatsFCSErrors) Symbol Errors (dot3StatsSymbolErrors) MAC Tx (dot3StatsInternalMacTransmitErrors) Number of frames for which transmission failed because of an internal MAC layer transmit error. (These are transmit errors that were not picked up in any other count.) MAC Rx (dot3StatsInternalMacReceiveErrors) Number of frames for which reception failed because of an internal MAC layer receive error. (These are receive errors that were not picked up in any other count.) SQE Test (dot3StatsSQETestErrors) Number of times the PLS sub-layer generated the Signal Quality Error for a particular interface. Carrier Sense (dot3StatsCarrierSenseErrors) Number of transmission attempts that failed because the carrier sense condition was lost or never asserted. Giant Frames (dot3StatsFrameTooLongs) Number of received frames that are bigger than maximum permitted size. A giant frame indicates that a nonlocal software error occurred or that a protocol using nonstandard frame lengths is in use. Alignment Check Errors (dot3StatsAlignmentErrors) Number of frames with alignment errors. An alignment error occurs when the frame length is not an integral number of octets and the frame cannot pass the FCS test. Alignment errors are usually caused by a nonlocal network problem. Deferred Transmissions (dot3StatsDeferredTransmissions) A count of frames for which the first transmission attempt on a particular interface is delayed because the medium is busy. The count represented by an instance of this object does not include frames involved in collisions. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode. Discontinuities in the value of this counter can occur at re-initialization of the management system, and at other times as indicated by the value of ifCounterDiscontinuityTime. FCS Errors (dot3StatsFCSErrors) A count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check. This count does not include frames received with frame-too-long or frame-too-short error. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the frameCheckError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user). Received frames for which multiple error conditions obtain are, according to the conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer Management, counted exclusively according to the error status presented to the LLC. Note: Coding errors detected by the physical layer for speeds above 10 Mb/s will cause the frame to fail the FCS check. Discontinuities in the value of this counter can occur at re-initialization of the management system, and at other times as indicated by the value of ifCounterDiscontinuityTime. Symbol Errors (dot3StatsSymbolErrors) For an interface operating at 100 Mb/s, the number of times there was an invalid data symbol when a valid carrier was present. For an interface operating in half-duplex mode at 1000 Mb/s, the number of times the receiving media is non-idle (a carrier event) for a period of time equal to or greater than slotTime, and during which there was at least one occurrence of an event that causes the PHY to indicate 'Data reception error' or 'carrier extend error' on the GMII. For an interface operating in full-duplex mode at 1000 Mb/s, the number of times the receiving media is non-idle a carrier event) for a period of time equal to or greater than minFrameSize, and during which there was at least one occurrence of an event that causes the PHY to indicate 'Data reception error' on the GMII. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented at most once per carrier event, even if multiple symbol errors occur during the carrier event. This count does not increment if a collision is present. Discontinuities in the value of this counter can occur at re-initialization of the management system, and at other times as indicated by the value of ifCounterDiscontinuityTime.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Packet_Trans_Dropped.htm TITLE=Packet Trans - Dropped TEXT=Packet Trans - Dropped From this dialog box, you can monitor the drop statistics for protocol packet transmissions. Navigation Right-click the port and then select Monitor > Packet Trans - Dropped . In Runts (cieIfInRuntsErrs) In Giants (cieIfInGiantsErrs) In Framing (cieIfInFramingErrs) In Overrun (cieIfInOverrunErrs) In Ignored (cieIfInIgnored) In Abort (cieIfInAbortErrs) Input Queue (cieIfInputQueueDrops) Output Queue (cieIfOutputQueueDrops) Note: Discontinuities in the value of these objects can occur at reinitialization of the management system, and at other times as indicated by the values of cieIfPacketDiscontinuityTime. In Runts (cieIfInRuntsErrs) Number of input packets on a physical interface which were dropped because they were smaller than the minimum allowable physical media limit. In Giants (cieIfInGiantsErrs) Number of input packets on a physical interface which were dropped because they were larger than ifMtu (the largest permitted size of a packet which can be sent/received by an interface). In Framing (cieIfInFramingErrs) Number of input packets on a physical interface which were misaligned or had framing errors. This happens when the format of the incoming packet is incorrect. In Overrun (cieIfInOverrunErrs) Number of input packets on a physical interface which were too quick for the hardware to receive, resulting in the receiver running out of buffers. In Ignored (cieIfInIgnored) Number of input packets which were ignored by the physical interface due to a lack of sufficient resources for handling incoming packets. This may indicate that the input receive buffers are not available or that the receiver has lost a packet. In Abort (cieIfInAbortErrs) Number of input packets which were dropped because the receiver aborted. Input Queue (cieIfInputQueueDrops) Number of input packets which were dropped. Some reasons why this object could be incremented are: The input queue is full. Errors were detected at the receiver hardware while receiving the packet. Output Queue (cieIfOutputQueueDrops) Number of output packets dropped by the interface even though no error had been detected to prevent their transmission. A packet can be dropped for many reasons, such as the interface being down and the presence of errors in the packet format.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Monitor_Ethernet_Collisions.htm TITLE=Ethernet Collisions TEXT=Ethernet Collisions From this dialog box, you can monitor the Ethernet collisions that have taken place on an interface. Navigation Right-click the port and then select Monitor > Ethernet Collisions . Single Collision Frames (dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames) Multiple Collision Frames (dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames) Late Collisions (dot3StatsLateCollisions) Excessive Collisions (dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions) Single Collision Frames (dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames) Pattern of occurrences and number of successfully transmitted frames for which there was exactly one collision. Multiple Collision Frames (dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames) Pattern of occurrences and number of successfully transmitted frames for which there were multiple collisions. Late Collisions (dot3StatsLateCollisions) Number of times that a collision was detected later than 64 octets into the transmission. (The total number of late collisions is added into the collision count.) Late collisions indicate either that the network has too large a propagation delay between the reporting station and some other stations, or that some other station is not detecting/responding to collisions correctly. Excessive Collisions (dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions) Pattern of occurrences and latest number of frames for which transmission failed because of excessive collisions.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Packet_Trans_Elapsed_Time.htm TITLE=Packet Trans - Elapsed Time TEXT=Packet Trans - Elapsed Time Navigation Right-click the port and then select Monitor > Packet Trans - Elapsed Time . Last In Time (cieIfLastInTime) Last Out Time (cieIfLastOutTime) Last Out Hang Time (cieIfLastOutHangTime) Note: Discontinuities in the value of these objects can occur at reinitialization of the management system, and at other times as indicated by the values of cieIfPacketDiscontinuityTime. Last In Time (cieIfLastInTime) Indicates the elapsed time, in milliseconds, since the last protocol input packet was received. Last Out Time (cieIfLastOutTime) Indicates the elapsed time, in milliseconds, since the last protocol output packet was transmitted. Last Out Hang Time (cieIfLastOutHangTime) Indicates the elapsed time, in milliseconds, since the last protocol output packet which could not be successfully transmitted.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_config_fxo_voice_config.htm TITLE=FXO Voice Configuration TEXT=FXO Voice Configuration The FXO Voice Configuration dialog box provides the information about the voice configuration and dial timer for the FXO interfaces. Navigation Right-click on an FXO port, then select Configure > FXO Voice Configuration from the popup menu. The following information appears: Voice Configuration Connection Number (cvIfCfgConnectionNumber) Noise VAD Regeneration (cvIfCfgNoiseRegEnable) Nonlinear Processing (cvIfCfgNonLinearProcEnable) Music OnHold Threshold(dBm) (cvIfCfgMusicOnHoldThreshold) Gain Inserted (dB) (cvIfCfgInGain) Attenuation Inserted (dB) (cvIfCfgOutAttn) Regional Tone (cvIfCfgRegionalTone) Echo Cancel Enable (cvIfCfgEchoCancelEnable) Echo Cancel Coverage (cvIfCfgEchoCancelCoverage) Dial Timers Initial Digit Time Out(seconds) (cvIfCfgInitialDigitTimeOut) Inter Digit Time Out(seconds) (cvIfCfgInterDigitTimeOut) Outgoing DTMF Digit Duration Timing (cvaIfFXOTimingDigitDuration) Outgoing DTMF Interdigit Timing (cvaIfFXOTimingInterDigitDuration) Outgoing Pulse Dialing Rate (cvaIfFXOTimingPulseRate) Outgoing Pulse Interdigit Timing (cvaIfFXOTimingPulseInterDigitDuration) Related Topics FXO Interface Configuration Connection Number (cvIfCfgConnectionNumber) The full E.164 phone number used to establish connection with trunking mode or PLAR mode. If the cvIfCfgConnectionMode is normal, then this object will be a zero-length string. Noise VAD Regeneration (cvIfCfgNoiseRegEnable) Indicates whether the background noise should be played to fill silence gaps if VAD is activated. Default is enabled. Nonlinear Processing (cvIfCfgNonLinearProcEnable) Indicates whether the nonlinear processing is enabled for the interface. The default value of this object is enabled. Music OnHold Threshold(dBm) (cvIfCfgMusicOnHoldThreshold) The music-on-hold-threshold for the interface. The value range is -70 to -30 decibels per milliwatt (dBm). Default is -38 dBm. Gain Inserted (dB) (cvIfCfgInGain) The amount of gain inserted at the receiver side of the interface. The input gain settings define only a gain/loss relative to the 0-dB setting. The absolute loss at the 0-dB setting could be implementation dependent based on the desired network loss plan. The default is 0 dB. The value range is -6 to 14. Attenuation Inserted (dB) (cvIfCfgOutAttn) The amount of attenuation inserted at the transmit side of the interface. The output attenuation settings only define a loss relative to the 0 dB setting. The absolute loss at the 0 dB setting could be implementation dependent based on the desired network loss plan. The default value of this object is 0 dB. The value range is -6 to 14. Regional Tone (cvIfCfgRegionalTone) The country specific setting for the tone, ring, and cadence parameters to be used by the interface. Shows the two letter ISO-3166 country code. Values are: Code Country Code Country Code Country AR Argentina IN India PE Peru AU Australia ID Indonesia PH Philippines AT Austria IE Ireland PL Poland BE Belgium IL Israel PT Portugal BR Brazil IT Italy RU Russian Federation CA Canada JP Japan SA Saudi Arabia CN China JO Jordan SG Singapore CO Columbia KE Kenya SK Slovakia CY Cyprus KR Korea Republic SI Slovenia CZ Czech Republic LB Lebanon ZA South Africa DK Denmark LU Luxembourg ES Spain EG Egypt MY Malaysia SE Sweden FI Finland MX Mexico CH Switzerland FR France NP Nepal TW Taiwan DE Germany NL Netherlands TH Thailand GH Ghana NZ New Zealand TR Turkey GR Greece NG Nigeria GB United Kingdom HK Hong Kong NO Norway US United States HU Hungary PK Pakistan VE Venezuela IS Iceland PA Panama ZW Zimbabwe Echo Cancel Enable (cvIfCfgEchoCancelEnable) Specifies whether the echo cancellation is enabled for the interface. The default is enabled. Echo Cancel Coverage (cvIfCfgEchoCancelCoverage) The echo canceler coverage for the interface. This object is valid if the cvIfCfgEchoCancelEnable object is &#147;true.&#148; Values are: echoCanceller8ms 8 milliseconds echoCanceller16ms 16 milliseconds echoCanceller24ms 24 milliseconds echoCanceller32ms 32 milliseconds Default is echoCanceller16ms. Initial Digit Time Out(seconds) (cvIfCfgInitialDigitTimeOut) The amount of time the managed system waits for an initial input digit from the caller. The timer is activated when the call is accepted and is deactivated when the digit is input. If the timer expires, the caller is signaled through the appropriate tone, and the call ends. Zero disables the timer. The default is 10 seconds. The value range is 0 to 120. Inter Digit Time Out(seconds) (cvIfCfgInterDigitTimeOut) The amount of time the managed system waits for a subsequent input digit from the caller. The timer is started when an input digit is received and restarted as each digit is received until the destination address is identified. If the timer expires and no destination address is identified, the caller is signaled through the appropriate tone and the call ends. Zero disables the timer. The value range is 0 to 120. Default is 10 seconds. Outgoing DTMF Digit Duration Timing (cvaIfFXOTimingDigitDuration) Outgoing DTMF digit duration in milliseconds. The value range is 50 to 500. Default is 100 milliseconds. Outgoing DTMF Interdigit Timing (cvaIfFXOTimingInterDigitDuration) Outgoing DTMF inter-digit duration in milliseconds. The value range is 50 to 500. Default is 100 milliseconds. Outgoing Pulse Dialing Rate (cvaIfFXOTimingPulseRate) Outgoing pulse dialing rate in pulses per second (pps). Default is 10 pps. Outgoing Pulse Interdigit Timing (cvaIfFXOTimingPulseInterDigitDuration) Outgoing pulse dialing inter-digit timing in milliseconds. Default is 500 milliseconds.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/DSP_Status.htm TITLE=DSP Status TEXT=DSP Status The DSP Status dialog box provides information on DSP (Digital Signal Processing) status and alarm conditions. Navigation Right-click the Voice Gateway Module, then select DSP > DSP Status . The following information appears: DSP Operational State (cdspOperState) Last Alarm Time (cdspLastAlarmTime) Last Alarm State (cdspLastAlarmCause) Reason for Last Alarm (cdspLastAlarmCauseText) Total Alarms (cdspAlarms) Total Channels (cdspTotalChannels) In Use Channels (cdspInUseChannels) Active Channels (cdspActiveChannels) DSP Operational State (cdspOperState) The operational state of the DSP. The following tale gives details: State Description normal DSP operates normally. shutdown DSP is shut down because of a fatal error. Last Alarm Time (cdspLastAlarmTime) The value of sysUpTime when the last DSP alarm occurred. The value of cdspLastAlarmTime is zero if the value of cdspLastAlarmCause is noAlarm. Last Alarm State (cdspLastAlarmCause) The current or the last alarm state of the DSP. The following table gives details: State Description other None of the following. noAlarm Alarm condition not detected. dspFatalError DSP fatal error is detected. dspMemoryError DSP memory error is detected. dspBufferError DSP buffer error is detected. dspDownloadError Failed to download software to DSP. Reason for Last Alarm (cdspLastAlarmCauseText) The reason for failure of the current or the last DSP Alarm. Displayed only if the management station is unable to decode the value of cdspLastAlarmCause. Total Alarms (cdspAlarms) The accumulated number of DSP alarms. Total Channels (cdspTotalChannels) The total number of channels in the DSP. Zero means that channelized DSP mode is turned off. In Use Channels (cdspInUseChannels) The number of channels reserved for serving calls. The value increasedincreases when the DSP channel is reserved for call setup and decreases after the call is disconnected. Active Channels (cdspActiveChannels) The number of channels the active calls use to process the media stream. The value is increased after the reserved DSP channel connects the call and decreased after the call is disconnected.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/DSP_Card_Status.htm TITLE=DSP Card Status TEXT=DSP Card Status The DSP Card Status dialog box provides information on the onboard or expansion DSP (Digital Signal Processor) modules in the voice network module. Navigation Right-click the Voice Gateway Module, then select DSP > DSP Card Status . The following information appears: Card Status (cdspCardState) DSP Utilization (cdspCardResourceUtilization) DSP Last High Water Mark (cdspCardLastHiWaterUtilization) Last Reset Time (cdspCardLastResetTime) Max. Channels per DSP (cdspCardMaxChanPerDSP) DSP Card Fatal Trap (cdspMIBEnableCardStatusNotification) Card Status (cdspCardState) The state of the monitored DSP card. The following table gives details: State Description normal The DSP card is in normal condition. warning The DSP card needs attention. critical The DSP card has a major alarm condition. fatal The DSP card is not functional. To recover the DSP card from the fatal error, the DSP subsystem resets the card. After the DSP card is reset, cdspCardResourceUtilization and cdspCardLastHiWaterUtilization are reset to zero. If the fatal error persists, replace the card. offLine The DSP card is under maintenance. DSP Utilization (cdspCardResourceUtilization) The current DSP resource utilization of the card, in percentage. cdspCardResourceUtilization is a ratio of the number of busy DSP resources to the total available DSP resources. DSP Last High Water Mark (cdspCardLastHiWaterUtilization) The last high-water mark of DSP resource utilization. After the DSP card is reset, cdspCardLastHiWaterUtilization is reset to zero. Last Reset Time (cdspCardLastResetTime) The value of sysUpTime at the last DSP card reset. Max. Channels per DSP (cdspCardMaxChanPerDSP) The maximum number of channels allowed in each DSP card. Zero means that channelized DSP mode is turned off. DSP Card Fatal Trap (cdspMIBEnableCardStatusNotification) Shows whether the system generates cdspMIBCardStateNotification. A cdspMIBCardStateNotification is sent when the DSP card enters into or exits the fatal state.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_storm_status.htm TITLE=Port Storm Status TEXT=Port Storm Status The Port Storm Status dialog box provides information about the port storm control status. Navigation Right-click on the port, then select Configure > Port Storm Control > Port Storm Status from the popup menu. The following information appears: Current Status (cpscStatus) Current Level (cpscCurrentLevel) Suppressed Packets (cpscSuppressedPacket) Related Topics Port Storm Configuration Current Status (cpscStatus) Identifies the status of storm control on the interface corresponding to a particular traffic type. A value of inactive (1) indicates that no storm control has been enabled on the interface for the traffic type. Possible values are: inactive (1) forwarding (2) trafficTypeFiltered (3) allTrafficFiltered (4) shutdown (5) Current Level (cpscCurrentLevel) Identifies the current level of traffic type on an interface as a percentageof the total interface bandwidth. When storm control is inactive, the value is 10000, which is the maximum (100% of thetraffic type can be received). Suppressed Packets (cpscSuppressedPacket) The total number of packets of a traffic type that are suppressedon an interface by storm control filter action.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_storm_configure.htm TITLE=Port Storm Configuration TEXT=Port Storm Configuration The Port Storm Configuration dialog box provides information about the thresholds for particular types of traffic. Navigation Right-click on the port, then select Configure > Port Storm Control > Port Storm Configuration from the popup menu. The following information appears: Threshold Traffic Type (cpscTrafficType) Upper Thresh Limit (cpscUpperThreshold) Lower Thresh Limit (cpscLowerThreshold) Action Action (cpscAction) Notification (cpscNotificationControl) Related Topics Port Storm Status Traffic Type (cpscTrafficType) Identifies a particular traffic type for which a management station wants to configure storm control on the given interface that is identified by its ifIndex. broadcast (1) is the only valid value. Upper Thresh Limit (cpscUpperThreshold) The upper threshold of the total amount of a particular traffic type. The value represents the traffic as a percentage of total bandwidth of the interface in units of 0.01%. Lower Thresh Limit (cpscLowerThreshold) The lower threshold of total amount of a particular traffic type. When a filter action is in effect on an interface because of a previous stormevent, the value of this object determines when the system will stop the filter action. The value represents traffic as percent of total bandwidth of the interface in units of 0.01%. Action (cpscAction) The storm control action taken when the traffic of a particular type exceeds the configured upper threshold values. Notification (cpscNotificationControl) Controls when a storm control notification is generated. Values are: none (1) The default value. No notifications are generated. both (4) A notification is generated when a storm event is both detected and cleared.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_multi_dial_peer_general_config.htm TITLE=General Peer Configuration TEXT=General Peer Configuration The General Peer Configuration dialog box enables you to configure dial-peer on voice ports. This dialog box applies to the voice ports associated to a dial-peer. Navigation Do one of the following: Right-click on a voice port, then select Configure > Dial - Peer Configuration > General Peer Configuration from the popup menu. Right-click on an 8FXS or 16FXS port, then select Configure from the popup menu. The VoicePort List dialog box appears. Click Details . Select Dial-Peer Configuration > General Peer Configuration . The following information appears: Dial Peer-Tag (dialCtlPeerCfgId) Destination-pattern (dialCtlPeerCfgOriginateAddress) Answer-address (dialCtlPeerCfgAnswerAddress) Speed (dialCtlPeerCfgSpeed) Information Type (dialCtlPeerCfgInfoType) Trap (dialCtlPeerCfgTrapEnable) Permission (dialCtlPeerCfgPermission) Inactivity Timer (dialCtlPeerCfgInactivityTimer) Minimum Duration (dialCtlPeerCfgMinDuration) Maximum Duration (dialCtlPeerCfgMaxDuration) Call Timeout (dialCtlPeerCfgCarrierDelay) Call Retry Delay (dialCtlPeerCfgRetryDelay) Call Failure Delays (dialCtlPeerCfgFailureDelay) Related Topics General Peer Configuration Dial Peer-Tag (dialCtlPeerCfgId) The identification for a dial peer. There can be several entries for one peer, defining different ways to reach the peer. So there can be several entries in the table with the same value of dialCtlPeerCfgId. Multiple entries for one peer may be used to support multilink as well as backup lines. A single peer will be identified by a unique value of this object. Destination-pattern (dialCtlPeerCfgOriginateAddress) The address at which the peer is called. The structure of this information will be switch type specific. If there is no address information required for reaching the peer, for example, for leased lines, this object will be a zero length string. Answer-address (dialCtlPeerCfgAnswerAddress) Calling Party Number information element, as for example, passed in an ISDN SETUP message by a PBX or switch, for incoming calls. This address can be used to identify the peer. If this address is either unknown or identical to dialCtlPeerCfgOriginateAddress, this object will be a zero length string. Speed (dialCtlPeerCfgSpeed) The desired information transfer speed, in bits per second, when calling this peer. Information Type (dialCtlPeerCfgInfoType) The information transfer capability to be used when calling the peer. Values are: other (1) speech (2) Non-Data Connection unrestrictedDigital (3) 64 kbps data unrestrictedDigital56 (4) with 56 kb rate adaption restrictedDigital (5) audio31 (6) 3.1 kHz audio in data mode connection audio7 (7) 7 kHz audio in data mode connection video (8) packetSwitched (9) fax (10) Trap (dialCtlPeerCfgTrapEnable) Indicates whether dialCtlPeerCallInformation and dialCtlPeerCallSetup traps should be generated for this peer. Permission (dialCtlPeerCfgPermission) Dial peer permissions. Values are: originate (1) answer (2) both (3) Originate and answer callback (4) Rejects the call and then calls back, or uses the Reverse Charging information element if it is available. none (5) Inactivity Timer (dialCtlPeerCfgInactivityTimer) A connection is automatically disconnected if it no longer carries useful data for a time period, in seconds. Useful data means packets are being forwarded, including routing information (this excludes encapsulator maintenance frames). Zero means the connection will not be automatically taken down due to inactivity, which implies that it is a dedicated circuit. Minimum Duration (dialCtlPeerCfgMinDuration) The minimum duration of a call in seconds, starting from the time the call is connected until the call is disconnected. Maximum Duration (dialCtlPeerCfgMaxDuration) The maximum call duration in seconds. Zero means unlimited. Default is zero. Call Timeout (dialCtlPeerCfgCarrierDelay) The call timeout time in seconds. Call Retry Delay (dialCtlPeerCfgRetryDelay) The time, in seconds, between call retries if a peer cannot be reached. Zero means call retries are done without any delay. Call Failure Delays (dialCtlPeerCfgFailureDelay) The time, in seconds, after which call attempts are placed again after a peer has been found unreachable. Zero means, no call attempts are made.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_mon_pots_calleg_stats.htm TITLE=POTS Call Leg Statistics TEXT=POTS Call Leg Statistics The POTS Call Leg Statistics dialog box provides information on the POTS call leg. This is applicable to voice ports associated with a POTS call leg. Navigation Do one of the following: Right-click on a voice port, then select Monitor from the popup menu. The Port Monitor dialog box appears. Select POTS Call leg Statistics from the category list. Right-click on an 8FSX or 16FSX port, then select Configure from the popup menu. Click Monitor. The VoicePort List dialog box appears. Click Details , then select POTS Call leg Statistics . The following information appears: Voice Utilization(%) (Voice_Utilization) Fax Utilization (%) (Fax_Utilization) Number of Fax Image pages (cvCallActiveImgPageCount) Voice Utilization(%) (Voice_Utilization) Voice utilization calculated using the formula: Voice Utilization (%) = (cvCallActiveVoiceTxDuration / cvCallActiveTxDuration) * 100 cvCallActiveVoiceTxDuration Duration of voice transmission from this peer to voice gateway. cvCallActiveTxDuration Total duration of transmission from this peer. Fax Utilization (%) (Fax_Utilization) Fax utilization calculated using the formula: Fax Utilization (%) = (cvCallActiveFaxTxDuration / cvCallActiveTxDuration) * 100 cvCallActiveFaxTxDuration Duration of fax transmission from this peer to voice gateway. cvCallActiveTxDuration Total duration of transmission from this peer. Number of Fax Image pages (cvCallActiveImgPageCount) The number of fax related image pages that are received or transmitted via the peer for the call.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_mon_ds1_interval_stats.htm TITLE=DS1 Interval Statistics TEXT=DS1 Interval Statistics The DS1 Interval Statistics dialog box provides performance information for selected intervals. Navigation Right-click on a DSx port, then select Monitor from the popup menu. The Port Monitor dialog box appears. Select DS1 Interval Statistics > Monitor from the Category list. The following information appears: Errored Seconds (dsx1IntervalESs) Severely Errored Seconds (dsx1IntervalSESs) Severely Errored Framing Seconds (dsx1IntervalSEFSs) Unavailable Seconds (dsx1IntervalUASs) Controlled Slip Seconds (dsx1IntervalCSSs) Path Coding Violations (dsx1IntervalPCVs) Line Errored Seconds (dsx1IntervalLESs) Bursty Errored Seconds (dsx1IntervalBESs) Degraded Minutes (dsx1IntervalDMs) Coding Violations (dsx1IntervalLCVs) Related Topics DS1 Current Statistics DS1 Fractional Interfaces DS1 Configuration DS1 Subchannel Interfaces DS1 Total Statistics Errored Seconds (dsx1IntervalESs) The number of errored seconds. Severely Errored Seconds (dsx1IntervalSESs) The number of severely errored seconds. Severely Errored Framing Seconds (dsx1IntervalSEFSs) The number of severely errored framing seconds. Unavailable Seconds (dsx1IntervalUASs) The number of unavailable seconds. Controlled Slip Seconds (dsx1IntervalCSSs) The number of controlled slip seconds. Path Coding Violations (dsx1IntervalPCVs) The number of path coding violations. Line Errored Seconds (dsx1IntervalLESs) The number of line errored seconds. Bursty Errored Seconds (dsx1IntervalBESs) The number of bursty errored seconds. Degraded Minutes (dsx1IntervalDMs) The number of degraded minutes. Coding Violations (dsx1IntervalLCVs) The number of line code violations.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_mon_ds1_current_stats.htm TITLE=DS1 Current Statistics TEXT=DS1 Current Statistics The DS1 Current Statistics dialog box enables you to monitor the DS1 interface. Navigation Right-click on a DSx port, then select Monitor from the popup menu. The Port Monitor dialog box appears. Select DS1 Current Statistics from the Category list. The following information appears: Errored Seconds (dsx1CurrentESs) Severely Errored Framing Seconds (dsx1CurrentSEFSs) Unavailable Seconds (dsx1CurrentUASs) Path Coding Violations (dsx1CurrentPCVs) Line Errored Seconds (dsx1CurrentLESs) Line Code Violations (dsx1CurrentLCVs) Bursty Errored Seconds (dsx1CurrentBESs) Degraded Minutes (dsx1CurrentDMs) Severely Errored Seconds (dsx1CurrentSESs) Controlled Slip Seconds (dsx1CurrentCSSs) Related Topics DS1 Configuration DS1 Fractional Interfaces DS1 Interval Statistics DS1 Subchannel Interfaces DS1 Total Statistics Errored Seconds (dsx1CurrentESs) The number of errored seconds encountered by the selected DS1 line during the current 15-minute interval. Severely Errored Framing Seconds (dsx1CurrentSEFSs) The number of unavailable errored framing seconds encountered by the selected DS1 line during the current 15-minute interval. Unavailable Seconds (dsx1CurrentUASs) The number of unavailable errored seconds encountered by the selected DS1 line during the current 15-minute interval. Path Coding Violations (dsx1CurrentPCVs) The number of path coding violations encountered by the selected DS1 line during the current 15-minute interval. Line Errored Seconds (dsx1CurrentLESs) The number of line errored seconds encountered by the selected DS1 line during the current 15-minute interval. Line Code Violations (dsx1CurrentLCVs) The number of line code violations encountered by the selected DS1 line during the current 15-minute interval. Bursty Errored Seconds (dsx1CurrentBESs) The number of bursty errored seconds encountered by the selected DS1 line during the current 15-minute interval. Degraded Minutes (dsx1CurrentDMs) The number of degraded minutes encountered by the selected DS1 line during the current 15-minute interval. Severely Errored Seconds (dsx1CurrentSESs) The number of severely errored seconds encountered by the selected DS1 line during the current 15-minute interval. Controlled Slip Seconds (dsx1CurrentCSSs) The number of controlled slip seconds encountered by the selected DS1 line during the current 15-minute interval.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_dial_peer_voip_config.htm TITLE=VoIP Peer Configuration TEXT=VoIP Peer Configuration The VoIP Peer Configuration dialog box provides general dial-peer configuration information on voice ports. The dialog box applies to the voice ports associated to a dial-peer. Navigation Right-click on the Access Gateway Module, then select Voice Configuration > Dial-Peer Configuration > VoIP Peer Configuration from the popup menu. The following information appears: Dial-Peer Tag (dialCtlPeerCfgId) Session-Protocol (cvVoIPPeerCfgSessionProtocol) Desired QoS (cvVoIPPeerCfgDesiredQoS) Min. Acceptable QoS (cvVoIPPeerCfgMinAcceptableQoS) Session-Target (cvVoIPPeerCfgSessionTarget) Coder Rate (cvVoIPPeerCfgCoderRate) Fax Rate (cvVoIPPeerCfgFaxRate) VAD Enable (cvVoIPPeerCfgVADEnable) Expectation Factor (cvVoIPPeerCfgExpectFactor) Calculated Planning Impairment Factor (cvVoIPPeerCfgIcpif) Poor QoV Notification Enable (cvVoIPPeerCfgPoorQoVNotificationEnable) UDP Checksum Enable (cvVoIPPeerCfgUDPChecksumEnable) IP Precedence (cvVoIPPeerCfgIPPrecedence) Technology Prefix (cvVoIPPeerCfgTechPrefix) Digit Relay (cvVoIPPeerCfgDigitRelay) Coder Voice Payload (cvVoIPPeerCfgCoderBytes) Coder Fax Payload (cvVoIPPeerCfgFaxBytes) In Band Signaling (cvVoIPPeerCfgInBandSignaling) Dial-Peer Tag ( dialCtlPeerCfgId) The identification for a dial peer. There can be several entries for one peer, defining different ways to reach the peer. So there can be several entries in the table with the same value of dialCtlPeerCfgId. Multiple entries for one peer may be used to support multilink as well as backup lines. A single peer will be identified by a unique value of this object. Session-Protocol (cvVoIPPeerCfgSessionProtocol) The session protocol used for an Internet call between a local and remote router via IP backbone. Desired QoS (cvVoIPPeerCfgDesiredQoS) The user requested quality of service for the call. Min. Acceptable QoS (cvVoIPPeerCfgMinAcceptableQoS) The minimum acceptable quality of service for the call. Session-Target (cvVoIPPeerCfgSessionTarget) Specifies the session target of the peer. The session target has the syntax used by the IETF service location protocol. The syntax is as follows: mapping-type:type-specific-syntax The mapping-type specifies a scheme for mapping the matching dial string to a session target. The type-specific-syntax is understood by a particular mapping scheme. For example: Session target Meaning ipv4:171.68.13.55:1006 The session target is the IP version 4 address of 171.68.13.55 and port 1006. dns:pots.cisco.com:1661 The session target is the IP host with DNS name pots.cisco.com, and port 1661. The mapping type definitions for the peer are as follows: Mapping type definition Syntax ipv4 ipv4:w.x.y.z:port or ipv4:w.x.y.z dns dns:host.domain:port or dns:host.domain loopback loopback:where In the loopback syntax, 'where' string is defined as rtp. rtp means loopback is performed at the transport protocol level. There are two loopback cases. Local loopback case: rtp means the session application allocates a port pair and opens the appropriate UDP sockets. It then does the full RTP encapsulation, sends the packets to the loopback IP address, receives the RTP packets, and hands the compressed voice back to the codec. This tests the entire local processing path in the router, as well as all of the above paths. Remote loopback case: rtp means RTP packets received from the network are decapsulated and immediately re-encapsulated in the outbound RTP stream, using the same media clock (timestamp) as the received packet. They are then sent back to the remote source router as if the voice had originated on a telephone port on the local router. Coder Rate (cvVoIPPeerCfgCoderRate) The default voice coder rate of speech for the VoIP peer. Values are: Default voice code Rate of speech g729r8000 G.729 8000 bps g729Ar8000 G.729 ANNEX-A 8000 bps g729Br8000 G.729 ANNEX-B 8000 bps g729ABr8000 G.729 ANNEX-A & B 8000 bps g711ulawr64000 G.711 u-Law 64000 bps g711Alawr64000 G.711 A-Law 64000 bps Fax Rate (cvVoIPPeerCfgFaxRate) The default transmission rate of fax for the VoIP peer. If the value is 'none', then the fax relay feature is disabled; otherwise the feature is enabled. Values are: one Fax relay is disabled. voiceRate The fastest possible fax rate not exceed the configured voice rate. fax2400 2400 bps FAX transmission rate. fax4800 4800 bps FAX transmission rate. fax7200 7200 bps FAX transmission rate. fax9600 9600 bps FAX transmission rate. fax14400 14400 bps FAX transmission rate. VAD Enable (cvVoIPPeerCfgVADEnable) Specifies whether VAD (Voice Activity Detection) is enabled. Values are: true VAD is enabled. false The voice data is continuously transmitted to the IP backbone. Expectation Factor (cvVoIPPeerCfgExpectFactor) The user-requested voice quality for the call via this peer. Calculated Planning Impairment Factor (cvVoIPPeerCfgIcpif) The user requested calculated planning impairment factor (Icpif) for the call via this peer. Poor QoV Notification Enable (cvVoIPPeerCfgPoorQoVNotificationEnable) Specifies whether cvdcPoorQoVNotification traps associated with this peer are generated for the call. UDP Checksum Enable (cvVoIPPeerCfgUDPChecksumEnable) Specifies whether the outgoing voice-related UDP packet includes the checksum information. Values are: true Enable the checksum of outgoing voice UDP packets false Disable the checksum of outgoing voice UDP packets IP Precedence (cvVoIPPeerCfgIPPrecedence) The datagram precedence of voice packets. The value ranges from 0 (normal precedence) through 7 (network control), allowing the managed system to set the importance of each voice packet. IP precedence is used for delivering the packets to the destination peer via an IP network that does not support Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP). Technology Prefix (cvVoIPPeerCfgTechPrefix) The technology prefix of the peer. The technology prefix and the called party address are passed in an Admission Request (ARQ) to a gatekeeper for the called party address resolution during call setup. Digit Relay (cvVoIPPeerCfgDigitRelay) The method for transmitting DTMF or MF digits through an IP network. rtpCisco Enable capability to transmit dial digits with Cisco proprietary RTP payload type. h245Signal Enable capability to transmit DTMF digits across the H.245 channel, via the signal field of the UserInputIndication message. h245Alphanumeric Enable capability to transmit DTMF digits across the H.245 channel, via the string or alphanumeric fields of the UserInputIndication message Note: Modifying the value of cvVoIPPeerCfgSessionProtocol might reset the digit-relay method associated bits value if the modified session protocol does not support these digit-relay methods. Coder Voice Payload (cvVoIPPeerCfgCoderBytes) The size of the voice payload sample produced by the coder specified in cvVoIPPeerCfgCoderRate. Each coder sample produces 10 bytes of voice payload. The specified value is rounded down to the nearest valid size. Zero means, the coder defined by cvVoIPPeerCfgCoderRate should produce its default payload size. The range is from 10 to 240. Coder Fax Payload (cvVoIPPeerCfgFaxBytes) The payload size produced by the coder when it is generating fax data. The range is from 10 to 255. Zero means, the coder specified in cvVoIPCfgPeerCoderRate should produce its default fax payload size. In Band Signaling (cvVoIPPeerCfgInBandSignaling) The type of in-band signaling used between the end points of the call. In-band signaling is used by the router to detemine how to interpret ABCD signaling bits sent as part of voice payload data.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_detail_dial_peer_general_config.htm TITLE=Detail General Peer Configuration TEXT=Detail General Peer Configuration The Detail General Peer Configuration information dialog box provides information on the dial-peers configured on an interface. The dialog box is enabled only when more than one dial peer is configured on the port. Navigation Do one of the following: Right-click on a voice port, then select Configure > Dial-Peer Configuration > General Peer Configuration from the popup menu. The General Peer Configuration dialog box appears. Click Details , then select Detail General Peer Configuration . Right-click an 8FXS or 16FXS port, then select Configure from the popup menu. The VoicePort List dialog box appears. Click Details, then select Dial-Peer Configuration > General Peer Configuration . The General Peer Configuration dialog box appears. Click Details , then select Detail General Peer Configuration . The following information appears: Incoming DNIS Prefix (cvPeerCommonCfgIncomingDnisDigits) Max Connections (cvPeerCommonCfgMaxConnections) Application Name (cvPeerCommonCfgApplicationName) Peer Preference (cvPeerCommonCfgPreference) Is Hunt Stop (cvPeerCommonCfgHuntStop) Incoming DNIS Prefix (cvPeerCommonCfgIncomingDnisDigits) The prefix of the incoming Dialed Number Identification Service (DNIS) digits for the peer. The DNIS digits prefix is used to match the incoming DNIS number for incoming call discrimination. If the digits are matched with incoming DNIS number, the associated dialCtlPeerCfgInfoType is used as a call discriminator for differentiating speech, data, fax, video or modem calls. The value ranges -from 0 to 32. Max Connections (cvPeerCommonCfgMaxConnections) The maximum allowed connection between two peers. The value ranges from 1 to 2147483647. Value -1 means, the maximum value option is disabled. Application Name (cvPeerCommonCfgApplicationName) The application to handle the incoming call after the peer is selected. If no application is specified, the default session application takes care of the call. Peer Preference (cvPeerCommonCfgPreference) The selection preference of a peer when multiple peers are matched to the selection criteria. The range is from 0 to 10. The value of 0 has the lowest preference for peer selection. Is Hunt Stop (cvPeerCommonCfgHuntStop) Specifies whether dialpeer hunting should stop when the peer is reached. Values are: true Stop hunting when the peer is reached. false Default value
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_config_fxs_voice_config.htm TITLE=FXS Voice Configuration TEXT=FXS Voice Configuration The FXS Voice Configuration dialog box provides information about the Foreign Exchange Station voice configuration. Navigation Do one of the following: Right-click on an FXS port, then select Configuration > FXS Voice Configuration from the popup menu. Right-click on an 8FXS or 16FXS port, then select Configure from the popup menu. The VoicePort List dialog box appears. Click Details . Select FXS Voice Configuration from the Category list. The following information appears: Voice Configuration Connection Number (cvIfCfgConnectionNumber) VAD Enable (cvIfCfgNoiseRegEnable) Nonlinear Processing (cvIfCfgNonLinearProcEnable) Music OnHold Threshold(dBm) (cvIfCfgMusicOnHoldThreshold) Gain Inserted (dB) (cvIfCfgInGain) Attenuation Inserted (dB) (cvIfCfgOutAttn) Regional Tone (cvIfCfgRegionalTone) Echo Cancel Enable (cvIfCfgEchoCancelEnable) Echo Cancel Coverage (cvIfCfgEchoCancelCoverage) Dial Timers Initial Digit Time Out (seconds) (cvIfCfgInitialDigitTimeOut) Inter Digit Time Out (seconds) (cvIfCfgInterDigitTimeOut) Outgoing DTMF Digit Duration Timing (cvaIfFXSTimingDigitDuration) Outgoing DTMF Interdigit Timing (cvaIfFXSTimingInterDigitDuration) Related Topics FXS Interface Configuration Connection Number (cvIfCfgConnectionNumber) The full E.164 phone number used to establish connection with trunking mode or PLAR mode. If the cvIfCfgConnectionMode is &#147;normal,&#148; then this object will be a zero-length string. VAD Enable (cvIfCfgNoiseRegEnable) Indicates whether the background noise should be played to fill silence gaps if VAD is activated. Default is enabled. Nonlinear Processing (cvIfCfgNonLinearProcEnable) Indicates whether the Nonlinear Processing is enabled for the interface. The default value of this object is enabled. Music OnHold Threshold (dBm) (cvIfCfgMusicOnHoldThreshold) The Music On Hold Threshold for the interface. The value range is -70 to -30 decibels per milliwatt (dBm). Default is -38 dBm. Gain Inserted (dB) (cvIfCfgInGain) The amount of gain inserted at the receiver side of the interface. The input gain settings only define a gain/loss relative to the 0-dB setting. The absolute loss at the 0-dB setting could be implementation dependent based on the desired network loss plan. The default value of this object is 0 dB. The value range is -6 to 14. Attenuation Inserted (dB) (cvIfCfgOutAttn) The amount of attenuation inserted at the transmit side of the interface. The output attenuation settings only define a loss relative to the 0 dB setting. The absolute loss at the 0 dB setting could be implementation dependent based on the desired network loss plan. The default value of this object is 0 dB. The value range is -6 to 14. Regional Tone (cvIfCfgRegionalTone) The country specific setting for the tone, ring, and cadence parameters to be used by the interface. Shows the two letter ISO-3166 country code. Values are: Code Country Code Country Code Country AR Argentina IN India PE Peru AU Australia ID Indonesia PH Philippines AT Austria IE Ireland PL Poland BE Belgium IL Israel PT Portugal BR Brazil IT Italy RU Russian Federation CA Canada JP Japan SA Saudi Arabia CN China JO Jordan SG Singapore CO Columbia KE Kenya SK Slovakia CY Cyprus KR Korea Republic SI Slovenia CZ Czech Republic LB Lebanon ZA South Africa DK Denmark LU Luxembourg ES Spain EG Egypt MY Malaysia SE Sweden FI Finland MX Mexico CH Switzerland FR France NP Nepal TW Taiwan DE Germany NL Netherlands TH Thailand GH Ghana NZ New Zealand TR Turkey GR Greece NG Nigeria GB United Kingdom HK Hong Kong NO Norway US United States HU Hungary PK Pakistan VE Venezuela IS Iceland PA Panama ZW Zimbabwe Echo Cancel Enable (cvIfCfgEchoCancelEnable) Specifies whether the Echo Cancellation is enabled for the interface. The default value of this object is enabled. Echo Cancel Coverage (cvIfCfgEchoCancelCoverage) The Echo Canceller coverage for the interface. This object is valid if the cvIfCfgEchoCancelEnable object is &#147;true.&#148; Values are: echoCanceller8ms 8 milliseconds echoCanceller16ms 16 milliseconds echoCanceller24ms 24 milliseconds echoCanceller32ms 32 milliseconds Default is echoCanceller16ms. Initial Digit Time Out (seconds) (cvIfCfgInitialDigitTimeOut) The initial digit timeout that indicates the amount of time the managed system waits for an initial input digit from the caller. The timer is activated when the call is accepted and is deactivated upon digit input. If the timer expires, the caller is signaled through the appropriate tone, and the call is abandoned. The value of zero disables the timer. The default value of this object is 10 seconds. The value range is 0 to 120. Inter Digit Time Out (seconds) (cvIfCfgInterDigitTimeOut) The inter-digit timeout that indicates the amount of time the managed system waits for a subsequent input digit from the caller. The timer is started upon receipt of an input digit and restarted as each digit is received until the destination address is identified. If the timer expires and no destination address is identified, the caller is signaled through the appropriate tone and the call is abandoned. The value of zero disables the timer. The value range is 0 to 120. Default is 10 seconds. Outgoing DTMF Digit Duration Timing (cvaIfFXSTimingDigitDuration) Outgoing DTMF digit duration in milliseconds. The value range is 50 to 500. Default is 100 milliseconds. Outgoing DTMF Interdigit Timing (cvaIfFXSTimingInterDigitDuration) Outgoing DTMF inter-digit duration in milliseconds. The value range is 50 to 500. Default is 100 milliseconds.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_config_fxs_interface_config.htm TITLE=FXS Interface Configuration TEXT=FXS Interface Configuration The FXS Interface Configuration dialog box provides general information about the interface configuration, FXS specific configuration information, and analog configuration for the FXS interface. Navigation Do one of the following: Right-click on the FXS port, then select Configuration > FXS Interface Configuration from the popup menu. Right-click on an 8FXS or 16FXS port, then select Configure from the popup menu. The VoicePort List dialog box appears. Click Details . Select FXS Interface Configuration from the Category list. The following information appears: FXS Signal Type (cvaIfFXSCfgSignalType) Ring Frequency (cvaIfFXSRingFrequency) Hook Status (cvaIfFXSHookStatus) Ring Active Status (cvaIfFXSRingActive) Ring Ground Status (cvaIfFXSRingGround) Tip Ground Status (cvaIfFXSTipGround) Connection Mode (cvIfCfgConnectionMode) Analog Information Status (cvaIfStatusInfoType) Impedance (cvaIfCfgImpedance) Maintanance Mode (cvaIfMaintenanceMode) Signal Errors (cvaIfStatusSignalErrors) Integrated DSP (cvaIfCfgIntegratedDSP) Related Topics FXS Voice Configuration Index (ifIndex) The unique identifier for the interface. Description (ifDescr) The interface information (for example, the product name, manufacturer, and hardware version). Type (ifType) The network interface type defined in the MIB-II interface table. For switch port ifType is ethernetcsmacd Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) The administrative status of the interface. Values are: up down Operational Status (ifOperStatus) The current operating state of the interface. Values are: The current operating state of the interface. Values are: up (1) The ifAdminStatus is up. down (2) The ifAdminStatus is down. testing (3) No operational packets can be passed. You cannot set this value through SNMP. Unknown (4) Dormant (5) The interface is waiting for external actions. Last Change Time (ifLastChange) The time at which the interface changed its state. Signal Type (cvaIfFXSCfgSignalType) The signaling type of the FXS interface is either loop start or ground start. Ring Frequency (cvaIfFXSRingFrequency) The ring frequency to be used in the FXS interface. The default value of this object is 25 Hertz (Hz). Values are: ringFrequency25 25 Hertz ringFrequency50 50 Hertz ringFrequency20 20 Hertz ringFrequency30 30 Hertz Hook Status (cvaIfFXSHookStatus) The hook status of FXS interface. Values are: onHook The connected equipment (for example, a phone) is on hook. offHook The connected equipment is off hook. Ring Active Status (cvaIfFXSRingActive) The outgoing ring active indication. Values are: true The interface is generating a ring out signal to the KTS or POTS. false The interface is not generating ring-out signal Ring Ground Status (cvaIfFXSRingGround) The incoming ring ground indication. Tip ground status is valid only when the cvaIfFXSCfgSignalType is fxsGroundStart. Values are: true The interface is presenting a ring ground to the connected equipment. false The interface is not presenting a ring ground to the connected equipment. Tip Ground Status (cvaIfFXSTipGround) The incoming tip ground indication. Tip ground status is valid only valid when the cvaIfFXSCfgSignalType is fxsGroundStart. Values are: true The interface is presenting a tip ground to the connected equipment. false The interface is not presenting a tip ground to the connected equipment. Connection Mode (cvIfCfgConnectionMode) The object indicates the connection mode of the interface. Values are: Status (cvaIfStatusInfoType) The information transfer services for the current or last call. Values are: g3fax Group 3 fax. voice Analog voice. None No service. Impedance (cvaIfCfgImpedance) The terminating impedance of voice analog interfaces. Values are: Other None of the values listed here. Arbitrary, within limits for special cases. Ohms600Real 600 ohms. Ohms600Complex 600 ohms + 2.16uF. Ohms900Complex 900 ohms + 2.16uF. OhmsComplex 1 complex 1; 220 Ohms + 820 Ohms || 115nF. Used primarily in Germany. OhmsComplex 2 complex2; 270 Ohms + 750 Ohms || 150nF. Used primarily in the United Kingdom and Sweden. This is available only for analog interfaces. Maintanance Mode (cvaIfMaintenanceMode) The maintenance mode of the analog voice interface. Values are: Host Compressed Loopback Set by the managed system to perform the compressed voice loopback test. The voice packet is passed by voice application to the interface associated codec. Instead of feeding these into the codec for decompression, they are immediately sent back to the voice application as if they had originated locally and had been compressed. Host Uncompressed Loopback Set by the managed system to perform the uncompressed voice loopback test. The voice packet is sent by voice application all the way through the interface associated codec and then turned around instead of being sent to the telephony endpoint. Interface Compressed Loopback Set by the managed system to perform the interface uncompressed voice loopback test for the external test equipment that is connected to the voice interface. The voice samples are sent from the test equipment all the way through the interface associated codec and then turned around instead of being sent to the voice application. Interface Uncompressed Loopback Set by the managed system to perform the interface uncompressed voice loopback test for the external test equipment that is connected to the voice interface. The voice samples are sent from the test equipment to the interface associated codec. Instead of feeding the voice samples into the codec for compression, they are immediately sent back to the telephony interface. None Interface is not in maintenance mode. Signal Errors (cvaIfStatusSignalErrors) The accumulated number of signaling protocol errors that were detected in the interface since system startup. Integrated DSP (cvaIfCfgIntegratedDSP) Indicates whether the interface has an integrated digital signal processing (DSP) unit.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_dial_peer_pots_config.htm TITLE=POTS Peer Configuration TEXT=POTS Peer Configuration The POTS Peer Configuration dialog box provides POTS dial-peer configuration information on voice ports. The dialog box applies to the voice ports associated to a dial-peer. Navigation Do one of the following: Right-click on a voice port, then select Configure > Dial-Peer Configuration > POTS Peer Configuration from the popup menu. Right-click on a voice port, then select Configure > Dial-Peer Configuration > General Peer Configuration from the popup menu. The General Peer Configuration dialog box appears. Click Details , then select POTS Peer Configuration . Right-click on an 8FXS or 16FXS port, then select Configure from the popup menu. The VoicePort list dialog box appears. Click Details, then select Dial-Peer Configuration > POTS Peer Configuration . Right-click on the Access Gateway Module, then select Voice Configuration > Dial-Peer Configuration > POTS Peer Configuration from the popup menu.. The following information appears: Dial Peer-Tag (dialCtlPeerCfgId) Session-Target (cvVoicePeerCfgSessionTarget) Dial Digit Prefix (cvVoicePeerCfgDialDigitsPrefix) DID Call Enable (cvVoicePeerCfgDIDCallEnable) CAS Group (cvVoicePeerCfgCasGroup) Register E.164 Number (cvVoicePeerCfgRegisterE164) Forward Digits (cvVoicePeerCfgForwardDigits) Dial Peer-Tag ( dialCtlPeerCfgId) The identification for a dial peer. There can be several entries for one peer, defining different ways to reach the peer. So there can be several entries in the table with the same value of dialCtlPeerCfgId. Multiple entries for one peer may be used to support multilink as well as backup lines. A single peer will be identified by a unique value of this object. Session-Target (cvVoicePeerCfgSessionTarget) The session target of the peer. The session target has the syntax used by the IETF service location protocol. The syntax is: mapping-type:type-specific-syntax where mapping-type specifies a scheme for mapping the matching dial string to a session target. The valid mapping type definition for the peer is as follows: loopback Syntax: loopback:where The where string is defined as follows: compressed means loopback is performed on compressed voice as close to the CODEC which processes the data. uncompressed means loopback is performed on the PCM or analog voice as close to the telephony endpoint. There are two loopback cases: Local loopback case: uncompressed means the PCM voice coming into the DSP is turned around and sent back out, allowing testing of the transmit to receive paths in the telephony endpoint. compressed means the compressed voice coming out of the codec is turned around on the DSP module and fed back into the decompressor through the jitter buffer. In addition to the telephony endpoint, this tests both the encode and decode paths without involving data paths or packet handling on the host router. Remote loopback case: compressed means RTP packets received from the network are decapsulated and passed to the DSP board. Instead of feeding these into the codec for decompression, they are immediately sent back to the session application as if they originated locally and were compressed. uncompressed means in addition to the above, the voice samples are sent all the way through the codec and then turned around instead of being sent to the telephony endpoint. Dial Digit Prefix (cvVoicePeerCfgDialDigitsPrefix) The prefix of the dial digits for the peer. The dial digits prefix is sent to telephony interface before the real phone number when the system places the outgoing call to the voice encapsulation peer over telephony interface. DID Call Enable (cvVoicePeerCfgDIDCallEnable) Enables or disables the DID call treatment for incoming DNIS digits. Values are: true The incoming DNIS digits as if the digits are received from DID trunk. false Disable DID call treatment for incoming DNIS digits. CAS Group (cvVoicePeerCfgCasGroup) The CAS group number of a CAS capable T1 or E1 that is in the dialCtlPeerCfgLowerIf of RFC2128. It is set to a valid CAS group number if the dialCtlPeerCfgLowerIf contains a valid ifIndex for a CAS capable T1 or E1. It must be set to -1 before the value of dialCtlPeerCfgLowerIf of RFC2128 is changed. Value range is 0 to 23 for T1 and 0 to 30 for E1. -1 means the Cas group is disabled. Register E.164 Number (cvVoicePeerCfgRegisterE164) Specifies whether the E.164 number specified in the dialCtlPeerCfgOriginateAddress field of the associated dialCtlPeerCfgTable entry must be registered with the router gatekeeper. Forward Digits (cvVoicePeerCfgForwardDigits) The number of dialed digits, to be forwarded to the remote destination, in the setup message. Values are: 0 to 32 Number of right justified digits to forward. -1 0 -2 Forward extra digits. -3 Forward all digits.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_config_fxo_port_config.htm TITLE=FXO Interface Configuration TEXT=FXO Interface Configuration The FXO Interface Configuration dialog box provides information on general interface configuration, FXO specific configuration, and analog interface configuration for the selected FXO port. Navigation Right-click on an FXO port, then select Configure > FXO Interface Configuration from the popup menu. The following information appears: FXO Signal Type (cvaIfFXOCfgSignalType) Dial Type (cvaIfFXOCfgDialType) Supervisory Disconnect (cvaIfFXOCfgSupDisconnect) Hook Status (cvaIfFXOHookStatus) Ring Detect (cvaIfFXORingDetect) Ring Ground Status (cvaIfFXORingGround) Tip Ground Status (cvaIfFXOTipGround) Connection Mode (cvIfCfgConnectionMode) Analog Information Status (cvaIfStatusInfoType) Impedance (cvaIfCfgImpedance) Maintenance Mode (cvaIfMaintenanceMode) Signal Errors (cvaIfStatusSignalErrors) Integrated DSP (cvaIfCfgIntegratedDSP) Related Topics FXO Voice Configuration Signal Type (cvaIfFXOCfgSignalType) Indicates the signaling type of FXO interface. Values are: Default is Loop start. Dial Type (cvaIfFXOCfgDialType) The type of outdialing the FXO interface can perform. Values are: dtmf (default value) pulse Supervisory disconnect (cvaIfFXOCfgSupDisconnect) Specifies whether a supervisory disconnect signal (CPC) will be presented to the interface when the party connected at the interface hangs up. Hook Status (cvaIfFXOHookStatus) The hook status of the FXO interface. Values are: onHook offHook Ring Detect (cvaIfFXORingDetect) Specifies whether the interface detects a ring from PBX or CO. Values are: true false Ring Ground Status (cvaIfFXORingGround) The incoming ring ground indication. It is valid only when the cvaIfFXOCfgSignalType is fxoGroundStart. Values are: True The interface present a ring ground to the connected equipment False The interface does not present a ring ground to the connected equipment Tip Ground Status (cvaIfFXOTipGround) The incoming tip ground indication. It is only valid when the cvaIfFXOCfgSignalType is fxoGroundStart. Values are: True The interface presents a tip ground to the connected equipment False The interface does not present a tip ground to the connected equipment Connection Mode (cvIfCfgConnectionMode) The connection mode of the interface. Values are: Normal The interface acts normally to handle incoming and outgoing calls. Trunk The interface acts in trunking mode. Trunking mode causes two interfaces (on either the same or different routers) to be always conferenced together, and telephony signaling to be passed transparently through the VoIP system rather than trapped and interpreted by the session application on the router(s). Plar The interface acts in private-line automatic ringdown (PLAR) mode. PLAR is handled by associating a peer directly with an interface so that when the interface goes off-hook, that peer is used to set up the second call leg and conference them together without the caller having to dial any digits. Status (cvaIfStatusInfoType) The information transfer services for the current or last call. Values are: This is available only for analog interfaces. Impedance (cvaIfCfgImpedance) The terminating impedance of voice analog interfaces. Values are: Other None of the values listed here. Arbitrary, within limits for special cases Ohms600Real 600 ohms Ohms600Complex 600 ohms + 2.16uF Ohms900Complex 900 ohms + 2.16uF OhmsComplex 1 complex 1; 220 Ohms + 820 Ohms || 115nF. Used primarily in Germany. OhmsComplex 2 complex2; 270 Ohms + 750 Ohms || 150nF. Used primarily in the United Kingdom and Sweden. Maintenance Mode (cvaIfMaintenanceMode) The maintenance mode of the analog voice interface. Values are: Host Uncompressed Loopback Set by the managed system to perform the uncompressed voice loopback test. The voice packet is sent by voice application all the way through the interface associated codec and then turned around instead of being sent to the telephony endpoint. Interface Compressed Loopback Set by the managed system to perform the interface uncompressed voice loopback test for the external test equipment that is connected to the voice interface. The voice samples are sent from the test equipment all the way through the interface associated codec and then turned around instead of being sent to the voice application. Host Compressed Loopback Set by the managed system to perform the compressed voice loopback test. The voice packet is passed by voice application to the interface associated codec. Instead of feeding these into the codec for decompression, they are immediately sent back to the voice application as if they had originated locally and had been compressed. Interface Uncompressed Loopback Set by the managed system to perform the interface uncompressed voice loopback test for the external test equipment that is connected to the voice interface. The voice samples are sent from the test equipment to the interface associated codec. Instead of feeding the voice samples into the codec for compression, they are immediately sent back to the telephony interface. None Interface is not in maintenance mode Signal Errors (cvaIfStatusSignalErrors) The accumulated number of signaling protocol errors that are detected in the interface since system startup. Integrated DSP (cvaIfCfgIntegratedDSP) Indicates whether the interface has an integrated digital signal processing (DSP) unit.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_config_ds1_subchannel_interfaces.htm TITLE=DS1 Subchannel Interfaces TEXT=DS1 Subchannel Interfaces The DS1 Subchannel Interfaces dialog box enables you to configure DSx subchannel interfaces. Navigation Right-click on the DSx port, then select Configure > DS1 Subchannel Interfaces from the popup menu. The following information appears: Channel (Channel) Index (ifIndex) Description (ifDescr) Name (ifName) Type (ifType) Mtu (ifMtu) Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) Last Change Time (ifLastChange) Related Topics DS1 Current Statistics DS1 Fractional Interfaces DS1 Interval Statistics DS1 Configuration DS1 Total Statistics Channel (Channel) Time slots for a channel group. Index (ifIndex) The unique identifier for an interface. Description (ifDescr) The name of the interface. Name (ifName) The text name for the interface. Type (ifType) The type of the interface. Mtu (ifMtu) Maximum transmission unit. Specifies the size (in octets) of the largest protocol data unit that can be sent to or received by the interface. Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) The administrative status of the interface. Values are: up (1) Operations packets can be passed. down (2) When a managed system is initialized, all interfaces starts with ifAdminStatus in this state. Through an explicit management action or according to the configuration information retained by the managed system, ifAdminStatus is then changed to other states. Operational Status (ifOperStatus) The operational status of the interface. Values are: up (1) The packets can be passed. down (2) testing (3) No packets can be passed. Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) The MAC address of the interface. Last Change Time (ifLastChange) The value of sysUpTime, in hundredths of seconds, when the interface entered its current operating state. (The value is 0 if the current state was entered before the last time the management entity was initialized.)
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_config_ds1_frac_interfaces.htm TITLE=DS1 Fractional Interfaces TEXT=DS1 Fractional Interfaces The DS1 Fractional Interfaces dialog box enables you to configure fractional interfaces on a DS1. Navigation Right-click on a DSx port, then select Configure > DS1 Fractional Interfaces from the popup menu. The following information appears: Fractional Index (dsx1FracIndex) Fractional Number (dsx1FracNumber) Fractional Interface Index (dsx1FracIfIndex) Related Topics DS1 Current Statistics DS1 Configuration DS1 Interval Statistics DS1 Subchannel Interfaces DS1 Total Statistics Fractional Index (dsx1FracIndex) The unique value that identifies the DS1 interface to which the selected fractional interface is applicable. Fractional Number (dsx1FracNumber) The channel number of the entry. Fractional Interface Index (dsx1FracIfIndex) The unique value that identifies a fractional interface.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_config_ds1_config.htm TITLE=DS1 Configuration TEXT=DS1 Configuration The DS1 Configuration dialog box enables you to configure the DSx interface. Navigation Right-click on a DSx port, then select Configure > DS1 Configuration from the popup menu. The following information appears: Interface Identifier (dsx1LineIndex) Description (ifDescr) Time Elapsed Seconds (dsx1TimeElapsed) Valid Intervals (dsx1ValidIntervals) Line Type (dsx1LineType) Send Code Type (dsx1SendCode) Circuit Identifier (dsx1CircuitIdentifier) Loop back Configuration (dsx1LoopbackConfig) Signal Mode (dsx1SignalMode) Transmit Clock Source (dsx1TransmitClockSource) Facility Data Link (dsx1Fdl) Interface Line Status (dsx1LineStatus) No Alarm Present (dsx1NoAlarm) Near End LOF (dsx1XmtFarEndLOF) NE sending AIS (dsx1XmtAIS) NE Signal Loss (dsx1LossOfSignal) E1 TS16 AIS (dsx1T16AIS) NE Sending Tx LOMF (dsx1XmtFarEndLOMF) Other Failures (dsx1OtherFailure) Yellow Alarm (dsx1RcvFarEndLOF) FE sending AIS (dsx1RcvAIS) Red Alarm (dsx1LossOfFrame) NE Looped (dsx1LoopbackState) FE sending TS16 LOMF (dsx1RcvFarEndLOMF) NE detects Test Code (dsx1RcvTestCode) Related Topics DS1 Current Statistics DS1 Fractional Interfaces DS1 Interval Statistics DS1 Subchannel Interfaces DS1 Total Statistics Interface Identifier (dsx1LineIndex) The unique identifier of a DS1 interface on a managed device. Description (ifDescr) The name of the interface. Time Elapsed Seconds (dsx1TimeElapsed) The number of seconds that elapsed since the beginning of the current error-measurement period. Value range is from 0 to 899. Valid Intervals (dsx1ValidIntervals) The number of previous 15-minute intervals for which valid data was collected. Value range is from 0 to 96. Line Type (dsx1LineType) The type of DS1 line implementing a circuit. The type of circuit affects the number of bits per second that the circuit can reasonably carry, as well as the interpretation of the usage and error statistics. Values are: other (1) dsx1ESF (2) Extended SuperFrame DS1 dsx1D4 (3) AT&T D4 format DS1 dsx1E1 (4) CCITT Recommendation G.704 (Table 4a) dsx1E1-CRC (5) CCITT Recommendation G.704 (Table 4b) dsx1E1-MF (6) G.704 (Table 4a) with TS16 multiframing enabled dsx1E1-CRC-MF (7) G.704 (Table 4b) with TS16 multiframing enabled Send Code Type (dsx1SendCode) The type of code sent through the DS1 interface by the device. Values are: dsx1SendNoCode (1) Sending looped or normal data. dsx1SendLineCode (2) Sending a request for a line loopback. dsx1SendPayloadCode (3) Sending a request for a payload loopback. dsx1SendResetCode (4) Sending a loopback termination request. dsx1SendQRS (5) Sending a quasi-random signal (QRS) test pattern. dsx1Send511Pattern (6) Sending a 511 bit fixed test pattern. dsx1Send3in24Pattern (7) Sending a fixed test pattern of 3 bits set in 24. dsx1SendOtherTestPattern (8) Sending a test pattern other than those described by this object. Circuit Identifier (dsx1CircuitIdentifier) The transmission vendor's circuit identifier. Value range is 0 to 255. Loop back Configuration (dsx1LoopbackConfig) The loopback configuration of the DS1 interface. Values are: dsx1NoLoop (1) Not in the loopback state. A device that cannot perform a loopback on the interface always return this value. dsx1PayloadLoop (2) The received signal at this interface is looped through the device. Typically the received signal is looped back for retransmission after it passes through the device's framing function. dsx1LineLoop (3) The received signal at this interface does not go through the device (minimum penetration) but is looped back out. dsx1OtherLoop (4) Loopbacks that are not defined. Signal Mode (dsx1SignalMode) The signaling mode of the interface. Values are: none (1) No bits are reserved for signaling on the channel. robbedBit (2) DS1 robbed bit signaling is in use. bitOriented (3) E1 channel associated signaling is in use. messageOriented (4) Common channel signaling is in use either on channel 16 of an E1 link or channel 24 or a DS1. other (5) Transmit Clock Source (dsx1TransmitClockSource) The source of the transmit clock. Values are: loopTiming (1) The recovered receive clock is used as the transmit clock. localTiming (2) A local clock source is used. throughTiming (3) The recovered receive clock from another interface is used as the transmit clock. Facility Data Link (dsx1Fdl) The use of the facilities data link (FDL). Values are: other (1) A protocol other than the following is used. dsx1Ansi-T1-403 (2) FDL exchange recommended by ANSI. dsx1Att-54016 (4) ESF FDL exchanges. dsx1Fdl-none (8) Device does not use the FDL. Interface Line Status (dsx1LineStatus) The interface line status is derived from dsx1LineStatus. It is shown as a check box on the various error status messages appearing in the line. dsx1NoAlarm should be set only if no other flag is set. No Alarm Present (dsx1NoAlarm) No alarm is present. Near End LOF (dsx1XmtFarEndLOF) Near end sending LOF indication. NE sending AIS (dsx1XmtAIS) Near end sending AIS. NE Signal Loss (dsx1LossOfSignal) Near end Loss Of Signal (LOS). E1 TS16 AIS (dsx1T16AIS) E1 TS16 AIS. NE Sending Tx LOMF (dsx1XmtFarEndLOMF) Near End Sending TS16 LOMF. Other Failures (dsx1OtherFailure) Any line status not defined here. Yellow Alarm (dsx1RcvFarEndLOF) Far end LOF. FE sending AIS (dsx1RcvAIS) Far end sending AIS. Red Alarm (dsx1LossOfFrame) Near end LOF. NE Looped (dsx1LoopbackState) Near end is looped. FE sending TS16 LOMF (dsx1RcvFarEndLOMF) Far End Sending TS16 LOMF. NE detects Test Code (dsx1RcvTestCode) Near End detects a test code.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_active_call_voip_calleg_config.htm TITLE=VoIP Call Leg Configuration TEXT=VoIP Call Leg Configuration The VoIP Call leg Configuration dialog box shows information about the VoIP Call leg configuration for the selected voice port. Navigation Right-click on the Access Gateway Module, then select Voice Configuration > Active Call Configuration > V oIP Call leg Configuration from the popup menu. The following information appears: Connection ID (cvVoIPCallActiveConnectionId) Remote IP Address (cvVoIPCallActiveRemoteIPAddress) Remote UDP Port (cvVoIPCallActiveRemoteUDPPort) Round Trip Delay (cvVoIPCallActiveRoundTripDelay) Selected RSVP QoS (cvVoIPCallActiveSelectedQoS) Session-Protocol (cvVoIPCallActiveSessionProtocol) Session-Target (cvVoIPCallActiveSessionTarget) VAD Enable (cvCommonDcCallActiveVADEnable) Coder Type Rate (cvCommonDcCallActiveCoderTypeRate) Connection ID (cvVoIPCallActiveConnectionId) The global call identifier for the gateway call. The global call identifier is used as an unique identifier for an end-to-end call. Remote IP Address (cvVoIPCallActiveRemoteIPAddress) Remote system IP address for the VoIP call. Remote UDP Port (cvVoIPCallActiveRemoteUDPPort) Remote system UDP listener port to which voice packets are transmitted. Round Trip Delay (cvVoIPCallActiveRoundTripDelay) The voice packet round-trip delay between the local and remote system on the IP backbone during the call. Selected RSVP QoS (cvVoIPCallActiveSelectedQoS) The selected RSVP quality of service for the voice call. Session-Protocol (cvVoIPCallActiveSessionProtocol) The session protocol used for Internet call between local and remote routers via IP backbone. Session-Target (cvVoIPCallActiveSessionTarget) The session target of the peer used for the call. It is set with the information when the call is connected. VAD Enable (cvCommonDcCallActiveVADEnable) Indicates whether the VAD (Voice Activity Detection) is enabled for the voice call. Coder Type Rate (cvCommonDcCallActiveCoderTypeRate) The negotiated coder rate which specifies the transmit rate of voice/fax compression to its associated call leg for the call.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_active_call_general_calleg_config.htm TITLE=General Call Leg Configuration TEXT=General Call Leg Configuration The General Call leg Configuration dialog box provides information about the general active call leg configuration for the voice port. Navigation Do one of the following: Right-click on the voice port, then select Configure > Active Call Configuration > General Call leg Configuration from the popup menu. Right-click on an 8FXS or 16FXS port, then select Configure from the popup menu. The VoicePort List dialog box appears. Click Details, then select Active Call Configuration > General Call leg Configuration . Right-click on the Access Gateway Module, then select Voice Configuration > Active Call Configuration > General Call leg Configuration from the popup menu . The following information appears: Destination Address (callActivePeerAddress) Dial-Peer Id (callActivePeerId) Dial-Peer IfIndex (callActivePeerIfIndex) Port IfIndex (callActiveLogicalIfIndex) Connect Time (callActiveConnectTime) Call State (callActiveCallState) Call Type (callActiveCallOrigin) Charged Units (callActiveChargedUnits) Information Type (callActiveInfoType) Related Topics General Call leg Statistics Destination Address (callActivePeerAddress) The number to which this call connects. If the number is not available, the value is a zero-length string. Dial-Peer Id (callActivePeerId) The unique identifier for the dial peer to which the call is made. Dial-Peer IfIndex (callActivePeerIfIndex) The ifIndex value of the peer table entry to which the call was made. If a peer table entry for this call does not exist or is unknown, the value of this object is zero. Port IfIndex (callActiveLogicalIfIndex) The ifIndex value of the logical interface through which the call was made. For ISDN media, this value is the ifIndex of the B channel used for the call. If the ifIndex value is unknown, the value of the object is zero. Connect Time (callActiveConnectTime) The time that the call is connected. If the call is not connected, this value is zero. Call State (callActiveCallState) The current call state. Values are: unknown (1) An unknown call state. connecting (2) A connection attempt (outgoing call) is in process. connected (3) An incoming call is being validated. active (4) The call is active. Call Type (callActiveCallOrigin) The origin of the call. Values are: originate (1) answer (2) callback (3) Charged Units (callActiveChargedUnits) The number of charged units for this connection. For incoming calls or if charging information is not supplied by the switch, this value is zero. Information Type (callActiveInfoType) The information type for this call. Values are: other (1) speech (2) unrestrictedDigital (3) 64 kbps data unrestrictedDigital56 (4) With 56 kb rate adaptation restrictedDigital (5) audio31 (6) 3.1 kHz audio audio7 (7) 7 kHz audio video (8) packetSwitched (9) fax (10)
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_mon_voip_calleg_stats.htm TITLE=VoIP Call Leg Statistics TEXT=VoIP Call Leg Statistics The VoIP Call leg Statistics dialog box provides information on the VoIP Call leg. Navigation Right-click on the Access Gateway Module, then select Voice Configuration > Active Call Configuration > VoIP Call leg Configuration . Click Monitor , then select VoIP Call leg Statistics . The following information appears: On Time Rv Play Out (cvVoIPCallActiveOnTimeRvPlayout) Gap Filled With Silence (cvVoIPCallActiveGapFillWithSilence) Gap Filled With Prediction (cvVoIPCallActiveGapFillWithPrediction) Gap Filled With Interpolation (cvVoIPCallActiveGapFillWithInterpolation) Gap Filled With Redundancy (cvVoIPCallActiveGapFillWithRedundancy) On Time Play out Rate (On_Time_Playout_Rate) High Water Mark Play out Delay (cvVoIPCallActiveHiWaterPlayoutDelay) Low Water Mark Play out Delay (cvVoIPCallActiveLoWaterPlayoutDelay) Receive Delay (cvVoIPCallActiveReceiveDelay) Lost Packets (cvVoIPCallActiveLostPackets) Late Packets (cvVoIPCallActiveLatePackets) Early Packets (cvVoIPCallActiveEarlyPackets) On Time Rv Play out (cvVoIPCallActiveOnTimeRvPlayout) Duration of voice playout from data received on time for this call. This value summed with the duration of the gapfills gives the total voice playout duration for active voice. This does not include any duration in which no data is sent by the transmit end as a voice signal, such as silence suppression and fax signal. The on-time playout rate is computed by dividing this entry by the total voice playout duration. Gap Filled With Silence (cvVoIPCallActiveGapFillWithSilence) Duration of voice signal replaced with signal played out during silence because voice data was not received on time (or was lost) from voice gateway. Gap Filled With Prediction (cvVoIPCallActiveGapFillWithPrediction) Duration of voice signal played out with signal synthesized from parameters or samples of data proceeding in time because voice data was not received on time (or was lost) from voice gateway. An example of such playout is frame-erasure or frame-concealment strategies in G.729 and G.723.1 compression algorithms. Gap Filled With Interpolation (cvVoIPCallActiveGapFillWithInterpolation) Duration of voice signal played out with signal synthesized from parameters or samples of data proceeding and following in time because voice data was not received on time (or was lost) from voice gateway. Gap Filled With Redundancy (cvVoIPCallActiveGapFillWithRedundancy) Duration of voice signal played out with signal synthesized from redundancy parameters available because voice data was not received on time (or was lost) from voice gateway. On Time Play Out Rate (On_Time_Playout_Rate) Duration of voice playout from data received on time for this call. This value summed with the duration of the gapfills gives the total voice playout duration for active voice.This does not include duration for which no data is sent by the transmit end as voice signal, for example, silence suppression and fax signal. The on-time playout rate is computed by dividing this entry by the total voice playout duration. The formula for computing the On Time Play Out Rate is as follows: cvVoIPCallActiveOnTimeRvPlayout divided by (cvVoIPCallActiveOnTimeRvPlayout + cvVoIPCallActiveGapFillWithSilence + cvVoIPCallActiveGapFillWithPrediction + cvVoIPCallActiveGapFillWithInterpolation + cvVoIPCallActiveGapFillWithRedundancy). High Water Mark Play Out Delay (cvVoIPCallActiveHiWaterPlayoutDelay) The high water mark voice playout FIFO delay during the voice call. Low Water Mark Play Out Delay (cvVoIPCallActiveLoWaterPlayoutDelay) The low water mark voice playout FIFO delay during the voice call. Receive Delay (cvVoIPCallActiveReceiveDelay) The average playout FIFO delay summed with the decoder delay during the voice call. Lost Packets (cvVoIPCallActiveLostPackets) The number of lost voice packets during the call. Late Packets (cvVoIPCallActiveLatePackets) The number of received voice packets that arrive late to playout with CODEC during the call. Early Packets (cvVoIPCallActiveEarlyPackets) The number of received voice packets that arrive too early to store in jitter buffer during the call.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_mon_general_calleg_stats.htm TITLE=General Call leg Statistics TEXT=General Call leg Statistics The General Call leg Statistics dialog box provides information on the general call leg. This applies to voice ports associated with a call leg. Navigation Do one of the following: Right-click on a voice port, then select Monitor > General Call leg Statistics from the popup menu. Right-click on an 8FSX or 16FSX port, then select Configure from the popup menu. Click Monitor . The VoicePort List dialog box appears. Click Details , then select General Call leg Statistics . The following information appears: Transmitted Packets (callActiveTransmitPackets) Transmitted Bytes (callActiveTransmitBytes) Received Packets (callActiveReceivePackets) Received Bytes (callActiveReceiveBytes) Transmitted Packets (callActiveTransmitPackets) The number of packets that are transmitted for this call. Transmitted Bytes (callActiveTransmitBytes) The number of bytes that are transmitted for this call. Received Packets (callActiveReceivePackets) The number of packets that are received for this call. Received Bytes (callActiveReceiveBytes) The number of bytes that are received for this call.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_mon_ds1_total_stats.htm TITLE=DS1 Total Statistics TEXT=DS1 Total Statistics The DS1 Total Statistics dialog box provides performance information on the selected DSx port. Navigation Right-click on a DSx port, then select Monitor from the popup menu. The Port Monitor dialog box appears. Select DS1 Total Statistics from the Category list. The following information appears: Errored Seconds (dsx1TotalESs) Severely Errored Seconds (dsx1TotalSESs) Severely Errored Framing Seconds (dsx1TotalSEFSs) Unavailable Seconds (dsx1TotalUASs) Controlled Slip Seconds (dsx1TotalCSSs) Path Coding Violations (dsx1TotalPCVs) Line Errored Seconds (dsx1TotalLESs) Bursty Errored Seconds (dsx1TotalBESs) Degraded Minutes (dsx1TotalDMs) Line Coding Violations (dsx1TotalLCVs) Errored Seconds (dsx1TotalESs) The cumulative total errored seconds encountered by the selected DS1 line during the 24-hour period preceding the current 15-minute interval. Severely Errored Seconds (dsx1TotalSESs) The cumulative total of severely errored seconds encountered by the selected DS1 line during the 24-hour period preceding the current 15-minute interval. Severely Errored Framing Seconds (dsx1TotalSEFSs) The cumulative total of severely errored framing seconds encountered by the selected DS1 line during the 24-hour period preceding the current 15-minute interval. Unavailable Seconds (dsx1TotalUASs) The cumulative total of unavailable errored seconds encountered by the selected DS1 line during the 24-hour period preceding the current 15-minute interval. Controlled Slip Seconds (dsx1TotalCSSs) The cumulative total of controlled slip seconds encountered by the selected DS1 line during the 24-hour period preceding the current 15-minute interval. Path Coding Violations (dsx1TotalPCVs) The cumulative total of path coding violations encountered by the selected DS1 line during the 24-hour period preceding the current 15-minute interval. Line Errored Seconds (dsx1TotalLESs) The cumulative total of line errored seconds encountered by the selected DS1 line during the 24-hour period preceding the current 15-minute interval. Bursty Errored Seconds (dsx1TotalBESs) The number of Bursty Errored Seconds (BESs) encountered by a DS1 interface in the past 24-hour interval. Degraded Minutes (dsx1TotalDMs) The cumulative total of degraded minutes encountered by the selected DS1 line during the 24-hour period preceding the current 15-minute interval. Line Coding Violations (dsx1TotalLCVs) The cumulative number of line code violations encountered by the selected DS1 line during the 24-hour period preceding the current 15-minute interval.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_mon_ds1_intervals.htm TITLE=DS1 Intervals TEXT=DS1 Intervals The DS1 Interval dialog box provides the number of compeleted intervals for a DS1 interface. Navigation Right-click on the port, then select Monitor > DS1 Interval Statistics from the popup menu. Interval Number (dsx1IntervalNumber) The number of completed 15 minute intervals. Value range is from 1 to 96, where 1 is the most recently completed 15 minute interval.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_dial_peer_general_config.htm TITLE=General Peer Configuration TEXT=General Peer Configuration The General Peer Configuration dialog box provides general dial-peer configuration information on voice ports. The dialog box applies to the voice ports associated to a dial-peer. Navigation Do one of the following: Right-click on a voice port, then select Configure > Dial-Peer Configuration > General Peer Configuration from the popup menu. Right-click on an 8FXS or 16FXS port, then select Configure from the popup menu. The VoicePort List dialog box appears. Click Details , then select Dial-Peer Configuration > General Peer Configuration . Right-click on the Access Gateway Module, then select Voice Configuration > Dial-Peer Configuration > General Peer Configuration from the popup menu. The following information appears: Dial Peer-Tag (dialCtlPeerCfgId) Destination-pattern (dialCtlPeerCfgOriginateAddress) Answer-address (dialCtlPeerCfgAnswerAddress) Speed (dialCtlPeerCfgSpeed) Voice Encapsulation Type (cvPeerCfgType) Information Type (dialCtlPeerCfgInfoType) Trap (dialCtlPeerCfgTrapEnable) Permission (dialCtlPeerCfgPermission) Inactivity Timer (dialCtlPeerCfgInactivityTimer) Minimum Duration (dialCtlPeerCfgMinDuration) Maximum Duration (dialCtlPeerCfgMaxDuration) Call Timeout (dialCtlPeerCfgCarrierDelay) Call Retry Delay (dialCtlPeerCfgRetryDelay) Call Failure Delays (dialCtlPeerCfgFailureDelay) Incoming DNIS Prefix (cvPeerCommonCfgIncomingDnisDigits) Max Connections (cvPeerCommonCfgMaxConnections) Application Name (cvPeerCommonCfgApplicationName) Peer Preference (cvPeerCommonCfgPreference) Is Hunt Stop (cvPeerCommonCfgHuntStop) Dial Peer-Tag (dialCtlPeerCfgId) Identifies a single peer that has a unique value. There are several entries, for one peer, that define different ways of reaching this peer. Multiple entries for one peer are used to support multilink as well as backup lines. Several entries for one peer must have the same dialCtlPeerCfgId value, but they have different ifEntries and ifIndex values. Destination-pattern (dialCtlPeerCfgOriginateAddress) Address at which the peer is called. It is similar to a set of characters following ATDT or the phone number included in a D channel call request. The structure of this information is switch type specific. If the value is a zero-length string, no address information is required for reaching the peer as in the case of leased lines. Answer-address (dialCtlPeerCfgAnswerAddress) Calling party number information element, for example, the information element passed in an ISDN setup message by a PBX ( Private Branch Exchange) or switch, for incoming calls. This address identifies the peer. If this address is unknown or identical to dialCtlPeerCfgOriginateAddress, the value is a zero-length string. Speed (dialCtlPeerCfgSpeed) The information transfer speed in bits per second when calling this peer. It is detailed media-specific information. For example, the information type and information transfer rate for ISDN circuits, is found using speed details. Zero means, the transfer speed is unknown or the default speed for this type of interface is unknown. Voice Encapsulation Type (cvPeerCfgType) The type of voice related encapsulation. Values are: voice (1) voip (2) Default is voice. Information Type (dialCtlPeerCfgInfoType) The information transfer capability used when calling this peer. Values are: other (1) speech (2) Non-data connection unrestrictedDigital (3) 64 kbps data unrestrictedDigital56 (4) 56 kb rate adaptation restrictedDigital (5) audio31 (6) 3.1 kHz audio (data mode connection) audio7 (7) 7 kHz audio (Data mode connection) video (8) packetSwitched (9) fax (10) Trap (dialCtlPeerCfgTrapEnable) Indicates whether dialCtlPeerCallInformation and dialCtlPeerCallSetup traps needs to be generated for this peer. Permission (dialCtlPeerCfgPermission) Applicable permissions. Values are: originate (1) answer (2) both (3) Originate and answer. callback (4) Rejects the call and then calls back; or uses the 'Reverse charging' information element if it is available. Note that callback(4) controls charging, not security, and applies to callback prior to accepting a call. Callback for security reasons is handled using PPP callback. none (5) Inactivity Timer (dialCtlPeerCfgInactivityTimer) The connection is automatically disconnected if it carries no useful data for a specified period of time, in seconds. Useful data in this context refers to forwarding packets, including routing information. It excludes the encapsulator maintenance frames. A zero value means the connection is not automatically switched off due to inactivity, which implies that it is a dedicated circuit. Minimum Duration (dialCtlPeerCfgMinDuration) Minimum duration of a call in seconds, starting from the time the call is connected until the call is disconnected. This to facilitate charging. In most countries charging applies to units of time, which is matched as closely as possible. Maximum Duration (dialCtlPeerCfgMaxDuration) Maximum call duration in seconds. Zero means unlimited. Call Timeout (dialCtlPeerCfgCarrierDelay) The timeout time, in seconds. The default of zero means that the timeout for the media applies. Call Retry Delay (dialCtlPeerCfgRetryDelay) The time, in seconds, between call retries if a peer cannot be reached. Zero means that call retries are made without any delay. Call Failure Delays (dialCtlPeerCfgFailureDelay) The time in seconds, after which calls are placed again after a peer is unreachable. Zero means, a peer is not called again after dialCtlPeerCfgCallRetries unsuccessful call attempts. Incoming DNIS Prefix (cvPeerCommonCfgIncomingDnisDigits) The prefix of the incoming Dialed Number Identification Service (DNIS) digits for the peer. The DNIS digits prefix is used to match the incoming DNIS number for incoming call discrimination. If the digits are matched with the incoming DNIS number, the associated dialCtlPeerCfgInfoType is used as a call discriminator for differentiating speech, data, fax, video or modem calls. The values range from from 0 to 32. Max Connections (cvPeerCommonCfgMaxConnections) The maximum number of connections allowed between two peers. The values range from 1 to 2147483647. Value -1 means, the maximum value option is disabled. Application Name (cvPeerCommonCfgApplicationName) The application that handles the incoming call after the peer is selected. If no application is specified, the default application takes care of the call. Peer Preference (cvPeerCommonCfgPreference) The selection preference of a peer when multiple peers are matched to the selection criteria. The value ranges from 0 to 10. The value of 0 has the lowest preference for peer selection. Is Hunt Stop (cvPeerCommonCfgHuntStop) Specifies whether dial peer hunting should stop when the peer is reached. Values are: true Stop hunting when the peer is reached. false Default is false.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_config_voiceportlist.htm TITLE=Voice Port List TEXT=Voice Port List The Voice Port List dialog box provides information on the voice ports configured on an interface. Navigation Right-click on an 8FXS or 16FXS port, then select Configure > VoicePort List from the popup menu. The following information appears: Index (ifIndex) Description (ifDescr) Index (ifIndex) The unique identifier for a voice port. Description (ifDescr) Description for a voice port.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_active_call_pots_calleg_config.htm TITLE=POTS Call leg Configuration TEXT=POTS Call leg Configuration The POTS Call leg Configuration dialog box provides information on POTS active call leg for a voice port. Navigation Do one of the following: Right-click on the voice port, then select Active Call Configuration > POTS Call leg Configuration from the popup menu. Right-click on an 8FXS or 16FXS port, then select Configure from the popup menu. The VoicePort List dialog box appears. Click Details , then select Active Call Configuration > POTS Call leg Configuration . Right-click on the Access Gateway Module, then select Voice Configuration > Active Call Configuration > POTS Call leg Configuration from the popup menu. The following information appears: Connection ID (cvCallActiveConnectionId) Coder Type Rate (cvCallActiveCoderTypeRate) Noise Level (cvCallActiveNoiseLevel) ACOM Level (cvCallActiveACOMLevel) Output Signal Level (cvCallActiveOutSignalLevel) Input Signal Level (cvCallActiveInSignalLevel) ERL Level (cvCallActiveERLLevel) Session Target (cvCallActiveSessionTarget) Connection ID (cvCallActiveConnectionId) The global call identifier for the gateway call. The global call identifier is used as an unique identifier for an end-to-end call. Coder Type Rate (cvCallActiveCoderTypeRate) The negotiated coder rate. It specifies the transmission rate of voice or fax compression to its associated call leg for the call. Noise Level (cvCallActiveNoiseLevel) The active noise level for the call. ACOM Level (cvCallActiveACOMLevel) The sum of echo return loss (ERL), cancellation loss (echo return loss enhancement), and nonlinear processing loss for the call. Output Signal Level (cvCallActiveOutSignalLevel) The active output signal level that the call sends to the telephone interface. Input Signal Level (cvCallActiveInSignalLevel) The active input signal level that the call receives from the telephone interface. ERL Level (cvCallActiveERLLevel) The current echo return loss (ERL) level for the call. The value -1 means the level can not be determined or level detection is disabled. Session Target (cvCallActiveSessionTarget) The session target of the peer that is used for the call. It is set with the information in the call associated in cvVoicePeerCfgSessionTarget when the call is connected.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_config_portconfiguration_voice.htm TITLE=Port Configuration TEXT=Port Configuration The Port Configuration dialog box provides information on the selected voice port. Navigation Do one of the following: Right-click on a voice port and then select Configure from the popup menu; or double-click on the port. For an 8FXS port: Right-click on the port and then select Configure from the popup menu; or double-click on the port. The 8FXS Port Configuration dialog box appears. With an interface selected in the Voice Port List table, click Details . The following information appears: Index (ifIndex) Descriptor (ifDescr) Name (ifName) Type (ifType) Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) Last Change Time (ifLastChange) Index (ifIndex) Unique identifier for the card. Descriptor (ifDescr) Provides summary information for the interface (such as the product name, manufacturer, and hardware version). Name (ifName) Name of the interface. Type (ifType) Indicates the type of interface. There are nine possible values: ethernetCsmacd (6) Ethernet interface voiceFXS (102) FXS interface voiceFXO (101) FXO interface basicISDN (20) BRI interface primaryISDN (21) other (1) other voiceEM (100) voice receive and transmit voiceEncap (103) voice encapsulation voiceOverIp (104) Voice over IP encapsulation Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Administrative status of the interface. There are two possible values: up (1) ready to pass packets down (2) the interface is not operational Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Operational status of the interface. There are five possible values: up (1) ready to pass packets down (2) not operational testing (3) interface is in some test mode unknown (4) status cannot be determined dormant (5) Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) Physical address of the interface. Last Change Time (ifLastChange) Value of sysUpTime when the interface entered its current operational state.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/port_config_portconfiguration_dsx.htm TITLE=Port Configuration TEXT=Port Configuration The Port Configuration dialog box provides information on the selected DSx port. Navigation Right-click on a DSx port and then select Configure from the popup menu; or double-click on the port. The following information appears: Index (ifIndex) Descriptor (ifDescr) Name (ifName) Type (ifType) Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) IP Address (ipAdEntAddr) Mtu (Octets) (ifMtu) Speed (bps) (ifSpeed) Last Change Time (ifLastChange) Link Up/Down Trap Enable (ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable) Connector Present (ifConnectorPresent) Index (ifIndex) Unique identifier for the card. Descriptor (ifDescr) Provides summary information for the interface (such as the product name, manufacturer, and hardware version). Name (ifName) Name of the interface. Type (ifType) Indicates the type of interface. There are nine possible values: ethernetCsmacd (6) Ethernet interface voiceFXS (102) FXS interface voiceFXO (101) FXO interface basicISDN (20) BRI interface primaryISDN (21) other (1) other voiceEM (100) voice receive and transmit voiceEncap (103) voice encapsulation voiceOverIp (104) Voice over IP encapsulation Admin Status (ifAdminStatus) Administrative status of the interface. There are two possible values: up (1) ready to pass packets down (2) the interface is not operational Operational Status (ifOperStatus) Operational status of the interface. There are five possible values: up (1) ready to pass packets down (2) not operational testing (3) interface is in some test mode unknown (4) status cannot be determined dormant (5) Physical Address (ifPhysAddress) Physical address of the interface. IP Address (ipAdEntAddr) IP address of the interface. Mtu (Octets) (ifMtu) Size of the largest packet which can be sent or received on the interface, in octets. Speed (bps) (ifSpeed) An estimate of the interface's bandwidth, in bits per second. Last Change Time (ifLastChange) The value of sysUpTime when the interface entered its current operational state. Link Up/Down Trap Enable (ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable) Indicates whether linkUp or linDown traps should be generated for the interface. Connector Present (ifConnectorPresent) Indicates whether the interface has a physical connector.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/L2_Protocol_Tunneling.htm TITLE=Layer2 Protocol Tunneling TEXT=Layer2 Protocol Tunneling Navigation Right-click a port and then select Configure > Layer2 Protocol Tunneling . From this dialog box, you can specify Layer2 protocol tunneling settings for the ports on this device. Note that this dialog box is available only on: devices running Cisco IOS release 12.2(18)EW or later interfaces that support tunneling Tunneling allows separate local networks, connected through an ISP,to be recognized as one VLAN. This is possible because packets are transportedby the ISP from one network to another, giving the impression that the two networks arereally one network. Tunneling is supported by the following Layer2 protocols: Cisco DiscoveryProtocol (CDP), VLAN Trunk Protocol (VTP), and Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). The following information is displayed: CDP: CDP Tunneling (cltcTunneledProtocolType) CDP Drop Threshold (cltcTunnelDropThreshold) CDP Shutdown Threshold (cltcTunnelShutdownThreshold) VTP: VTP Tunneling (cltcTunneledProtocolType) VTP Drop Threshold (cltcTunnelDropThreshold) VTP Shutdown Threshold (cltcTunnelShutdownThreshold) STP: STP Tunneling (cltcTunneledProtocolType) STP Drop Threshold (cltcTunnelDropThreshold) STP Shutdown Threshold (cltcTunnelShutdownThreshold) CDP: CDP Tunneling (cltcTunneledProtocolType) Indicates whether CDP PDU tunneling mode is enabled. CDP Drop Threshold (cltcTunnelDropThreshold) Indicates the drop threshold for tunneled CDP PDUs on an interface. After reaching thisvalue, the interface drops CDP PDUs. A value of zero indicates that no limit is set. This fieldis disabled when CDP tunneling mode is disabled. CDP Shutdown Threshold (cltcTunnelShutdownThreshold) Indicates the shutdown threshold for tunneled CDP PDUs on an interface. After reaching thisvalue, the interface shuts down. A value of zero indicates that no limit is set. This fieldis disabled when CDP tunneling mode is disabled. VTP: VTP Tunneling (cltcTunneledProtocolType) Indicates whether VTP PDU tunneling mode is enabled. VTP Drop Threshold (cltcTunnelDropThreshold) Indicates the drop threshold for tunneled VTP PDUs on an interface. After reaching thisvalue, the interface drops VTP PDUs. A value of zero indicates that no limit is set. This fieldis disabled when VTP tunneling mode is disabled. VTP Shutdown Threshold (cltcTunnelShutdownThreshold) Indicates the shutdown threshold for tunneled VTP PDUs on an interface. After reaching thisvalue, the interface shuts down. A value of zero indicates that no limit is set. This fieldis disabled when VTP tunneling mode is disabled. STP: STP Tunneling (cltcTunneledProtocolType) Indicates whether STP PDU tunneling mode is enabled. STP Drop Threshold (cltcTunnelDropThreshold) Indicates the drop threshold for tunneled STP PDUs on an interface. After reaching thisvalue, the interface drops STP PDUs. A value of zero indicates that no limit is set. This fieldis disabled when STP tunneling mode is disabled. STP Shutdown Threshold (cltcTunnelShutdownThreshold) Indicates the shutdown threshold for tunneled STP PDUs on an interface. After reaching thisvalue, the interface shuts down. A value of zero indicates that no limit is set. This fieldis disabled when STP tunneling mode is disabled.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/L2_Protocol_Tunneling_Device.htm TITLE=Layer2 Protocol Tunneling TEXT=Layer2 Protocol Tunneling Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > Layer2 Protocol Tunneling . From the Layer2 Protocol Tunneling dialog box, you can configure the Class of Service setting for thisdevice. Note that this dialog box is available only on: devices running Cisco IOS release 12.2(18)EW or later interfaces that support tunneling Tunneling allows separate local networks, connected through an ISP,to be recognized as one VLAN. This is possible because packets are transportedby the ISP from one network to another, giving the impression that the two networks arereally one network. Tunneling is supported by the following Layer2 protocols: Cisco DiscoveryProtocol (CDP), VLAN Trunk Protocol (VTP), and Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). The following data is displayed: Class of Service (cltcTunnelCos) Specifies the user priority of tunneled PDUs and applies to all incomingtunneled interfaces.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/History.htm TITLE=History TEXT=History Navigation Right-click the device and then select Configure > Redundancy Framework Subsystem > History . The History dialog box provides historical information for the redundancy framework subsystem. Note that this dialog box is available only on a device that contains 2 supervisor modules. The following information is displayed: Index (cRFHistorySwitchOverIndex) Previous Active Unit Slot Number (cRFHistoryPrevActiveUnitId) Current Active Unit Slot Number (cRFHistoryCurrActiveUnitId) Switch Over Reason (cRFHistorySwitchOverReason) Swact Time (cRFHistorySwactTime) Index (cRFHistorySwitchOverIndex) A monotonically increasing integer used to index the history table. After reaching the maximum value, the value of this object resets to one. Previous Active Unit Slot Number (cRFHistoryPrevActiveUnitId) Indicates the primary redundant unit that went down. Current Active Unit Slot Number (cRFHistoryCurrActiveUnitId) Indicates the secondary redundant unit that took over as active. Switch Over Reason (cRFHistorySwitchOverReason) Indicates the reason for the last switchover. There are seven possible values: unsupported(1) userForced(5) none(2) activeUnitFailed(6) notKnown(3) activeUnitRemoved(7) userInitiated(4) Swact Time (cRFHistorySwactTime) Indicates when the last switchover occurred.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/sensor_threshold.htm TITLE=Threshold TEXT=Threshold Navigation Device > Configure > Sensors > Threshold The following information appears: Sensor (entPhysicalDescr) Threshold Severity (entSensorThresholdSeverity) Threshold Relation (entSensorThresholdRelation) Threshold Value (entSensorThresholdValue) Threshold Evaluation (entSensorThresholdEvaluation) Threshold Notification (entSensorThresholdNotificationEnable) Sensor (entPhysicalDescr) Textual description of this sensor. Threshold Severity (entSensorThresholdSeverity) Indicates the severity of a threshold. There are four possible values: other minor major critical Threshold Relation (entSensorThresholdRelation) Indicates how the the sensor value (entSensorValue) and threshold value (entSensorThresholdValue) required to trigger an alarm relate to each other. When evaluating the relationship, the sensor value is to the left of this object, whereas the threshold value is to the right. There are six possible values: lessThan lessOrEqual greaterThan greaterOrEqual equalTo notEqualTo Threshold Value (entSensorThresholdValue) Indicates the value of a threshold. To correctly display or interpret the value of this object, you must also know the value of entSensorType, entSensorScale, and entSensorPrecision. That said, you can still directly compare entSensorValue with the threshold values provided in entSensorThresholdTable. Threshold Evaluation (entSensorThresholdEvaluation) Indicates the result of the latest evaluation of a threshold. When the value of this object is true , it indicates that the threshold condition is true. Note: Thresholds are evaluated at the rate indicated by entSensorValueUpdateRate. Threshold Notification (entSensorThresholdNotificationEnable) When the value of this object is true , entSensorThresholdNotifications are generated for a threshold.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/preconfig_trunk.htm TITLE=Preconfig Trunk TEXT=Preconfig Trunk Navigation Port > Configure > Preconfig Trunk The following information appears: Management Domain (vlanTrunkPortManagementDomain) Encapsulation Type (vlanTrunkPortEncapsulationType) Encapsulation Operating Type (vlanTrunkPortEncapsulationOperType) In Joins (vlanTrunkPortInJoins) Out Joins (vlanTrunkPortOutJoins) Old Advertisements (vlanTrunkPortOldAdverts) Port Dynamic State (vlanTrunkPortDynamicState) Port Dynamic Status (vlanTrunkPortDynamicStatus) Management Domain (vlanTrunkPortManagementDomain) managementDomainIndex value for the management domain on this trunk port. Note: Devices which support only one management domain will support this object as a read-only object. Encapsulation Type (vlanTrunkPortEncapsulationType) Desired VLAN encapsulation type for this trunk port. The value of this object cannot be set to negotiate if the port does not support negotiation or if its vlanTrunkPortDynamicState is set to either on or onNoNegotiate . Whether writing to this object in order to modify the encapsulation is supported is both device and interface-specific. There are three possible values: isl dot1Q negotiate Encapsulation Operating Type (vlanTrunkPortEncapsulationOperType) VLAN encapsulation type currently configured on this trunk port. There are six possible values: isl dot10 lane dot1Q negotiating notApplicable Note: For interfaces whose vlanTrunkPortDynamicStatus is set to notTrunking , the vlanTrunkPortEncapsulationOperType will be notApplicable . In Joins (vlanTrunkPortInJoins) Number of VTP Join messages received on this trunk port. Out Joins (vlanTrunkPortOutJoins) Number of VTP Join messages sent from this trunk port. Old Advertisements (vlanTrunkPortOldAdverts) Number of VTP Advertisement messages received on this trunk port which indicated that the sender does not support VLAN pruning. Port Dynamic State (vlanTrunkPortDynamicState) Indicates how a device will handle the dynamic determination of whether an interface connecting two switches should be a trunk. There are five possible values: on : The interface will always be a trunk. off : The interface will never be a trunk, regardless of any dynamic mechanisms to the contrary. desirable : It is desirable for the interface to become a trunk. auto : The interface is capable of becoming a trunk but will not initiate trunking negotiations. onNoNegotiate : The interface is permanently set to be a trunk and no negotiation will take place with the link's far end to ensure consistent operation. If the port does not support negotiation or its vlanTrunkPortEncapsulationType is set to negotiate , you cannot select this value. Note: Devices that do not support dynamic determination only support the values on and off . Port Dynamic Status (vlanTrunkPortDynamicStatus) Indicates whether the specified interface is acting as a trunk.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Service_Policy.htm TITLE=Service Policy TEXT=Service Policy Navigation Device > Configure > Class Based QOS > Service Policy This dialog box provides information about logical interfaces/media types and the service policy maps attached to them. The following information appears: Logical Interface/Media Type (cbQosIfType) Policy Direction (cbQosPolicyDirection) Interface Index (cbQosIfIndex) Frame Relay DLCI (cbQosFrDLCI) ATM VPI (cbQosAtmVPI) ATM VCI (cbQosAtmVCI) Entity Index (cbQosEntityIndex) Vlan Index (cbQosVlanIndex) Logical Interface/Media Type (cbQosIfType) Logical interface/media type to which this service policy is attached. There are six possible values: mainInterface(1) atmPVC(4) subInterface(2) controlPlane(5) frDLCI(3) vlanPort(6) Policy Direction (cbQosPolicyDirection) Direction of traffic in which this service policy is applied. There are two possible values: input(1) output(2) Interface Index (cbQosIfIndex) ifIndex value of the interface to which this service policy is attached. This field is applicable only if the logical interface has a SNMP ifIndex value. Frame Relay DLCI (cbQosFrDLCI) Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) for the Frame Relay virtual circuit (VC) to which this service is attached. This field is applicable only if the service policy is attached to a Frame Relay DLCI. ATM VPI (cbQosAtmVPI) Virtual path identifier (VPI) for the ATM VC to which this service is attached. This field is applicable only if the service policy is attached to an ATM VC. ATM VCI (cbQosAtmVCI) Virtual channel identifier (VCI) for the ATM VC to which this service is attached. This field is applicable only if the service policy is attached to an ATM VC. Entity Index (cbQosEntityIndex) When the service policy is attached to an entity (for example, a control-plane), this object indicates the physical index of the entity to which the policy has been attached. The value zero may be returned if the policy is not attached to a physical entity or entPhysicalTable is not supported by the SNMP agent. Vlan Index (cbQosVlanIndex) If the service policy is attached to a particular VLAN on a Trunk or multi-VLAN access port, then this object specifies the corresponding VLAN. Otherwise, the value of this object is zero.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Match_Statement.htm TITLE=Match Statement TEXT=Match Statement Navigation Device > Configure > Class Based QOS > Match Statements The following information appears: Name (cbQosMatchStmtName) Info (cbQosMatchStmtInfo) Name (cbQosMatchStmtName) Name of the match statement. Info (cbQosMatchStmtInfo) Indicates whether the match statement is configured for Match or Match Not in a given class.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Police_Action_Configuration.htm TITLE=Police Action Configuration TEXT=Police Action Configuration Navigation Device > Configure > Class Based QOS > Police Action The following information appears: Committed Policy Rate (cbQosPoliceCfgRate) Burst Size (cbQosPoliceCfgBurstSize) Excess Burst Size (cbQosPoliceCfgExtBurstSize) Conform Action (cbQosPoliceCfgConformAction) Confirm Packet Attribute (cbQosPoliceCfgConformSetValue) Exceed Action (cbQosPoliceCfgExceedAction) Exceed Packet Attribute (cbQosPoliceCfgExceedSetValue) Sustained Policy Rate (cbQosPoliceCfgRate64) Committed Policy Rate (cbQosPoliceCfgRate) The committed policing rate; this is the sustained rate permitted by policing. If a committed policing rate greater than 2,000,000,000 is configurable on the system, then the configured rate is provided by cbQosPoliceCfgRate64 . Burst Size (cbQosPoliceCfgBurstSize) Amount of traffic in excess of the committed policing rate permitted by the policing feature, in bytes. Excess Burst Size (cbQosPoliceCfgExtBurstSize) Amount of traffic in excess of the burst limit, in bytes, which may be conditionally permitted by the policing feature. The probability that the traffic is not permitted increases as the received burst size increases. Conform Action (cbQosPoliceCfgConformAction) Action to be taken when traffic is within the configured rate. There are 13 possible values: transmit(1) setFrDe(8) setIpDSCP(2) setL2Cos(9) setIpPrecedence(3) setDiscardClass(10) setQosGroup(4) setMplsExpTopMost(11) drop(5) setIpDscpTunnel(12) setMplsExp(6) setIpPrecedenceTunnel(13) setAtmClp(7) This object is deprecated and defined in cbQosPoliceActionCfgTable. Confirm Packet Attribute (cbQosPoliceCfgConformSetValue) New packet attribute values for each packet that conforms to the configured police rate. This object is deprecated and defined in cbQosPoliceActionCfgTable. Exceed Action (cbQosPoliceCfgExceedAction) Action to be taken when traffic exceeds the configured rate. There are 13 possible values: transmit(1) setFrDe(8) setIpDSCP(2) setL2Cos(9) setIpPrecedence(3) setDiscardClass(10) setQosGroup(4) setMplsExpTopMost(11) drop(5) setIpDscpTunnel(12) setMplsExp(6) setIpPrecedenceTunnel(13) setAtmClp(7) This object is deprecated and defined in cbQosPoliceActionCfgTable. Exceed Packet Attribute (cbQosPoliceCfgExceedSetValue) New packet attribute values for each packet that conforms to the configured police rate. This object is deprecated and defined in cbQosPoliceActionCfgTable. Sustained Policy Rate (cbQosPoliceCfgRate64) The committed policing rate; this is the sustained rate permitted by policing.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Policy_Map.htm TITLE=Policy Map TEXT=Policy Map Navigation Device > Configure > Class Based QOS > Policy Map The following information appears: Name (cbQosPolicyMapName) Description (cbQosPolicyMapDesc) Name (cbQosPolicyMapName) Name of the policy map. Description (cbQosPolicyMapDesc) Description of the policy map.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/QOS_Objects.htm TITLE=QOS Objects TEXT=QOS Objects Navigation Device > Configure > Class Based QOS > QOS Objects The following information appears: Config Index (cbQosConfigIndex) QOS Type (cbQosObjectsType) Parent Index (cbQosParentObjectsIndex) Config Index (cbQosConfigIndex) An arbitrary, instance-independent configuration index assigned to each object by the system. All objects with the same configuration share the same configuration index. QOS Type (cbQosObjectsType) Indicates the QoS object type. There are nine possible values: policymap(1) trafficShaping(6) classmap(2) police(7) matchStatement(3) set(8) queueing(4) compression(9) randomDetect(5) Parent Index (cbQosParentObjectsIndex) Parent instance index of a QoS object. For a classmap, the parent index is the index of the attached policy map. For a match statement, the parent index is the classmap index that uses this match statement. For an action, the parent index is the classmap index that applies this action. For a non-hierarchical policy map, the parent index is the logical interface to which the policy is attached. Thus, the parent index is zero. For a hierarchical policy map, the parent index is the classmap index to which the nested policy is attached.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Class_Map_Configurations.htm TITLE=Class Map Configurations TEXT=Class Map Configurations Navigation Device > Configure > Class Based QOS > Class Map The following information appears: Name (cbQosCMName) Description (cbQosCMDesc) Match Info (cbQosCMInfo) Name (cbQosCMName) Name of the classmap. Description (cbQosCMDesc) Description of the classmap. Match Info (cbQosCMInfo) Indicates whether the classmap is configured for Match all or Match any in a given class.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Circuit_Table.htm TITLE=Circuit Table TEXT=Circuit Table Navigation Device > Monitor > ISIS > Circuit Table The Circuit Table dialog box lists the circuits used by this Intermediate System (IS). The following information appears: Index (ciiCircIndex) If Index (ciiCircIfIndex) Specifier (ciiCircIfSubIndex) With a circuit selected, click either Circuit Errors to launch the Circuit Errors dialog box or Packet Statistics to launch the Packet Statistics dialog box. Index (ciiCircIndex) The identifier of this circuit, unique within the IS. This object is used for SNMP indexing purposes only and does not need to correspond to any protocol value. If Index (ciiCircIfIndex) Value of ifIndex for the interface to which this circuit corresponds. This object cannot be modified after creation Specifier (ciiCircIfSubIndex) A specifier for the part of the interface ifIndex to which this circuit corresponds, such as a DLCI or VPI/VCI. This object cannot be modified after creation
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Adjacency_Protocol.htm TITLE=Adjacency Protocol TEXT=Adjacency Protocol Navigation Device > Configure > ISIS > IS Adjacencies > Adjacency Protocol Supported Protocol (ciiISAdjProtSuppProtocol) One supported protocol, as reported in IIH PDUs received from the neighbor.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Area_Address.htm TITLE=Area Address TEXT=Area Address Navigation Device > Configure > ISIS > IS Adjacencies > Area Address Address (ciiISAdjAreaAddress) The area address reported in IIH PDUs received from the neighbor.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Circuit_Errors.htm TITLE=Circuit Errors TEXT=Circuit Errors Navigation Select Device > Monitor > ISIS > Circuit Table . With a circuit selected, click Circuit Errors . Depending on how the selected circuit is configured, you will see at least one of the following categories: lanlevel1(1) —LAN Level 1 lanlevel1(2) —LAN Level 2 p2pcircuit(3) —point-to-point circuit The following information appears: Adjacency Changes (ciiCircAdjChanges) Adjacency Numbers (ciiCircNumAdj) Initialization Fails (ciiCircInitFails) Rejected Adjacencies (ciiCircRejAdjs) ID Field Len Mismatches (ciiCircIDFieldLenMismatches) Max Area Addr Mismatches (ciiCircMaxAreaAddrMismatches) Authentication Type Fails (ciiCircAuthTypeFails) Authentication Fails (ciiCircAuthFails) LAN Designated IS Changes (ciiCircLANDesISChanges) Adjacency Changes (ciiCircAdjChanges) Number of times an adjacency state change has occurred on this circuit. Adjacency Numbers (ciiCircNumAdj) Number of adjacencies on this circuit. Initialization Fails (ciiCircInitFails) Number of times the initialization of this circuit has failed. This includes events such as PPP NCP failures. Note: Failures to form an adjacency are indicated by ciiCircRejAdjs. Rejected Adjacencies (ciiCircRejAdjs) Number of times an adjacency has been rejected on this circuit. ID Field Len Mismatches (ciiCircIDFieldLenMismatches) Number of times an IS-IS control PDU with an ID field length that is different than the one configured for this system has been received. Max Area Addr Mismatches (ciiCircMaxAreaAddrMismatches) Number of times an IS-IS control PDU with a max area address value that is different than the one configured for this system has been received. Authentication Type Fails (ciiCircAuthTypeFails) Number of times an IS-IS control PDU with an authentication type that is different than the one configured for this system has been received. Authentication Fails (ciiCircAuthFails) Number of times an IS-IS control PDU with the correct authentication type has failed to be authenticated. LAN Designated IS Changes (ciiCircLANDesISChanges) Number of times the designated IS has changed at this level on this circuit. Note : If the circuit is a point-to-point circuit, then the value of this object is zero.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Circuit_Information.htm TITLE=Circuit Information TEXT=Circuit Information Navigation Device > Configure > ISIS > Level - Circuit Information > Circuit Information The following information appears: Index (ciiCircIndex) If Index (ciiCircIfIndex) Specifier (ciiCircIfSubIndex) Admin State (ciiCircAdminState) Type (ciiCircType) External Domain (ciiCircExtDomain) Level (ciiCircLevel) Passive Circuit (ciiCircPassiveCircuit) Mesh Group Enabled (ciiCircMeshGroupEnabled) Mesh Group (ciiCircMeshGroup) Small Hellos (ciiCircSmallHellos) Last Up Time (ciiCircLastUpTime) 3Way Handshake (ciiCirc3WayEnabled) Extended ID (ciiCircExtendedCircID) Index (ciiCircIndex) The identifier of this circuit, unique within the Intermediate System (IS). This object is used for SNMP indexing purposes only and does not need to correspond to any protocol value. If Index (ciiCircIfIndex) Value of ifIndex for the interface to which this circuit corresponds. This object cannot be modified after creation Specifier (ciiCircIfSubIndex) A specifier for the part of the interface ifIndex to which this circuit corresponds, such as a DLCI or VPI/VCI. This object cannot be modified after creation Admin State (ciiCircAdminState) Administrative state of the circuit. Type (ciiCircType) Indicates the circuit type. The type specified must be compatible with the interface type defined by ciiCircIfIndex. There are five possible values: broadcast(1) ptToPt(2) staticIn(3) staticOut(4) dA(5) External Domain (ciiCircExtDomain) When this object is set to true , the normal transmission and interpretation of Intra-domain IS-IS PDUs on this circuit are suppressed. Level (ciiCircLevel) Indicates which type of packets will be sent and accepted on this circuit. The values used will be modified by the settings configured for ciiSysType. There are three available values: level1(1) level2(2) level1L2(3) Passive Circuit (ciiCircPassiveCircuit) When set to true , this interface is included in LSPs, even if it is not running the IS-IS protocol. Mesh Group Enabled (ciiCircMeshGroupEnabled) Indicates whether this port is a member of a mesh group. There are three possible values: inactive(1) blocked(2) set(3) Mesh Group (ciiCircMeshGroup) Circuits in the same mesh group act as a virtual multiaccess network. LSPs seen on one circuit in a mesh group will not be flooded to another circuit in the same mesh group. If ciiCircMeshGroupEnabled is inactive or blocked, the value of this object is ignored. Small Hellos (ciiCircSmallHellos) Indicates whether unpadded Hellos can be sent on LAN circuits. When the value of this object is false , LAN Hellos must be padded. Last Up Time (ciiCircLastUpTime) When the circuit is enabled, this object is the value of sysUpTime when ciiCircAdminState last entered the on state. When the circuit is not enabled, then this object is the value of sysUpTime when the circuit last entered the on state. A value of zero indicates that the circuit has never been in the on state. 3Way Handshake (ciiCirc3WayEnabled) Indicates whether this circuit is enabled to run a 3-way handshake. Extended ID (ciiCircExtendedCircID) Value to be used as the extended circuit ID in a 3-way handshake. This value is used only if the value of ciiCirc3WayEnabled is true . In addition, it must be unique across all circuits on this IS.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Address_Redistribution.htm TITLE=Address Redistribution TEXT=Address Redistribution Navigation Device > Configure > ISIS > Address Redistribution The following information appears: Type (ciiRedistributeAddrType) Address (ciiRedistributeAddrAddress) Prefix Length (ciiRedistributeAddrPrefixLen) Type (ciiRedistributeAddrType) IP address type configured for this summary address. Address (ciiRedistributeAddrAddress) IP Address configured for this summary address. Prefix Length (ciiRedistributeAddrPrefixLen) Length of the IP netmask for this summary address.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IP_Reachable_Address.htm TITLE=IP Reachable Address TEXT=IP Reachable Address Navigation Device > Configure > ISIS > Reachable Address > IP Reachable Address The following information appears: Destination Type (ciiIPRADestType) Destination (ciiIPRADest) Prefix Length (ciiIPRADestPrefixLen) Next Hop Index (ciiIPRANextHopIndex) Next Hop Type (ciiIPRANextHopType) Next Hop (ciiIPRANextHop) Type (ciiIPRAType) Admin State (ciiIPRAAdminState) Metric (ciiIPRAMetric) Metric Type (ciiIPRAMetricType) Full Metric (ciiIPRAFullMetric) SNPA Address (ciiIPRASNPAAddress) Source Type (ciiIPRASourceType) Destination Type (ciiIPRADestType) Destination type configured for this IP reachable address. Destination (ciiIPRADest) Destination of this IP reachable address. This is either a network address, subnetwork address, or host address. Prefix Length (ciiIPRADestPrefixLen) Length of the IP netmask for this IP reachable address. Next Hop Index (ciiIPRANextHopIndex) Index value of the next hop. This object is used when there are multiple Equal Cost Multipath alternatives for the same destination. Next Hop Type (ciiIPRANextHopType) Indicates the type of the next hop address. Next Hop (ciiIPRANextHop) Next hop configured for this destination. Type (ciiIPRAType) Indicates what type of IP reachable address this is. There are two possible values: manual(1) —created by the network manager automatic(2) —created during the propagation of routing information from another routing protocol Admin State (ciiIPRAAdminState) Administrative state of this IP reachable address. Metric (ciiIPRAMetric) Metric value used for reaching the specified destination over this circuit. Metric Type (ciiIPRAMetricType) Indicates whether this metric is an internal or external metric. Full Metric (ciiIPRAFullMetric) Wide metric value used for reaching the specified destination over this circuit. SNPA Address (ciiIPRASNPAAddress) SNPA address to which a PDU may be forwarded in order to reach a destination which matches this IP reachable address. Source Type (ciiIPRASourceType) Origin of this route. There are 10 possible values: static(1) rip(6) direct(2) igrp(7) ospfv2(3) eigrp(8) ospfv3(4) bgp(9) isis(5) other(10)
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IS_Adjacencies.htm TITLE=IS Adjacencies TEXT=IS Adjacencies Navigation Device > Configure > ISIS > IS Adjacencies The following information appears: Neighbor ID (ciiISAdjNeighSysID) Neighbor SNPA Address (ciiISAdjNeighSNPAAddress) Neighbor Type (ciiISAdjNeighSysType) Nbr Extended Circ ID (ciiISAdjNbrExtendedCircID) Usage (ciiISAdjUsage) State (ciiISAdjState) 3Way State (ciiISAdj3WayState) Hold Timer (ciiISAdjHoldTimer) Neighbor Priority (ciiISAdjNeighPriority) Last Up Time (ciiISAdjLastUpTime) From here, you can launch the following dialog boxes: Click Area Address to launch the Area Address dialog box. Click IS Adjacency IP Address to launch the IS Adjacency IP Address dialog box. Click Adjacency Protocol to launch the Adjacency Protocol dialog box. Neighbor ID (ciiISAdjNeighSysID) System ID of the neighboring Intermediate System (IS). Neighbor SNPA Address (ciiISAdjNeighSNPAAddress) SNPA address of the neighboring system. Neighbor Type (ciiISAdjNeighSysType) Indicates what type of neighboring system this is. Nbr Extended Circ ID (ciiISAdjNbrExtendedCircID) The four byte extended circuit ID learned from the neighboring system during a 3-way handshake. Usage (ciiISAdjUsage) Indicates the usage level of this adjacency. There are three possible values: level1(1) level2(2) level1and2(3) State (ciiISAdjState) The state of the adjacency. There are four possible values: down(1) initializing(2) up(3) failed(4) 3Way State (ciiISAdj3WayState) The 3-way state of the adjacency. There are four possible values: up(0) initializing(1) down(2) failed(3) These values are picked to match the historical on-the-wire representation of the 3-way state and are not intended to match ciiISAdjState. Hold Timer (ciiISAdjHoldTimer) Holding time, in seconds, for this adjacency. The value of this object is based on received IIH PDUs and the elapsed time since their receipt. Neighbor Priority (ciiISAdjNeighPriority) Priority configured for the neighboring IS to become the designated IS. Last Up Time (ciiISAdjLastUpTime) When the value of ciiISAdjState is up , this object is the value of sysUpTime when the adjacency last entered the up state. If the adjacency has never been in the up state, then the value of this object is zero.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IS_Adjacency_IP_Address.htm TITLE=IS Adjacency IP Address TEXT=IS Adjacency IP Address Navigation Device > Configure > ISIS > IS Adjacencies > IS Adjacency IP Address Type (ciiISAdjIPAddrType) The type of IP address reported in IIH PDUs received from the neighbor. Address (ciiISAdjIPAddrAddress) The IP address reported in IIH PDUs received from the neighbor.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/IS_Management.htm TITLE=IS-IS Management TEXT=IS-IS Management Navigation Device > Configure > ISIS > Management The following information appears: Version (ciiSysVersion) Type (ciiSysType) ID (ciiSysID) Max Path Splits (ciiSysMaxPathSplits) Maximum LSP Generation Interval (ciiSysMaxLSPGenInt) Poll ES Hello Rate (ciiSysPollESHelloRate) Waiting Time (ciiSysWaitTime) Admin State (ciiSysAdminState) L2 to L1 Leaking (ciiSysL2toL1Leaking) Max Age (ciiSysMaxAge) Receive LSP Buffer Size (ciiSysReceiveLSPBufferSize) Area Address (ciiManAreaAddr) Protocol Supported (ciiSysProtSuppProtocol) Version (ciiSysVersion) Version number of the IS-IS protocol being implemented. Type (ciiSysType) Indicates at which level the Intermediate System (IS) is running. There are three possible values: level1IS(1) level2IS(2) level1L2IS(3) ID (ciiSysID) Identifier for this IS. This value of this object is appended to each of the area addresses to form the network entity titles. The derivation of a value for this object is implementation-specific. Some implementations may automatically assign values and not permit an SNMP write. Others may require the value to be set manually. Max Path Splits (ciiSysMaxPathSplits) Maximum number of paths among which a routing metric value can be split. Maximum LSP Generation Interval (ciiSysMaxLSPGenInt) Maximum time interval, in seconds, between LSPs generated by this IS. The value of this object must be greater than any value configured for ciiSysLevelMinLSPGenInt and should be at least 300 seconds less than ciiSysMaxAge. Poll ES Hello Rate (ciiSysPollESHelloRate) Value, in seconds, to be used for the suggested ES configuration timer in ISH PDUs when soliciting the ES configuration. Waiting Time (ciiSysWaitTime) Number of seconds the IS remains in the waiting state before entering the on state. Admin State (ciiSysAdminState) Administrative state of this IS. When set to on , the IS is enabled. L2 to L1 Leaking (ciiSysL2toL1Leaking) When set to true , the router is allowed to leak L2 routes into L1. Max Age (ciiSysMaxAge) Value placed in the RemainingLifeTime field of generated LSPs. This value should be at least 300 seconds greater than the value of ciiSysMaxLSPGenInt. Receive LSP Buffer Size (ciiSysReceiveLSPBufferSize) Indicates the size of the largest available buffer. The value of this object should at least equal the maximum ciiSysLevelOrigLSPBuffSize value supported by the system. If resources allow, LSPs larger than ciiSysReceiveLSPBufferSize will be stored and flooded, as this can help prevent problems in networks with different ciiSysLevelOrigLSPBuffSize values. Area Address (ciiManAreaAddr) The set of manual area addresses configured on this IS. Protocol Supported (ciiSysProtSuppProtocol) Contains the manually configured set of protocols supported by this IS.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/ISO_Address.htm TITLE=ISO Address TEXT=ISO Address Navigation Device > Configure > ISIS > Reachable Address > ISO Address The following information appears: Index (ciiRAIndex) Admin State (ciiRAAdminState) Destination (ciiRAAddrPrefix) Mapping Type (ciiRAMapType) Metric (ciiRAMetric) Metric Type (ciiRAMetricType) SNPA Address (ciiRASNPAAddress) SNPA Mask (ciiRASNPAMask) SNPA Prefix (ciiRASNPAPrefix) Type (ciiRAType) Index (ciiRAIndex) Identifier for this ciiRAEntry. The value of this object must be unique among all reachable addresses configured on the same parent circuit. Admin State (ciiRAAdminState) Administrative state of the reachable address. Destination (ciiRAAddrPrefix) Destination of this reachable address. Mapping Type (ciiRAMapType) Type of mapping used to determine the SNPA address used in forwarding PDUs for this reachable address prefix. There are four possible values: none : There is no mapping. explicit : The subnetwork addresses defined by ciiRASNPAAddress are used. extractIDI : The SNPA is embedded in the IDI of the destination NSAP Address. The mapping algorithm extracts the SNPA to be used according to the format and encoding rules defined by ISO8473/Add2. This SNPA extraction algorithm can be used in conjunction with reachable address prefixes from the X.121, F.69, E.163 and E.164 addressing subdomains. extractDSP : Either all or a suffix of the SNPA is embedded in the DSP of the destination address. This SNPA extraction algorithm extracts the embedded subnetwork addressing information by performing a logical AND of the ciiRASNPAMask value with the destination address. The part of the SNPA extracted from the destination NSAP is appended to the ciiRASNPAPrefix value to determine the next hop subnetwork addressing information. Metric (ciiRAMetric) Metric value used to reach the specified prefix over this circuit. Metric Type (ciiRAMetricType) Indicates whether the metric is an internal or external metric. SNPA Address (ciiRASNPAAddress) SNPA address a PDU may be forwarded to in order to reach a destination which matches the address prefix of the reachable address. SNPA Mask (ciiRASNPAMask) A bit mask with one bit that indicates the positions in the effective destination address from which embedded SNPA information is to be extracted. For extraction, the first octet of the ciiRASNPAMask value is aligned with the first octet (AFI) of the NSAP address. If the ciiRASNPAMask value and NSAP address are of different lengths, the shorter of the two is logically padded with zeros before performing the extraction. SNPA Prefix (ciiRASNPAPrefix) The fixed SNPA prefix used when the value of ciiRAMapType is extractDSP . The SNPA address used is formed by concatenating the fixed SNPA prefix with a variable SNPA that is extracted from the effective destination address. For reachable address prefixes in which the entire SNPA is embedded in the DSP, there is no SNPA prefix. Type (ciiRAType) Type of Reachable address. There are two possible values: manual(1) : Created by the network manager. automatic(2) : Created through the propagation of routing information from another routing protocol.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/L1_Area_Address.htm TITLE=Level 1 Area Address TEXT=Level 1 Area Address Navigation Device > Configure > ISIS > Address > Level 1 Area Address Level 1 Area Address (ciiAreaAddr) The area address reported in a Level 1 LSP received by this Intermediate System.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Level_Information.htm TITLE=Level Information TEXT=Level Information Navigation Device > Configure > ISIS > Level - Circuit Information > Level Information The following information appears: Index (ciiSysLevelIndex) LSP Buffer Size (ciiSysLevelOrigLSPBuffSize) Interval (ciiSysLevelMinLSPGenInt) Overload State (ciiSysLevelOverloadState) Set Overload Bit (ciiSysLevelSetOverload) Set Overload Until (ciiSysLevelSetOverloadUntil) Metric Style (ciiSysLevelMetricStyle) SPF Computation Style (ciiSysLevelSPFConsiders) Traffic Engineering (ciiSysLevelTEEnabled) Index (ciiSysLevelIndex) Indicates the level that this entry describes. LSP Buffer Size (ciiSysLevelOrigLSPBuffSize) The maximum size of LSPs and SNPs generated by this Intermediate System (IS) at this level. Interval (ciiSysLevelMinLSPGenInt) Minimum time interval, in seconds, between the successive generation of LSPs with the same LSPID at this level by this IS. Overload State (ciiSysLevelOverloadState) The overload state configured for the database at this level. The value overloaded indicates that a database is low on an essential resource, such as memory. The administrator may indirectly force the overload state to waiting while the router is initializing by setting a value for ciiSysLevelSetOverload. If this object is in either the waiting or overloaded state, LSPs are originated with the overload bit set. Set Overload Bit (ciiSysLevelSetOverload) Overload bit set for the level. The overload bit will continue to be set if the implementation runs out of memory, independent of this variable. Set Overload Until (ciiSysLevelSetOverloadUntil) When this object is set, the overload bit should also be set and cleared when the value of sysUpTime exceeds the value of this object. Metric Style (ciiSysLevelMetricStyle) Metric type used when LSPs are generated at this level. SPF Computation Style (ciiSysLevelSPFConsiders) Metric type used when SPF computations are made at this level. Traffic Engineering (ciiSysLevelTEEnabled) Indicates whether traffic engineering is enabled at this level.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Level_Specific_Circuit_Info.htm TITLE=Level Specific Circuit Info TEXT=Level Specific Circuit Info Navigation Device > Configure > ISIS > Level - Circuit Information > Level Specific Circuit Info The following information appears: Index (ciiCircLevelIndex) Metric (ciiCircLevelMetric) Wide Metric (ciiCircLevelWideMetric) Priority (ciiCircLevelISPriority) ID Octet (ciiCircLevelIDOctet) ID (ciiCircLevelID) Designated IS ID (ciiCircLevelDesIS) Hello Multiplier (ciiCircLevelHelloMultiplier) Hello Timer (ciiCircLevelHelloTimer) Designated IS Hello Timer (ciiCircLevelDRHelloTimer) LSP Throttle (ciiCircLevelLSPThrottle) Minimum LSP Retransmission Interval (ciiCircLevelMinLSPRetransInt) CSNP Interval (ciiCircLevelCSNPInterval) Partial SN PDU Interval (ciiCircLevelPartSNPInterval) Index (ciiCircLevelIndex) The level configured for this entry. There are two possible values: level1IS(1) level2IS(2) Metric (ciiCircLevelMetric) Metric value of this circuit for this level. Wide Metric (ciiCircLevelWideMetric) Wide metric value of this circuit for this level. Priority (ciiCircLevelISPriority) Priority for becoming the LAN-designated Intermediate System (IS) at this level. ID Octet (ciiCircLevelIDOctet) A one byte identifier that can be used in protocol packets to identify a circuit. ciiCircLevelIDOctet values do not need to be unique. They are only required to differ on LANs where the IS is the designated IS. ID (ciiCircLevelID) On a point-to-point circuit with a fully initialized adjacency to a peer IS, the value of this object is the circuit ID negotiated during adjacency initialization. On a point-to-point circuit without such an adjacency, the value is the concatenation of the local system ID and the one byte ciiCircLevelIDOctet value for this circuit. For other circuit types, the value returned by this object is a zero-length octet string. Designated IS ID (ciiCircLevelDesIS) ID of the LAN-designated IS on this circuit at this level. If, for any reason, this system is not participating in the relevant designated IS election process, then the value returned by this object is a zero-length octet string. Hello Multiplier (ciiCircLevelHelloMultiplier) The value of this object is multiplied by the corresponding Hello Timer value. The result, in seconds, is used as the holding time in transmitted hellos. The holding time is used by receivers of hello packets from this IS. Hello Timer (ciiCircLevelHelloTimer) Maximum time interval, in milliseconds, between IIH PDUs on multiaccess networks at this level for LANs. The level 1 value is used as the interval between Hellos on L1L2 point-to-point circuits. Note : When you set this object to the level 2 value on an L1L2 point-to-point circuit, an inconsistent value error occurs. Designated IS Hello Timer (ciiCircLevelDRHelloTimer) Time interval, in milliseconds, between Hello PDUs on multiaccess networks when this IS is the designated IS. LSP Throttle (ciiCircLevelLSPThrottle) Minimal time interval, in milliseconds, between the transmission of LSPs on an interface at this level. Minimum LSP Retransmission Interval (ciiCircLevelMinLSPRetransInt) Minimum time interval, in seconds, between the retransmission of an LSP at this level. Note that ciiCircLevelLSPThrottle controls how fast two different LSPs are sent. This object controls how fast the same LSP is sent. CSNP Interval (ciiCircLevelCSNPInterval) Time interval, in seconds, between the transmission of a complete set of CSNPs on multiaccess networks when this router is the designated router at this level. Partial SN PDU Interval (ciiCircLevelPartSNPInterval) Minimum time interval, in seconds, between the transmission of Partial Sequence Number PDUs at this level.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/LSP_Information.htm TITLE=LSP Information TEXT=LSP Information Navigation Device > Configuration > ISIS > LSP Information The following information appears: Level (ciiLSPLevel) ID (ciiLSPID) Sequence Number (ciiLSPSeq) Zero Life (ciiLSPZeroLife) Checksum (ciiLSPChecksum) Remaining Lifetime (ciiLSPLifetimeRemain) PDU Length (ciiLSPPDULength) Attributes (ciiLSPAttributes) With a table entry selected, click LSP TLV Info to launch the LSP TLV Info dialog box. Level (ciiLSPLevel) Indicates at which level this LSP appears. ID (ciiLSPID) The 8 byte identifier for this LSP, which consists of the system ID, circuit ID, and fragment number. Sequence Number (ciiLSPSeq) Sequence number for this LSP. Zero Life (ciiLSPZeroLife) Indicates whether this LSP is being purged by this system. Checksum (ciiLSPChecksum) The 16-bit Fletcher checksum value. Remaining Lifetime (ciiLSPLifetimeRemain) The remaining lifetime for this LSP, in seconds. PDU Length (ciiLSPPDULength) The length of this LSP. Attributes (ciiLSPAttributes) Flags configured for the LSP.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/LSP_TLV_Info.htm TITLE=LSP TLV Info TEXT=LSP TLV Info Navigation Device > Configure > ISIS > LSP Information > LSP TLV Info The following information appears: Index (ciiLSPTLVIndex) Sequence Number (ciiLSPTLVSeq) Checksum (ciiLSPTLVChecksum) Type (ciiLSPTLVType) Length (ciiLSPTLVLen) Value (ciiLSPTLVValue) Index (ciiLSPTLVIndex) The index of this TLV in the LSP. The first TLV has index value of 1 and the Nth TLV has an index value of N. Sequence Number (ciiLSPTLVSeq) The sequence number for this LSP. Checksum (ciiLSPTLVChecksum) The 16-bit Fletcher checksum value. Type (ciiLSPTLVType) The type of this TLV. Length (ciiLSPTLVLen) The length of this TLV. Value (ciiLSPTLVValue) The value of this TLV.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Packet_Statistics.htm TITLE=Packet Statistics TEXT=Packet Statistics Navigation Select Device > Monitor > ISIS > Circuit Table . With a circuit selected, click Packet Statistics . Depending on how the selected circuit is configured, you will see at least one of the following categories: Level1 – Sending Level1 – Receiving Level2 – Sending Level2 – Receiving The following information appears: II Hello (ciiPacketCountIIHellos) IS Hello (ciiPacketCountISHellos) ES Hello (ciiPacketCountESHellos) LSP (ciiPacketCountLSPs) CSNP (ciiPacketCountCSNPs) PSNP (ciiPacketCountPSNPs) Unknown (ciiPacketCountUnknowns) Note: The information provided is specific to the selected level and direction. II Hello (ciiPacketCountIIHellos) Number of IS-IS Hello PDU frames seen moving in this direction at this level. Point-to-Point IIH PDUs are counted at the lowest enabled level: at L1 on L1 or L1L2 circuits; at L2 otherwise. IS Hello (ciiPacketCountISHellos) Number of ES-IS Hello PDU frames seen moving in this direction. ISH PDUs are counted at the lowest enabled level: at L1 on L1 or L1L2 circuits; at L2 otherwise. ES Hello (ciiPacketCountESHellos) Number of ES Hello PDU frames seen moving in this direction. ESH PDUs are counted at the lowest enabled level: at L1 on L1 or L1L2 circuits; at L2 otherwise. LSP (ciiPacketCountLSPs) Number of IS-IS LSP frames seen moving in this direction at this level. CSNP (ciiPacketCountCSNPs) Number of IS-IS CSNP frames seen moving in this direction at this level. PSNP (ciiPacketCountPSNPs) Number of IS-IS PSNP frames seen moving in this direction at this level. Unknown (ciiPacketCountUnknowns) Number of unknown IS-IS PDU frames seen at this level.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Peer_Table.htm TITLE=Peer Table TEXT=Peer Table Navigation Device > Configure > ISIS > Peer The following information appears: System ID (ciiRouterSysID) Level (ciiRouterLevel) Host Name (ciiRouterHostName) Router ID (ciiRouterID) System ID (ciiRouterSysID) The System ID of the router peer. Level (ciiRouterLevel) The level configured for this Intermediate System. Host Name (ciiRouterHostName) The host name listed in an LSP. This value of this object is a zero-length string if no host name is configured. Router ID (ciiRouterID) ID of the router peer listed in an LSP. This value of this object is a zero-length string if no router ID is configured.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Summary_Address.htm TITLE=Summary Address TEXT=Summary Address Navigation Device > Configure > ISIS > Address > Summary Address The following information appears: Type (ciiSummAddressType) Address (ciiSummAddress) Prefix Length (ciiSummAddrPrefixLen) Metric (ciiSummAddrMetric) Full Metric (ciiSummAddrFullMetric) Type (ciiSummAddressType) IP address type configured for this summary address. Address (ciiSummAddress) IP Address configured for this summary address. Prefix Length (ciiSummAddrPrefixLen) Length of the IP netmask for this summary address. Metric (ciiSummAddrMetric) Metric value used to announce this summary address within LSPs generated by this system. Full Metric (ciiSummAddrFullMetric) Wide metric value used to announce this summary address within LSPs generated by this system.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/System_Errors.htm TITLE=System Errors TEXT=System Errors Navigation Device > Monitor > ISIS > System Errors The following information appears: Corrupted LSPs (ciiSysStatCorrLSPs) Authentication Type Fails (ciiSysStatAuthTypeFails) Authentication Fails (ciiSysStatAuthFails) LSP Dbase Overloads (ciiSysStatLSPDbaseOloads) Manual Addr Dropped (ciiSysStatManAddrDropFromAreas) Exceed Max Attempts (ciiSysStatAttmptToExMaxSeqNums) Sequence Number Skips (ciiSysStatSeqNumSkips) Own LSP Purges (ciiSysStatOwnLSPPurges) ID Field Len Mismatches (ciiSysStatIDFieldLenMismatches) Partition Changes (ciiSysStatPartChanges) SPF Runs (ciiSysStatSPFRuns) LSP Errors (ciiSysStatLSPErrors) Note: The information provided is specific to the selected level, either Level 1 or Level 2. Corrupted LSPs (ciiSysStatCorrLSPs) Number of corrupted in-memory LSP frames detected: LSPs received from the wire with a bad checksum are silently dropped and not counted. LSPs received from the wire with parse errors are counted by ciiSysStatLSPErrors. Authentication Type Fails (ciiSysStatAuthTypeFails) Number of frames with authentication type mismatches recognized by this Intermediate System (IS). Authentication Fails (ciiSysStatAuthFails) Number of frames with authentication failures recognized by this IS. LSP Dbase Overloads (ciiSysStatLSPDbaseOloads) Number of times the LSP database became overloaded. Manual Addr Dropped (ciiSysStatManAddrDropFromAreas) Number of times a manual address has been dropped from the area. Exceed Max Attempts (ciiSysStatAttmptToExMaxSeqNums) Number of times the IS has attempted to exceed the maximum sequence number. Sequence Number Skips (ciiSysStatSeqNumSkips) Number of times a sequence number skip has occurred. Own LSP Purges (ciiSysStatOwnLSPPurges) Number of times a brand new copy of the system's own LSP was received from some other node. ID Field Len Mismatches (ciiSysStatIDFieldLenMismatches) Number of times a PDU with an ID field length value that is different than the one configured for the receiving system was received. Partition Changes (ciiSysStatPartChanges) Number of partition changes that have taken place. SPF Runs (ciiSysStatSPFRuns) Number of times SPF was run at this level. LSP Errors (ciiSysStatLSPErrors) Number of LSP frames with errors received.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/History_Table.htm TITLE=History Table TEXT=History Table Navigation Device > Configure > MAC Notification > History Table The following information appears: MAC Change Notification Index (cmnHistIndex) Time Stamp (cmnHistTimestamp) With a table entry selected, click MAC Change Messages to view the MAC change notification event information for that entry. MAC Change Notification Index (cmnHistIndex) An index that uniquely identifies a MAC change notification event previously generated by the device. This object starts at one and increases by one each time a MAC change notification is generated. When this object reaches its maximum value, the agent wraps its value back to one. Time Stamp (cmnHistTimestamp) The value of sysUpTime when the cmnMacChangedNotification containing the information provided by this entry's cmnHistMacChangedMsg object was generated.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/MAC_Change_Messages.htm TITLE=MAC Change Messages TEXT=MAC Change Messages Navigation Select Device > Configure > MAC Notification > History Table . With a table entry selected, click MAC Change Messages . cmnHistMacChangedMsg, the MIB object upon which this dialog box is based, describes what happened during a particular MAC change notification event. It consists of several tuples packed together as follows: < tuple1 > < tuple2 > and so on. Each tuple consists of an 11 octet string that's composed of the following components: < operation > < VLAN > < MAC > < dot1dBasePort > . These components are defined below. Operation (Operation) This object, which is 1 octet in length, indicates what operation took place. There are three possible values: 0—indicates the end of a MIB object 1—a MAC address was learned 2—a MAC address was removed VLAN (VLAN) Numerical identifier of the VLAN to which a MAC address belongs. This object is 2 octets in length. MAC Addr (MAC Addr) Indicates the Layer 2 MAC address. This object is 6 octets in length. Dot1dBasePort (Dot1dBasePort) The value of dot1dBasePort for the interface from which a MAC address was learned. This object is 2 octets in length.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/MAC_Notification.htm TITLE=MAC Notification TEXT=MAC Notification Navigation Device > Configure > MAC Notification > Management The following information appears: MAC Notification Feature (cmnGlobalFeatureEnabled) MAC Notification Interval (cmnNotificationInterval) No. of MAC Addr Added (cmnMacAddressesLearnt) No. of MAC Addr Removed (cmnMacAddressesRemoved) MAC Notification Traps (cmnNotificationsEnabled) No. of Notifications Sent (cmnNotificationsSent) History Table Maximum Length (cmnHistTableMaxLength) MAC Notification Feature (cmnGlobalFeatureEnabled) Indicates whether the MAC notification feature is currently running on the device. When this feature is enabled (the value of this object is true(1) ), cmnIfConfigTable determines whether MAC notification is also taking place on each interface. MAC Notification Interval (cmnNotificationInterval) Maximum interval of time between cmnMacChangedNotifications generated by the device. Note the following: If the value of cmnNotificationsEnabled is true(1) , then the device sends out generated cmnMacChangedNotifications and archives the MAC change notification events in cmnHistoryTable. If the value of cmnNotificationEnabled is false(2) , then the device does not send out generated cmnMacChangedNotifications, but it does archive these events in cmnHistoryTable. If the value of this object is zero, then the device generates cmnMacChangedNotifications and archives the MAC change notification events in cmnHistoryTable as soon as a MAC address is either learned or removed by the device. If the value of this object is greater than zero, then the device waits for a period of time (specified by the value of this object) before generating cmnMacChangedNotifications and archiving the MAC change notification events in cmnHistoryTable. No. of MAC Addr Added (cmnMacAddressesLearnt) Number of MAC addresses learned by the device. No. of MAC Addr Removed (cmnMacAddressesRemoved) Number of MAC addresses removed from the forwarding database. MAC Notification Traps (cmnNotificationsEnabled) Indicates whether cmnMacChangedNotification notifications are sent when MAC addresses are either learned or removed from the device's forwarding database. Note that disabling notifications does not prevent MAC address information from being added to cmnHistoryTable. No. of Notifications Sent (cmnNotificationsSent) Number of cmnMacChangedNotifications sent out by the device. History Table Maximum Length (cmnHistTableMaxLength) The upper limit on the number of entries that cmnHistoryTable can contain. Note the following: A value of zero prevents any entries from being stored. When this table is full, the oldest entry is deleted and a new one is created.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/MAC_Notification_Move.htm TITLE=MAC Notification Move TEXT=MAC Notification Move Navigation Device > Configure > MAC Notification > MAC Notification Move The following information appears: MAC Move Feature (cmnMACMoveFeatureEnabled) MAC Move Notification (cmnMACMoveNotificationsEnabled) Moved MAC Address (cmnMACMoveAddress) Vlan (cmnMACMoveVlanNumber) MAC Move From PortId (cmnMACMoveFromPortId) MAC Move To PortId (cmnMACMoveToPortId) MAC Move Time (cmnMACMoveTime) MAC Move Feature (cmnMACMoveFeatureEnabled) When this object is set to true(1) , the MAC move notification feature is currently running on the device. MAC Move Notification (cmnMACMoveNotificationsEnabled) Specifies whether cmnMacMoveNotification notifications are sent when MAC addresses are moved between interfaces. Moved MAC Address (cmnMACMoveAddress) Indicates the MAC address that was moved between the interfaces specified by cmnMACMoveFromPortId and cmnMACMoveToPortId on the VLAN specified by cmnMACMoveVlanNumber. This object is instantiated only when the value of cmnMACMoveFeatureEnabled is true(1) . Vlan (cmnMACMoveVlanNumber) Indicates the VLAN on which a cmnMACMoveAddress object was moved from the interface specified by cmnMACMoveFromPortId to the interface specified by cmnMACMoveToPortId. This object is instantiated only when the value of cmnMACMoveFeatureEnabled is true(1) . MAC Move From PortId (cmnMACMoveFromPortId) The value of dot1dBasePort for the bridge port from which a cmnMACMoveAddress object was moved to the interface specified by cmnMACMoveToPortId on the VLAN specified by cmnMACMoveVlanNumber. This object is instantiated only when the value of cmnMACMoveFeatureEnabled is true(1) . MAC Move To PortId (cmnMACMoveToPortId) The value of dot1dBasePort for the bridge port to which a cmnMACMoveAddress object was moved from the interface specified by cmnMACMoveFromPortId on the VLAN specified by cmnMACMoveVlanNumber. This object is instantiated only when the value of cmnMACMoveFeatureEnabled is true(1) . MAC Move Time (cmnMACMoveTime) The value of sysUpTime when a cmnMACMoveAddress object was moved between the interfaces specified by cmnMACMoveFromPortId and cmnMACMACMoveToPortId. This object is instantiated only when the value of cmnMACMoveFeatureEnabled is true(1) .
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/MAC_Notification_Threshold.htm TITLE=MAC Notification Threshold TEXT=MAC Notification Threshold Navigation Device > Configure > MAC Notification > MAC Notification Threshold... The following information appears: MAC Threshold Notification Feature (cmnMACThresholdFeatureEnabled) Limit in % (cmnMACThresholdLimit) Interval (cmnMACThresholdInterval) Notification (cmnMACThresholdNotifEnabled) When the value of cmnMACThresholdFeatureEnabled is true(1) , a table which displays the following objects appears: Entity (entPhyDescr) No Of Entries (cmnUtilizationEntries) Utilization in % (cmnUtilizationUtilization) Time (cmnUtilizationTimeStamp) Note that the entries in this table are updated at the end of every cmnMACThresholdInterval. MAC Threshold Notification Feature (cmnMACThresholdFeatureEnabled) When this object is set to true(1) , the MAC threshold notification feature is currently running on the device. Limit in % (cmnMACThresholdLimit) Indicates the threshold limit percentage of forwarding table utilization. Interval (cmnMACThresholdInterval) The interval at which forwarding table utilization is compared against cmnMACThresholdLimit. Notification (cmnMACThresholdNotifEnabled) Specifies whether cmnMacMACThresholdNotification notifications are sent when the forwarding table utilization percentage exceeds or equals the value set for cmnMACThresholdLimit. Entity (entPhyDescr) Textual description of this physical entity. This object should identify the manufacturer of the physical entity and be set to a distinct value for each version or model of the physical entity. No Of Entries (cmnUtilizationEntries) Number of entries present in the forwarding table for the given entPhysicalIndex calculated at the end of cmnMACThresholdInterval. Utilization in % (cmnUtilizationUtilization) Utilization percentage of the forwarding table for the given entPhysicalIndex calculated at the end of cmnMACThresholdInterval. Time (cmnUtilizationTimeStamp) Value of sysUptime when cmnUtilizationUtilization was updated.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Private_VLAN.htm TITLE=Private VLAN TEXT=Private VLAN Navigation Port > Configure > Private VLAN The following information appears: Port Mode (cpvlanPortMode) If you set the port mode to Host(2) and cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan is instantiated, then the following object appears: Secondary VLAN ID (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) If you set the port mode to promiscuous(3) , then the following three objects appear: Multi Primary Vlan (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Secondary VLAN Remap Details (0-1023) (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2k) Two Way Remap (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) If you set the port mode to either secondaryTrunk(4) or promiscuousTrunk(5) , then the following seven objects appear: Dynamic State (cpvlanTrunkPortDynamicState) Encapsulation Type (cpvlanTrunkPortEncapType) Native Vlan (cpvlanTrunkPortNativeVlan) Secondary Vlans (cpvlanTrunkPortSecondaryVlans(1-4)k) Normal Vlans (cpvlanTrunkPortNormalVlans(1-4)k) Dynamic Status (cpvlanTrunkPortDynamicStatus) Encapsulation Operational Type (cpvlanTrunkPortEncapOperType) Port Mode (cpvlanPortMode) Indicates which mode is currently configured for this port. There are 5 possible values: nonPrivateVlan(1) host(2) promiscuous(3) secondaryTrunk(4) promiscuousTrunk(5) After selecting a mode from the list, click Set to apply that mode to this port. Secondary VLAN ID (cpvlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlan) VLAN ID of the secondary VLAN. A private port: accepts incoming traffic from its secondary VLAN, outgoing traffic from its associated primary VLAN, and outgoing traffic from a community or two-way community VLAN (depending on the the secondary VLAN type). blocks the outgoing traffic from an isolated VLAN. Note that a port can join a secondary VLAN only after this secondary VLAN has been associated with a primary VLAN (in other words, when cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan has a nonzero value). Multi Primary Vlan (cpvlanPromPortMultiPrimaryVlan) Indicates whether all the bits set as secondary VLANs in the corresponding remapping objects (for example, cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap) can belong to multiple primary VLANs. If this object is set to false(2) , the value of cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan for the secondary VLANs with their bits set to 1 in those remapping objects must be the same. Note: A promiscuous port can remap a secondary VLAN to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing traffic on the fly, as defined for the Private VLAN feature. Secondary VLAN Remap Details (0-1023) (cpvlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2k) A string ofoctets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1024through 2047 in the management domain on this port. The first octet correspondsto VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1024 through 1031; the second octet toVLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1032 through 1039; and so on. The most significant bit of each octetis indicated by the lowest value of VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. A bit can only be set to 1 when it corresponds to aPrivate VLAN isolated, community, or two-way community VLAN which has already beenassociated with a primary VLAN. Setting this bit to 1 results in oneof the following: A secondary VLAN is remapped to its associated primary VLAN for outgoing trafficon the fly. A primary VLAN is remapped to its associated secondary VLAN if thesecondary VLAN is the two-way community type and the value ofcpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable for this port is set to true(1) . If the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any missingoctets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit theseoctets from the end of this string in order to reduce the size of Set PDUs. AnNMS may also omit trailing octets containing the value zero to reduce the size of GetResponsePDUs. Note: This object is only instantiated on devices which support valuesranging from the value ofVlanIndexOrZero to 4095. Two Way Remap (cpvlanPromPortTwoWayRemapCapable) Indicates whether a port is capable of remapping primary VLANs to the two-way community VLANs associated with them for the Private VLAN feature. When this object is set to false(2) , a promiscuous port can perform only one-way remappings of secondary VLANs to their associated primary VLANs. When this object is set to true(1) , a promiscuous port can also perform remappings of primary VLANs to the two-way community VLANs associated with them. Dynamic State (cpvlanTrunkPortDynamicState) For private VLAN trunk ports, this object indicates the trunking behavior configured for a port. There are two possible values: on(1) : The port will always be a trunk. If negotiation is supported on this port, then negotiation will take place with the far end of the link in an attempt to bring the far end into the trunking state. If negotiation is not supported, then this value cannot be set. onNoNegotiate(2) : This state is similar to on(1) , except that no negotiation takes place with the far end of the link. If the value of cpvlanTrunkPortEncapType for this port is negotiate(3) , then this value cannot be set. Encapsulation Type (cpvlanTrunkPortEncapType) VLAN encapsulation type used by this private VLAN trunk port. There are three possible values: dot1Q(1) : The port accepts and transmits packets via IEEE 802.1q VLAN encapsulation. isl(2) : The port accepts and transmits packets via Inter Switch Link (ISL) VLAN encapsulation. negotiate(3) : VLAN encapsulation is negotiated with the far end of the link. The negotiated VLAN encapsulation type can either be dot1Q or ISL. This value cannot be set if the port does not support the negotiation of VLAN encapsulation type or if its cpvlanTrunkPortDynamicState value is set to onNoNegotiate(2) . Native Vlan (cpvlanTrunkPortNativeVlan) VlanIndex value of the VLAN which is represented by native frames on this private VLAN trunk port. For ports that need to drop untagged frames or do not support the sending and receiving of native frames, the value of this object should be set to zero. Secondary Vlans (cpvlanTrunkPortSecondaryVlans(1-4)k) An octet string containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with values ranging from 0 to1023 in the management domain on this port. Note the following: If the bit associated with a VLAN is set to 1 and the corresponding VLAN is a secondary VLAN that has already been associated with a primary VLAN, then this private VLAN trunk port is enabled to remap the secondary VLAN to its primary VLAN for ingress traffic and remap its associated primary VLAN to the secondary VLAN for egress traffic. If the bit associated with a VLAN is set to 1 and the corresponding VLAN is a secondary VLAN, then the local system is enabled to transmit and receive frames with proper VLAN remapping via this private VLAN trunk port. If the bit associated with a VLAN is set to 0 and the corresponding VLAN is not configured as a normal VLAN, then the system is disabled from sending and receiving frames on that VLAN via this private VLAN trunk port. Normal Vlans (cpvlanTrunkPortNormalVlans(1-4)k) An octet string containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with values ranging from 0 to1023 in the management domain on this port. Note the following: If the bit associated with a VLAN is set to 1 and the corresponding VLAN is a normal VLAN, then the local system: allows packets belonging to the VLAN to pass through this private VLAN trunk port is enabled to transmit and receive frames as a normal VLAN If the bit associated with a VLAN is set to 0 and the corresponding VLAN is not configured as a secondary VLAN, then the local system is disabled from sending and receiving frames on that VLAN via this private VLAN trunk port. Dynamic Status (cpvlanTrunkPortDynamicStatus) Current dynamic trunking status of the specified private VLAN port. There are two possible values: trunking(1) : The port is currently operating as a private VLAN trunk port. notTrunking(2) : The port is currently not trunking - instead, it is operating as an access port. Encapsulation Operational Type (cpvlanTrunkPortEncapOperType) The VLAN encapsulation type in use by this private VLAN trunk port. There are three possible values: dot1Q(1) : The port accepts and transmits packets via IEEE 802.1q VLAN encapsulation. isl(2) : The port accepts and transmits packets via Inter Switch Link (ISL) VLAN encapsulation. notApplicable(3) : Indicates that either the value of cpvlanTrunkPortDynamicStatus is set to notTrunking(2) or that encapsulation type negotiation has not been completed.
PATH=/ciscoview/Cat4000IOS/Voice_VLAN_Details.htm TITLE=Voice VLAN Details TEXT=Voice VLAN Details Navigation Device > Configure > Voice VLAN... The following information is displayed: Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Voice VLAN Id (vmVoiceVlanId) Interface Descriptor (ifDescr) Textual description of the selected port. Voice VLAN Id (vmVoiceVlanId) The Voice VLAN ID (VVID) to which this port belongs. Valid values range from zero to 4096, as described below: 0—CDP packets transmitting through this port contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of zero. VoIP and related packets are both sent and received with a VLAN-ID of zero and an 802.1p priority. 1 through 4094—CDP packets transmitting through this port contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of N (where N equals the VVID specifed by this object). VoIP and related packets are both sent and received with a VLAN-ID of N and an 802.1p priority. 4095—CDP packets transmitting through this port contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV with a value of 4095. VoIP and related packets are both sent and received untagged without an 802.1p priority set. 4096—CDP packets transmitting through this port do not contain an Appliance VLAN-ID TLV. Or, if this VVID is not supported by the port, then this MIB object cannot be configured and returns a value of 4096.
